Chapter 17 · Paññābhūminiddesa · Complete

The Ground of Wisdom, Completed

This page carries Ru-Yi's translation of the Visuddhimagga's chapter 17, Paññābhūminiddesa ("The Description of the Ground of Wisdom") — by far the treatise's longest and most technically demanding chapter, completing wisdom's six-part "ground" with a full treatment of dependent origination (paṭiccasamuppāda). It works through the twelve-factor formula link by link, applies the Paṭṭhāna's complete twenty-four conditions to a single worked example, walks through the precise psychology of dying and rebirth-linking, mounts the tradition's classic philosophical defense against a transmigrating self, and closes with the famous "wheel of becoming" and its two great chains of similes.

Status: chapter 17 complete — full treatment of dependent origination Translator: Ru-Yi Meditation Center Source: Vism XVII, Paññābhūminiddesa (VRI/CST numbering) Author: Bhadantācariya Buddhaghosa, 5th c. CE

Translation Method

The Pāli source is the Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana (Sixth Council) romanized edition maintained by the Vipassana Research Institute (VRI, tipitaka.org), cross-checked against the Pali Text Society's Rhys Davids edition (1920–21) as digitized on GRETIL. The VRI text is used under its stated terms — freely available for non-commercial use, with attribution to the Vipassana Research Institute — while the GRETIL/PTS digitization, which carries its own CC BY-SA licence, is used only to verify readings, never copied.

The English translation is Ru-Yi's own, made directly from the Pāli. No existing English translation of the Visuddhimagga — including Bhikkhu Ñāṇamoli's copyrighted The Path of Purification — is consulted, paraphrased, or used as a guide for wording or structure. Reading notes are grounded only in the text's own internal citations and in the general, uncontested conventions of the Pāli commentarial (aṭṭhakathā) genre — never in a modern scholar's specific interpretation. Each translated passage carries a short vocabulary list for readers learning Pāli alongside the text, continuing the same format established on this site's earlier Visuddhimagga chapters.

What Is Dependent Origination, What Are Dependently Arisen States

The seventeenth chapter opens by picking up exactly where the sixteenth left off: of the six categories named back in chapter fourteen as wisdom's "ground" — aggregates, sense bases, elements, faculties, truths, and dependent origination — only the last remains. Buddhaghosa begins with the plainest possible distinction, drawn straight from the Buddha's own words: "dependent origination" names the twelve conditioning states themselves, from ignorance to aging-and-death, while "dependently arisen states" names those same twelve states considered instead as things that arise, are impermanent, and pass away. The same list of states is being looked at through two different lenses — as cause, and as caused.

Pali Source

Idāni "khandhāyatanadhātuindriyasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedā dhammā bhūmī"ti evaṃ vuttesu imissā paññāya bhūmibhūtesu dhammesu yasmā paṭiccasamuppādoceva, ādisaddena saṅgahitā paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā ca avasesā honti, tasmā tesaṃ vaṇṇanākkamo anuppatto.

Tattha avijjādayo tāva dhammā paṭiccasamuppādoti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – "katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo"ti.

Jarāmaraṇādayo pana paṭiccasamuppannā dhammāti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā – "katame ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā? Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ. Jāti, bhikkhave…pe… bhavo… upādānaṃ… taṇhā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā… avijjā, bhikkhave, aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā"ti.

Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo. Paṭiccasamuppādoti paccayadhammā veditabbā. Paṭiccasamuppannā dhammāti tehi tehi paccayehi nibbattadhammā. Kathamidaṃ jānitabbanti ce? Bhagavato vacanena. Bhagavatā hi paṭiccasamuppādapaṭiccasamuppannadhammadesanāsutte – "katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ, uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā. Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti, abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti, passathāti cāha. Jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Bhavapaccayā, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ…pe… uttānīkaroti passathāti cāha. Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Iti kho, bhikkhave, yā tatra tathatā avitathatā anaññathatā idappaccayatā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, it was said thus: "the states classed as aggregates, sense bases, elements, faculties, truths, dependent origination, and so on, are the ground." Among these states forming the ground of this understanding, dependent origination itself, together with the dependently arisen states included under the word "and so on," are what remain; the order of exposition has therefore now arrived at them.

Herein, the states beginning with ignorance should first be understood as "dependent origination." For this was said by the Blessed One — "and what, bhikkhus, is dependent origination? Dependent on ignorance, bhikkhus, are formations; dependent on formations, consciousness; dependent on consciousness, name-and-form; dependent on name-and-form, the sixfold base; dependent on the sixfold base, contact; dependent on contact, feeling; dependent on feeling, craving; dependent on craving, clinging; dependent on clinging, being; dependent on being, birth; dependent on birth, aging-and-death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, and despair come to be. Thus is the arising of this whole mass of suffering. This, bhikkhus, is called dependent origination."

But aging-and-death and the rest should be understood as "dependently arisen states." For this was said by the Blessed One — "and what, bhikkhus, are dependently arisen states? Aging-and-death, bhikkhus, is impermanent, conditioned, dependently arisen, subject to destruction, subject to falling away, subject to fading, subject to cessation. Birth, bhikkhus … being … clinging … craving … feeling … contact … the sixfold base … name-and-form … consciousness … formations … ignorance, bhikkhus, is impermanent, conditioned, dependently arisen, subject to destruction, subject to falling away, subject to fading, subject to cessation. These, bhikkhus, are called dependently arisen states."

This, herein, is the summary: "dependent origination" should be understood as the conditioning states; "dependently arisen states" as the states brought into being by those various conditions. How is this to be known? By the Blessed One's own word. For the Blessed One, in the discourse teaching dependent origination and dependently arisen states, said — "and what, bhikkhus, is dependent origination? Dependent on birth, bhikkhus, is aging-and-death. Whether Tathāgatas arise or do not arise, that property still stands — the stableness of the Dhamma, the fixed course of the Dhamma, specific conditionality. The Tathāgata awakens to this and breaks through to it; having awakened to it and broken through to it, he explains it, teaches it, proclaims it, establishes it, discloses it, analyzes it, makes it plain, and says: 'See!' Dependent on birth, bhikkhus, is aging-and-death. Dependent on being, bhikkhus, is birth … dependent on ignorance, bhikkhus, are formations. Whether Tathāgatas arise or do not arise … he says: 'See!' Dependent on ignorance, bhikkhus, are formations. Thus, bhikkhus, the suchness therein, the unfailingness, the not-otherwiseness, the specific conditionality — this, bhikkhus, is called dependent origination."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Chapter seventeen carries a heavier weight than any before it: it is the last of the six categories named as wisdom's "ground" back in chapter fourteen, and by the tradition's own account one of the four things in the world hardest to see and hardest to teach — a claim the chapter itself will quote directly within a few paragraphs. Buddhaghosa opens, characteristically, not with drama but with the plainest possible distinction: the same twelve-term list can be named "dependent origination" (looking at each term as a condition for what follows) or "dependently arisen states" (looking at the very same term as an impermanent, conditioned thing that itself arose). Nothing new has been added — only the angle of view has shifted.

The third quotation, from the discourse specifically contrasting these two framings, adds one further point that becomes central later in the chapter: this causal patterning — "dependent on birth is aging-and-death" — is said to hold whether or not a Buddha ever appears to discover it. The Buddha does not invent the law of conditionality; he discovers, penetrates, and then discloses a "stableness" and "fixed course" that was already so.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
paṭiccasamuppāda

dependent origination — paṭicca (having depended on) + samuppāda (arising-together); the chapter's own subject and title-word, given several distinct etymological treatments as the chapter proceeds.

idappaccayatā

specific conditionality — idam (this) + paccayatā (the state of being a condition); "this-conditionality," the abstract principle that a given effect depends on just these particular conditions, neither more nor fewer.

ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā

"that property still stands, the stableness of the Dhamma, the fixed course of the Dhamma" — the famous formula asserting that causal law is discovered, not invented, by a Buddha's awakening.

Suchness, Unfailingness, Not-Otherwiseness, Specific Conditionality

Buddhaghosa now unpacks the four synonyms the Buddha himself used for dependent origination in the sutta just quoted, showing each to capture a distinct facet of the same fact: a result arises through its own precise conditions (suchness), never fails to arise once those conditions have assembled (unfailingness), never arises from someone else's conditions (not-otherwiseness), and is, in the most literal sense, simply "conditioned by this" (specific conditionality).

Pali Source

Evaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desentena tathatādīhi vevacanehi paccayadhammāva paṭiccasamuppādoti vuttā. Tasmā jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ paccayalakkhaṇo paṭiccasamuppādo, dukkhānubandhanaraso, kummaggapaccupaṭṭhānoti veditabbo.

So panāyaṃ tehi tehi paccayehi anūnādhikeheva tassa tassa dhammassa sambhavato tathatāti, sāmaggiṃ upagatesu paccayesu muhuttampi tato nibbattadhammānaṃ asambhavābhāvato avitathatāti, aññadhammapaccayehi aññadhammānuppattito anaññathatāti, yathāvuttānaṃ etesaṃ jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ paccayato vā paccayasamūhato vā idappaccayatāti vutto.

Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho, imesaṃ paccayā idappaccayā. Idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā. Idappaccayānaṃ vā samūho idappaccayatā. Lakkhaṇaṃ panettha saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

In teaching dependent origination in this way, it is precisely the conditioning states themselves that are called "dependent origination" under such synonyms as "suchness." Therefore dependent origination should be understood as having, for its characteristic, the being-a-condition of such states as aging-and-death; for its function, the yoking of beings to suffering; and for its manifestation, a wrong path.

And this is called "suchness," because each and every such state comes to be through its own respective conditions, neither less nor more; it is called "unfailingness," because, once the conditions have arrived at concurrence, there is not, even for a moment, any failure of the states produced from them to arise; it is called "not-otherwiseness," because there is no arising of one state through conditions belonging to another; and, with reference to these same states just spoken of — aging-and-death and the rest — by way of their condition, or by way of the collection of their conditions, it is called "specific conditionality."

Herein this is the literal sense: the conditions of these states are "conditions-for-this." The very state of being conditions-for-this is "specific conditionality" — or, the collection of the conditions-for-this is "specific conditionality." The precise grammatical derivation here, however, should be sought from the treatises on word-formation.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The four synonyms sort neatly into two pairs, one about arising and one about non-arising: "suchness" and "unfailingness" both say the result reliably does come, exactly proportioned to its causes; "not-otherwiseness" says the result never comes from the wrong causes. "Specific conditionality" then names the whole relation itself, cause and result together, rather than either side alone — which is why Buddhaghosa treats it separately, as a term needing its own grammatical unpacking (idam + paccayatā) rather than a further description of what happens.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
tathatā / avitathatā / anaññathatā

suchness / unfailingness / not-otherwiseness — three of the four canonical synonyms for dependent origination, each isolating a distinct guarantee about how conditions produce their results.

kummaggapaccupaṭṭhāna

manifesting as a wrong path — ku- (bad) + magga (path); dependent origination "manifests" experientially as saṃsāra's wrong, painful course, in contrast to the noble eightfold path.

Not Mere Arising, and Not a Change of State

Two wrong theories are now cleared away, in Buddhaghosa's characteristic style of naming a rival position, then dismantling it point by point. The first claims dependent origination is simply "arising" itself, stripped of any reference to a non-Buddhist first cause; four separate objections show this cannot be right — no discourse says so, it contradicts two specific discourses that do exist, it could not sustain the "profound method" the Buddha explicitly claimed for dependent origination, and it produces a plain grammatical mismatch when the two words are actually combined. The second theory claims "specific conditionality" names some internal alteration undergone by ignorance and the other causes, rather than those causes themselves — refuted simply by pointing to the Buddha's own words, which call ignorance, not some change within it, the cause.

Pali Source

Keci pana paṭicca sammā ca titthiyaparikappitapakatipurisādikāraṇanirapekkho uppādo paṭiccasamuppādoti evaṃ uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādoti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Kasmā? Suttābhāvato, suttavirodhato, gambhīranayāsambhavato, saddabhedato ca.

"Uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādo"ti hi suttaṃ natthi. Taṃ "paṭiccasamuppādo"ti ca vadantassa padesavihārasuttavirodho āpajjati. Kathaṃ? Bhagavato hi "atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsī"ti ādivacanato paṭiccasamuppādamanasikāro paṭhamābhisambuddhavihāro, padesavihāro ca tassekadesavihāro. Yathāha "yena svāhaṃ, bhikkhave, vihārena paṭhamābhisambuddho viharāmi, tassa padesena vihāsi"nti. Tatra ca paccayākāradassanena vihāsi, na uppādamattadassanenāti. Evaṃ uppādamattaṃ "paṭiccasamuppādo"ti vadantassa padesavihārasuttavirodho āpajjati. Tathā kaccānasuttavirodho.

Kaccānasuttepi hi "lokasamudayaṃ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā, sā na hotī"ti anulomapaṭiccasamuppādo lokapaccayato "lokasamudayo"ti ucchedadiṭṭhisamugghātatthaṃ pakāsito, na uppādamattaṃ. Na hi uppādamattadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā samugghāto hoti. Paccayānuparamadassanena pana hoti, paccayānuparame phalānuparamatoti.

Gambhīranayāsambhavatoti vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā "gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso cā"ti. Gambhīrattañca nāma catubbidhaṃ, taṃ parato vaṇṇayissāma. Taṃ uppādamatte natthi. Catubbidhanayapaṭimaṇḍitañcetaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vaṇṇayanti, tampi nayacatukkaṃ uppādamatte natthīti gambhīranayāsambhavatopi na uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādo.

Saddabhedatoti paṭiccasaddo ca panāyaṃ samāne kattari pubbakāle payujjamāno atthasiddhikaro hoti. Seyyathidaṃ, "cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa"nti. Idha pana bhāvasādhanena uppādasaddena saddhiṃ payujjamāno samānassa kattu abhāvato saddabhedaṃ gacchati, na ca kiñci atthaṃ sādhetīti saddabhedatopi na uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādoti.

Tattha siyā – "hoti-saddena saddhiṃ yojayissāma 'paṭiccasamuppādo hotī'ti", taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Yogābhāvato ceva, uppādassa ca uppādapattidosato. "Paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi. Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo…pe… ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo"ti. Imesu hi padesu ekenapi saddhiṃ hoti-saddo yogaṃ na gacchati, na ca uppādo hoti. Sace bhaveyya, uppādassāpi uppādo pāpuṇeyyāti.

Yepi maññanti "idappaccayānaṃ bhāvo idappaccayatā, bhāvo ca nāma yo ākāro avijjādīnaṃ saṅkhārādipātubhāve hetu, so. Tasmiñca saṅkhāravikāre paṭiccasamuppādasaññā"ti, tesaṃ taṃ na yujjati. Kasmā? Avijjādīnaṃ hetuvacanato. Bhagavatā hi "tasmātiha, ānanda, eseva hetu, etaṃ nidānaṃ, esa samudayo, esa paccayo jarāmaraṇassa yadidaṃ jāti…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ, yadidaṃ avijjā"ti evaṃ avijjādayova hetūti vuttā, na tesaṃ vikāro. Tasmā "paṭiccasamuppādoti paccayadhammā veditabbā"ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sammā vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

But some say that dependent origination is mere arising — arising that occurs dependently and rightly, without depending on such causes as a "primordial nature" or a "creator person" as imagined by sectarian teachers. This is untenable. Why? Because there is no discourse saying so, because it contradicts other discourses, because the profound method could then not arise, and because of a difference in grammatical construction.

For there is no discourse that says "dependent origination is mere arising." And for one who calls that "dependent origination," a contradiction arises with the Discourse on the Partial Dwelling. How so? From the Blessed One's own statement — "then, in the first watch of the night, the Blessed One attended to dependent origination in forward and reverse order" — attention to dependent origination was the dwelling of the newly, fully awakened One, and the "partial dwelling" spoken of elsewhere was a dwelling in one part of that very dwelling. As it is said: "bhikkhus, in whatever dwelling I dwelt when newly, fully awakened, in a part of that dwelling I dwelt." And there he dwelt by seeing the mode of the conditions, not by seeing mere arising. Thus, for one who calls mere arising "dependent origination," a contradiction with the Discourse on the Partial Dwelling arises. Likewise a contradiction with the Discourse to Kaccāna.

For in the Discourse to Kaccāna, too, it is said: "Kaccāna, for one who sees, with right understanding, the arising of the world as it really is, the notion of 'there is not,' with respect to the world, does not occur." This proclaims dependent origination in forward order — "the arising of the world" — by way of the world's condition, for the purpose of uprooting the view of annihilation; it does not proclaim mere arising. For it is not by seeing mere arising that the view of annihilation is uprooted, but by seeing the non-continuation of the conditions — since, when the conditions do not continue, the result does not continue either.

As for "because the profound method could then not arise": this was said by the Blessed One — "profound, Ānanda, is this dependent origination, and profound is its appearance." Now, profundity is of four kinds, which we shall describe further on; this is not found in mere arising. And this dependent origination is described as adorned with a fourfold method; that fourfold method, too, is not found in mere arising. Therefore, since the profound method is not found there either, dependent origination is not mere arising.

As for "because of a difference in grammatical construction": the gerund "having depended on" [paṭicca], when used with a single agent for both actions and referring to a prior time, does yield sense — as in "and having depended on the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises." But here, when used together with the noun "arising" [uppāda], it results in a grammatical mismatch, since there is no single agent performing both the depending and the arising; and it establishes no sense at all. So, by reason of this difference in grammatical construction too, dependent origination is not mere arising.

Here it might be said: "we shall construe it together with the verb 'is' — 'dependent origination is [mere arising].'" That will not do. Why? Because no such construction is ever used, and because it would entail the fault that arising itself would then have to have an arising. "Bhikkhus, I shall teach you dependent origination. And what, bhikkhus, is dependent origination? … this, bhikkhus, is called dependent origination." In none of these passages is the word "is" construed together with it in this way, nor does "arising" occur as a separate event alongside it. If it did occur separately, then arising itself would have to have an arising.

There are also those who think: "the being-thus of the conditions-for-this is specific conditionality; and 'being-thus' here means that particular mode, belonging to ignorance and the other factors, which is the cause of the appearance of formations and the rest — so it is this alteration within the formations and so forth that is meant by 'dependent origination.'" This too is untenable. Why? Because ignorance and the rest are spoken of as the cause itself. For the Blessed One said: "therefore, Ānanda, this itself is the cause, this the source, this the origin, this the condition of aging-and-death — namely birth … of formations — namely ignorance." Thus it is ignorance and the other factors themselves that are called the cause, not some alteration belonging to them. Therefore it should be understood that the statement "'dependent origination' should be understood as the conditioning states" was rightly made.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The four-part refutation of "mere arising" is a small masterclass in the commentarial method: rather than simply asserting the correct view, Buddhaghosa tests the rival theory against everything it would have to be compatible with — silence in the canon, direct contradiction with two named discourses, the loss of a specific quality (profundity) the Buddha explicitly attributed to the real teaching, and finally a purely grammatical failure, since Pāli's gerund "paṭicca" requires a single agent doing both the depending and the resulting action, which "arising" alone cannot supply. Four independent lines of failure, from scripture, doctrine, and grammar alike, converge on the same verdict.

The Kaccāna-sutta point is worth lingering on: the Buddha there is specifically defending against annihilationism, the view that a person simply ceases at death with nothing continuing. Buddhaghosa's point is that merely watching phenomena "arise" says nothing about whether anything continues afterward — what actually refutes annihilationism is seeing that when conditions persist, so does what depends on them, and only when conditions genuinely cease does the dependent state cease too. It is the conditioning relationship itself, not the raw fact of arising, that carries the weight of the teaching.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
uppādamatta

mere arising — the rejected theory that "dependent origination" refers to nothing more than bare, uncaused-by-any-external-agent arising, without the full network of specific conditioning relationships.

padesavihārasutta

the Discourse on the Partial Dwelling — a short text describing the Buddha, freshly awakened, dwelling for a time in only "a part" of the dwelling he had experienced under the Bodhi tree; Buddhaghosa reads "that dwelling" as full contemplation of dependent origination.

ucchedadiṭṭhi

the view of annihilation — the wrong view that a being is simply cut off, with nothing continuing, at death; the Kaccāna Sutta's target, invoked here to show what dependent origination is actually for.

The Etymology of "Paṭiccasamuppāda"

Having cleared the ground of wrong theories, Buddhaghosa now gives the word itself three separate etymological treatments, each cast as its own verse, unpacking "paṭicca" (depending) and "samuppāda" (rightly co-arising) from slightly different angles — as something worth relying on, as causes turned "face to face" with one another, and as a set of conditions that can only produce their result together, never singly or in sequence. A closing verse then draws out the payoff: the very structure of the compound word, taken as a whole, rules out both eternalism and annihilationism at once, and stakes out the Buddha's own "middle way" between them.

Pali Source

Yā panettha "paṭiccasamuppādo"ti imāya byañjanacchāyāya uppādoyevāyaṃ vuttoti saññā uppajjati, sā imassa padassa evamatthaṃ gahetvā vūpasametabbā. Bhagavatā hi, "dvedhā tato pavatte, dhammasamūhe yato idaṃ vacanaṃ; tappaccayo tatoyaṃ, phalopacārena iti vutto."

Yo hi ayaṃ paccayatāya pavatto dhammasamūho, tattha paṭiccasamuppādoti idaṃ vacanaṃ dvidhā icchanti. So hi yasmā patīyamāno hitāya sukhāya ca saṃvattati, tasmā paccetumarahanti naṃ paṇḍitāti paṭicco. Uppajjamāno ca saha sammā ca uppajjati, na ekekato, nāpi ahetutoti samuppādo. Evaṃ paṭicco ca so samuppādo cāti paṭiccasamuppādo. Apica saha uppajjatīti samuppādo, paccayasāmaggiṃ pana paṭicca apaccakkhāyāti evampi paṭiccasamuppādo. Tassa cāyaṃ hetusamūho paccayoti tappaccayattā ayampi, yathā loke semhassa paccayo guḷo semho guḷoti vuccati, yathā ca sāsane sukhappaccayo buddhānaṃ uppādo "sukho buddhānaṃ uppādo"ti vuccati, tathā paṭiccasamuppādo icceva phalavohārena vuttoti veditabbo.

Atha vā, "paṭimukhamitoti vutto, hetusamūho ayaṃ paṭiccoti; sahite uppādeti ca, iti vutto so samuppādo." Yo hi esa saṅkhārādīnaṃ pātubhāvāya avijjādiekekahetusīsena niddiṭṭho hetusamūho, so sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakaṭṭhena avekallaṭṭhena ca sāmaggiaṅgānaṃ aññamaññena paṭimukhaṃ ito gatoti katvā paṭiccoti vuccati. Svāyaṃ sahiteyeva aññamaññaṃ avinibbhogavuttidhamme uppādetīti samuppādotipi vutto. Evampi paṭicco ca so samuppādo cāti paṭiccasamuppādo.

Aparo nayo – "paccayatā aññoññaṃ, paṭicca yasmā samaṃ saha ca dhamme; ayamuppādeti tatopi, evamidha bhāsitā muninā." Avijjādisīsena niddiṭṭhapaccayesu hi ye paccayā yaṃ saṅkhārādikaṃ dhammaṃ uppādenti, na te aññamaññaṃ apaṭicca aññamaññavekalle sati uppādetuṃ samatthāti. Tasmā paṭicca samaṃ saha ca na ekekadesaṃ, nāpi pubbāparabhāvena ayaṃ paccayatā dhamme uppādetīti atthānusāravohārakusalena muninā evamidha bhāsitā, paṭiccasamuppādotveva bhāsitāti attho.

Evaṃ bhāsamānena ca, "purimena sassatādīna, mabhāvo pacchimena ca padena; ucchedādivighāto, dvayena paridīpito ñāyo." Purimenāti paccayasāmaggiparidīpakena paṭiccapadena pavattidhammānaṃ paccayasāmaggiyaṃ āyattavuttittā sassatāhetuvisamahetuvasavattivādappabhedānaṃ sassatādīnaṃ abhāvo paridīpito hoti. Pacchimena ca padenāti dhammānaṃ uppādaparidīpakena samuppādapadena paccayasāmaggiyaṃ dhammānaṃ uppattito vihatā ucchedanatthikaakiriyavādāti ucchedādivighāto paridīpito hoti. Dvayenāti sakalena paṭiccasamuppādavacanena tassā tassā paccayasāmaggiyā santatiṃ avicchinditvā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sambhavato majjhimā paṭipadā, "so karoti so paṭisaṃvedeti, añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvedetī"ti vādappahānaṃ, janapadaniruttiyā anabhiniveso, samaññāya anatidhāvananti ayaṃ ñāyo paridīpito hotīti ayaṃ tāva paṭiccasamuppādoti vacanamattassa attho.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, the impression may arise that this word "paṭiccasamuppāda," by the shading of its literal form, refers to nothing but "arising." That impression should be laid to rest by grasping the meaning of this term as follows. For the Blessed One [meant it thus] — "since this word is used for a collection of states occurring in two ways from that condition, it is said, by a figure of speech transferring the name of the result, to be 'that whose condition is this.'"

For they intend this word "paṭiccasamuppāda" in a twofold sense, with reference to that very collection of states occurring by way of conditionality. First: because, when relied upon, it conduces to welfare and happiness, the wise consider it worthy of being relied upon — hence "paṭicca," the depended-upon. And it arises together and rightly, not singly one by one, and not without a cause — hence "samuppāda," the rightly-co-arisen. Thus, being both "paṭicca" and "samuppāda," it is "paṭiccasamuppāda." Further, it is "samuppāda" because it arises together; and it is also "paṭiccasamuppāda" in the sense that it occurs only in dependence on the concurrence of conditions, never apart from them. And since this very collection of causes is itself the condition for that co-arising, on account of being its condition, it is called, in this further sense too, "paṭiccasamuppāda" — just as, in ordinary usage, the cause of phlegm, namely raw sugar, is called "phlegm-sugar," and just as, in the Teaching, the arising of Buddhas, being the cause of happiness, is called "the happy arising of Buddhas" — so too, it should be understood, "paṭiccasamuppāda" is spoken of by a figure of speech naming the cause after its result.

Or again — "this collection of causes is called 'paṭicca' because it is said to have gone, from here, face to face; and it is called 'samuppāda' because it makes conditions that are together arise." For this collection of causes, set out under the heading of each single cause beginning with ignorance for the appearance of formations and the rest, is called "paṭicca," taking it that, in the sense of jointly producing a shared result, and in the sense of no member being deficient, each member of this concurrence has "gone face to face" with the others. And this same collection, since it produces, only in their togetherness, states that occur inseparably from one another, is also called "samuppāda." Thus, being both "paṭicca" and "samuppāda" in this sense as well, it is "paṭiccasamuppāda."

Yet another method — "since this condition-state produces states only in dependence on one another, equally and together, therefore it has here been spoken of thus by the Sage." For among the conditions set out under the headings of ignorance and the rest, whichever conditions give rise to a state such as the formations are incapable of doing so without depending on one another, when any one of them is lacking. Therefore, since this condition-state gives rise to states only in dependence on one another, equally and together — not singly, one part at a time, nor by way of a before-and-after sequence — the Sage, skilled in usage that follows the meaning, spoke of it thus in this connection: that is, he spoke of it precisely as "paṭiccasamuppāda."

And by speaking in this way — "by the former term, the non-existence of eternalism and the like is shown; by the latter term, the refutation of annihilationism and the like; by the two together, the method is made clear." "By the former term": by the term "paṭicca," which shows the concurrence of conditions — since occurring states depend for their occurrence on the concurrence of conditions — the non-existence of eternalism, of the causeless-cause doctrine, of the unequal-cause doctrine, and of the controlling-agent doctrine, divisions of "eternalism and the like," is shown. "And by the latter term": by the term "samuppāda," which shows the arising of states — since states arise from the concurrence of conditions — the doctrines of annihilation, of non-existence after death, and of the inefficacy of action are refuted; thus the refutation of annihilationism and the like is shown. "By the two together": by the whole expression "paṭiccasamuppāda," since those very states come to be through the uninterrupted continuity of their respective concurrences of conditions, the middle way is shown — the abandoning of the doctrine "the one who acts is the one who experiences the result" and "one acts, another experiences," the not settling into a fixed local idiom, and the not overstepping the bounds of conventional designation: this method is thereby made clear. This, then, is the meaning of the mere word "paṭiccasamuppāda."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Three etymologies for one compound word may look like overkill, but each earns its place by answering a different question: the first explains why the word is worth using at all (because relying on this understanding brings welfare); the second explains the internal mechanics of how the causes relate to each other (face to face, none deficient); the third explains why the causes must act together rather than one after another. None of the three contradicts the others — they simply illuminate the same compound from different angles, exactly the kind of layered, non-exclusive analysis this commentarial genre favors over picking a single "correct" derivation.

The closing point is the philosophical payoff of the whole exercise: the two halves of the compound word each do independent doctrinal work. "Paṭicca" (depending) rules out eternalism, because a truly eternal, self-existent thing could not depend on anything. "Samuppāda" (arising) rules out annihilationism, because if states genuinely arise from conditions, nothing simply winks out of existence uncaused when those conditions persist. Held together, the single word "paṭiccasamuppāda" is the Buddha's middle way in miniature — neither an eternal self undergoes experience, nor does one thing simply vanish while an unrelated thing appears, but a genuine, conditioned continuity runs through, without needing either an eternal soul or an absolute break.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
paṭimukhaṃ ito gato

"gone, from here, face to face" — the image behind the second etymology: each condition in a concurrent set is pictured as turning to face the others, none of them able to produce the shared result alone.

so karoti so paṭisaṃvedeti / añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvedeti

"the one who acts is the one who experiences" / "one acts, another experiences" — the two extreme wrong views (roughly, eternalism and annihilationism restated in terms of personal identity) that the middle-way reading of dependent origination is said to avoid.

semhassa paccayo guḷo, semho guḷo

"the cause of phlegm, namely raw sugar, is called 'phlegm-sugar'" — Buddhaghosa's homely illustration of naming a cause after its effect, used to justify calling the conditions themselves "paṭiccasamuppāda," a word whose surface form more naturally suggests the result.

"I Find No Foothold, as Though Plunged into the Ocean"

Before attempting the detailed commentary, Buddhaghosa pauses for one of the Visuddhimagga's most personal moments — a direct admission, echoed by generations of commentators after him, that dependent origination is simply too deep to explain with confidence. He quotes the ancient teachers naming it one of four things in the world "hard to see and hard to teach," then confesses, in his own verse, to feeling like a man plunged into the open ocean with no foothold beneath him — before resolving to proceed anyway, leaning on both scripture and the unbroken line of earlier teachers.

Pali Source

Yā panāyaṃ bhagavatā paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desentena "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"tiādinā nayena nikkhittā tanti, tassā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena vibhajjavādimaṇḍalaṃ otaritvā ācariye anabbhācikkhantena sakasamayaṃ avokkamantena parasamayaṃ anāyūhantena suttaṃ appaṭibāhantena vinayaṃ anulomentena mahāpadese olokentena dhammaṃ dīpentena atthaṃ saṅgāhentena tamevatthaṃ punarāvattetvā aparehipi pariyāyantarehi niddisantena ca yasmā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā hoti, pakatiyāpi ca dukkarāva paṭiccasamuppādassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanā. Yathāhu porāṇā – "saccaṃ satto paṭisandhi, paccayākārameva ca; duddasā caturo dhammā, desetuṃ ca sudukkarā"ti.

Tasmā aññatra āgamādhigamappattehi na sukarā paṭiccasamuppādassatthavaṇṇanāti paritulayitvā, "vattukāmo ahaṃ ajja, paccayākāravaṇṇanaṃ; patiṭṭhaṃ nādhigacchāmi, ajjhogāḷhova sāgaraṃ. Sāsanaṃ panidaṃ nānā, desanānayamaṇḍitaṃ; pubbācariyamaggo ca, abbocchinno pavattati. Yasmā tasmā tadubhayaṃ, sannissāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ; ārabhissāmi etassa, taṃ suṇātha samāhitā."

Vuttañhetaṃ pubbācariyehi – "yo koci maṃ aṭṭhikatvā suṇeyya, labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ; laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, as for this teaching which the Blessed One, in teaching dependent origination, set down by the method beginning "dependent on ignorance are formations" — one composing a commentary on its meaning must do so having descended into the sphere of the analytical method, without misrepresenting the teachers, without straying into one's own school's dogma, without dragging in other schools' doctrines, without contradicting the discourses, in conformity with the discipline, having regard for the great standards of reference, illuminating the Dhamma, drawing the sense together, and — having brought the very same meaning round again — setting it out also by other, further methods of exposition. For these reasons a commentary on its meaning must be composed with such care; and, in its own nature too, a commentary on the meaning of dependent origination is exceedingly difficult. As the ancient teachers have said: "truth, a being, relinking, and the mode of conditions — these four things are hard to see, and hard indeed to teach."

Therefore, having carefully weighed the fact that a commentary on the meaning of dependent origination is not easy except for those who have attained both to scriptural learning and to personal realization — "wishing today to speak a commentary on the mode of conditions, I find no foothold, as though plunged into the ocean. Yet this Dispensation is adorned with manifold methods of exposition, and the path of the earlier teachers still flows on, unbroken. Therefore, relying on both of these, I shall begin a commentary on the meaning of this teaching; listen to it with minds composed."

For this was said by the earlier teachers — "whoever should listen to me, giving due weight to what is said, would gain a distinction over what came before; and having gained that distinction over what came before, would go to where the Lord of Death cannot see."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This is one of the very few places in the entire Visuddhimagga where Buddhaghosa steps out from behind the systematic voice of the treatise and speaks in the first person about his own limits — "I find no foothold, as though plunged into the ocean" is not false modesty so much as an honest acknowledgment, shared by the whole commentarial tradition he is quoting, that this particular teaching resists being fully mastered even by its most careful students. The four "hard to see" things named in the ancient verse — truth (in the sense of the ultimate nature of things), a being (rightly understood as no more than a conventional label over process), relinking (how one life connects to the next without a soul crossing over), and the mode of conditions (this very chapter's subject) — form a natural set, since each one is exactly the point at which ordinary, self-based thinking most wants to smuggle in a fixed, essential "thing" where none exists.

Notice, too, the specific method he commits himself to before proceeding: neither pure scriptural citation nor pure independent reasoning, but both together — "relying on both of these." This is the working method of the entire commentarial genre in miniature, and it explains why the chapter to follow constantly interleaves canonical quotation with the commentator's own logical argument, rather than choosing one mode of exposition and sticking to it.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ajjhogāḷhova sāgaraṃ

"as though plunged into the ocean" — ajjhogāḷha (plunged, submerged) + sāgara (ocean); Buddhaghosa's own image for the sheer difficulty of commenting on dependent origination, among the most quoted lines in the whole treatise.

saccaṃ satto paṭisandhi paccayākāro

truth, a being, relinking, the mode of conditions — the ancient teachers' list of four things "hard to see and hard to teach," each a place where deep analysis and ordinary intuition most sharply diverge.

pubbācariyamaggo abbocchinno

"the path of the earlier teachers, unbroken" — Buddhaghosa's appeal to an unbroken line of prior commentators as one of the two supports (alongside scripture) he relies on to attempt this commentary at all.

Four Ways to Gather the Vine

The famous simile of four vine-gatherers now explains why the Buddha taught dependent origination in four different sequences across different discourses — forward from the beginning, backward from the middle, backward from the very end, and backward from the middle a second way — matching four different starting points a listener might need, depending on what confuses them and what stage of realization they have already reached.

Pali Source

Iti "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"tiādīsu hi āditoyeva tāva, desanābhedato attha, lakkhaṇekavidhādito. Aṅgānañca vavatthānā, viññātabbo vinicchayo. Tattha desanābhedatoti bhagavato hi vallihārakānaṃ catunnaṃ purisānaṃ valligahaṇaṃ viya ādito vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānaṃ, tathā pariyosānato vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva ādīti catubbidhā paṭiccasamuppādadesanā.

Yathā hi vallihārakesu catūsu purisesu eko valliyā mūlameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so taṃ mūle chetvā sabbaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā "iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā…pe… jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa"nti ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.

Yathā pana tesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā uparibhāgaññeva ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā "tassa taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. Yā vedanāsu nandī, tadupādānaṃ. Tassupādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jātī"ti majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi deseti.

Yathā ca tesu purisesu eko valliyā aggaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so agge gahetvā aggānusārena yāva mūlā sabbaṃ ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā "jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, jātipaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ no vā kathaṃ vo ettha hotīti? Jātipaccayā, bhante, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ no ettha hoti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti. Bhavapaccayā jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, avijjāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā no vā kathaṃ vo ettha hotī"ti pariyosānato paṭṭhāya yāva āditopi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.

Yathā panetesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā heṭṭhā otaranto yāva mūlā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā "ime ca, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kinnidānā, kiṃsamudayā, kiṃjātikā, kiṃpabhavā? Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā, taṇhāsamudayā, taṇhājātikā, taṇhāpabhavā. Taṇhā kinnidānā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā kinnidānā…pe… saṅkhārā avijjānidānā…pe… avijjāpabhavā"ti majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva ādito deseti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Thus, in such expressions as "dependent on ignorance are formations," from the very outset — "by way of the division of the teaching, by meaning, by characteristic and by kind, and by the determination of the factors — the discernment should be understood." Herein, "by way of the division of the teaching": just as, among four men gathering a creeper, one may proceed from the beginning, or from the middle, up to the end, or, likewise, from the end, or from the middle, back to the beginning — so too the teaching of dependent origination is fourfold.

Just as, among the four men gathering the creeper, one first sees only the root of the creeper; he cuts it at the root, pulls out the whole of it, and takes it to his work — so too the Blessed One teaches dependent origination in full, from the very beginning up to the very end: "thus, bhikkhus, dependent on ignorance are formations … dependent on birth is aging-and-death."

But just as, among those men, one first sees the middle of the creeper; he cuts it in the middle and pulls out only the upper portion, taking it to his work — so too the Blessed One teaches, starting from the middle up to the very end: "in one who delights in, welcomes, and remains holding to that feeling, delight arises. Whatever delight there is in feelings, that is clinging. Dependent on his clinging is being, dependent on being is birth."

And just as, among those men, one first sees the tip of the creeper; taking hold of the tip, and following it, he pulls out the whole of it right back to the root, taking it to his work — so too the Blessed One teaches, starting from the very end back to the very beginning: "now it was said, 'dependent on birth is aging-and-death' — is it, bhikkhus, that aging-and-death is dependent on birth, or is it not so, or how do you understand this?" "Aging-and-death, venerable sir, is dependent on birth; thus do we understand this — that aging-and-death is dependent on birth." "Dependent on being is birth … dependent on ignorance are formations — now it was said, 'dependent on ignorance are formations' — is it, bhikkhus, that formations are dependent on ignorance, or is it not so, or how do you understand this?"

And just as, among those men, one first sees only the middle of the creeper; he cuts it in the middle and, descending downward, pulls it out right back to the root, taking it to his work — so too the Blessed One teaches, starting from the middle back to the beginning: "and these four kinds of nutriment, bhikkhus — what is their source, what their origin, from what are they born, from what do they arise? These four kinds of nutriment have craving as their source, craving as their origin; they are born from craving, they arise from craving. And craving — what is its source? … feeling … contact … the sixfold base … name-and-form … consciousness … formations — what is their source? … formations have ignorance as their source … they arise from ignorance" — thus he teaches, starting from the middle back to the beginning.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The vine-gatherers' simile earns its lasting popularity by turning an apparent inconsistency in the canon — the same twelve-factor chain quoted in four different orders across different suttas — into evidence of the Buddha's own teaching skill rather than a puzzle to be explained away. Each of the four men simply happened upon the vine at a different point, and each still ends up with the same whole vine in hand; likewise, each discourse simply enters the same causal structure from a different point suited to that particular audience, without any of the four versions being more "correct" than the others.

It is worth noting exactly which discourse each direction is drawn from: the forward-from-the-beginning version is the standard formula familiar from countless other contexts; the middle-to-end version comes from analyses of feeling and craving specifically; the end-to-beginning version is a Socratic, question-and-answer catechism confirming each link one at a time; and the middle-to-beginning version traces backward specifically from the four kinds of nutriment, a starting point distinct from any of the twelve factors themselves. Four genuinely different pedagogical situations, four genuinely different points of entry.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
vallihāraka

a vine-gatherer, creeper-collector — valli (creeper, vine) + hāraka (one who carries off); the four men of the chapter's central simile, each entering the same vine from a different point.

anuloma / paṭiloma

forward order / reverse order — the two basic directions of reciting the twelve-factor chain, already familiar from the very first quotation of this chapter describing the Buddha's night of awakening.

āhāra

nutriment — the fourth of the four kinds of nutriment (edible food, contact, mental volition, and consciousness) that anchor the "middle-to-beginning" version of the teaching, tracing all four back to craving and, ultimately, to ignorance.

Why Ignorance Comes First: The Cow Driven to Slaughter

Why does the standard formula always begin with ignorance rather than some other factor — and is ignorance itself an uncaused, ultimate first cause of the world, the way rival schools imagined a "primordial nature" to be? Buddhaghosa answers no on both counts: ignorance does have its own cause (the taints), but it can still serve as the practical "head" of any given account of the round of rebirth, alongside a second candidate, the craving for being. A single vivid simile — one cow, driven to slaughter, choosing between hot water and cold — then explains why these two factors specifically are singled out as heads: each is the decisive trigger behind one of the two basic directions kamma can take, toward a bad destination or toward a good one.

Pali Source

Kasmā panettha avijjā ādito vuttā, kiṃ pakativādīnaṃ pakati viya avijjāpi akāraṇaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ lokassāti? Na akāraṇaṃ. "Āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo"ti hi avijjāya kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Atthi pana pariyāyo yena mūlakāraṇaṃ siyā, ko pana soti? Vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhāvo.

Bhagavā hi vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento dve dhamme sīsaṃ katvā katheti, avijjaṃ vā. Yathāha – "purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya 'ito pubbe avijjā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī'ti, evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati idappaccayā avijjā"ti. Bhavataṇhaṃ vā. Yathāha – "purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya 'ito pubbe bhavataṇhā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī'ti, evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati idappaccayā bhavataṇhā"ti.

Kasmā pana bhagavā vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento ime dve dhamme sīsaṃ katvā kathetīti? Sugatiduggatigāmino kammassa visesahetubhūtattā. Duggatigāmino hi kammassa visesahetu avijjā. Kasmā? Yasmā avijjābhibhūto puthujjano aggisantāpalaguḷābhighātaparissamābhibhūtā vajjhagāvī tāya parissamāturatāya nirassādampi attano anatthāvahampi ca uṇhodakapānaṃ viya kilesasantāpato nirassādampi duggatinipātanato ca attano anatthāvahampi pāṇātipātādiṃ anekappakāraṃ duggatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati. Sugatigāmino pana kammassa visesahetu bhavataṇhā. Kasmā? Yasmā bhavataṇhābhibhūto puthujjano sā vuttappakārā gāvī sītūdakataṇhāya saassādaṃ attano parissamavinodanañca sītūdakapānaṃ viya kilesasantāpavirahato saassādaṃ sugatisampāpanena attano duggatidukkhaparissamavinodanañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādiṃ anekappakāraṃ sugatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati.

Etesu pana vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhūtesu dhammesu katthaci bhagavā ekadhammamūlikaṃ desanaṃ deseti. Seyyathidaṃ, "iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇa"ntiādi. Tathā "upādāniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna"ntiādi. Katthaci ubhayamūlikampi. Seyyathidaṃ, "avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṃ kāyo samudāgato. Iti ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ itthetaṃ dvayaṃ. Dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni, yehi phuṭṭho bālo sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī"tiādi. Tāsu desanāsu "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"ti ayamidha avijjāvasena ekadhammamūlikā desanāti veditabbā. Evaṃ tāvettha desanābhedato viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, why is ignorance spoken of here as the starting point — is ignorance, like the "primordial nature" of those who hold the primordial-nature doctrine, an uncaused root-cause of the world? It is not uncaused. For it is said: "from the arising of the taints, there is the arising of ignorance" — thus a cause of ignorance is stated. But is there, then, some manner of speaking by which it could be a root-cause? What is it? It is its serving as the head in the discourse on the round.

For when teaching the discourse on the round, the Blessed One speaks by making one of two states the head: either ignorance, as he said — "bhikkhus, no first point of ignorance is discerned, such that one could say, 'before this there was no ignorance, and afterward it came to be'; yet this much is said — it is discerned that ignorance has a specific condition" — or the craving for being, as he said — "bhikkhus, no first point of the craving for being is discerned, such that one could say, 'before this there was no craving for being, and afterward it came to be'; yet this much is said — it is discerned that the craving for being has a specific condition."

But why, in teaching the discourse on the round, does the Blessed One speak by making these two states the head? Because they are the special cause of the kamma that leads to a good or a bad destination. For ignorance is the special cause of kamma leading to a bad destination. Why? Because it is like this: a cow being driven to slaughter, overpowered by the heat of the fire, by blows of the goad, and by exhaustion — that cow, in the feverish state of her exhaustion, drinks hot water, though it gives her no real relish and is, moreover, harmful to her; so too a worldling overpowered by ignorance, overcome by the burning of the defilements, undertakes many kinds of kamma leading to a bad destination — such as the killing of living beings — kamma that gives him no real relish and, since it casts him down into a bad destination, is harmful to him as well. But the craving for being is the special cause of kamma leading to a good destination. Why? Because it is like this: that same cow, out of craving for cool water, drinks cool water, which does give relish and does relieve her exhaustion; so too a worldling overcome by the craving for being, free from the burning of the defilements and finding his own relish, undertakes many kinds of kamma leading to a good destination — such as abstinence from the killing of living beings — by attaining thereby a good destination and relieving his own suffering and exhaustion of a bad destination.

Now, among these two states that serve as the head in the discourse on the round, in some places the Blessed One teaches a discourse rooted in a single factor. For example: "thus, bhikkhus, formations have ignorance as their support; consciousness has formations as its support," and so on. Likewise: "bhikkhus, for one who dwells contemplating gratification in things that can be clung to, craving increases; dependent on craving is clinging," and so on. In some places he teaches a discourse rooted in both. For example: "bhikkhus, for a fool obstructed by ignorance and bound to craving, this body has thus come to be. So there is just this: this body, and name-and-form external to it — this pair. Dependent on this pair is contact; there are just the six sense bases, by which, when touched, the fool experiences pleasure and pain," and so on. Among these teachings, "dependent on ignorance are formations" should be understood as, here, a discourse rooted in a single factor, by way of ignorance. Thus, so far, the discernment by way of the division of the teaching should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The cow simile is easy to misread on a first pass, since it is compressed to the point of near-riddle in the Pāli: it is the very same cow in both halves, not two different cows. Driven mercilessly toward slaughter, exhausted and overheated, she might drink whatever water is nearest regardless of its quality — hot, foul, and ultimately harmful to her — which stands for kamma driven by sheer unseeing ignorance, taking whatever action promises the nearest relief without any discernment of consequence. Or, still the same exhausted cow, she might instead specifically crave and seek out cool water, which genuinely does relieve her — which stands for kamma driven by the craving for being, still self-interested and still keeping her walking toward the very same slaughterhouse, but at least choosing an action that brings a comparatively better outcome. Neither drink stops the journey to slaughter; the simile's real point is that both bad and good destinations alike are moves within saṃsara, not exits from it — ignorance and the craving for being are simply the two directions that same trapped momentum can take.

This chapter's insistence that ignorance is not, after all, an uncaused first cause is doctrinally load-bearing: it is precisely what keeps dependent origination free of the "primordial nature" and "creator" theories rejected several paragraphs earlier. Ignorance and the craving for being are heads only in the practical, rhetorical sense of where a particular telling of the story happens to begin — never in the sense of being outside the causal web itself.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
vaṭṭakathā

the discourse on the round — vaṭṭa (the round, i.e. of rebirth) + kathā (discourse, discussion); any canonical teaching that surveys the whole cycle of becoming, of which the twelve-factor formula is the primary example.

sīsabhāva

the state of being the head — sīsa (head) + bhāva (state); ignorance's and the craving for being's role as the rhetorical starting point of a given telling of the round, distinguished carefully from being an uncaused ultimate cause.

vajjhagāvī

a cow [being driven] to slaughter — vajjha (to be killed) + gāvī (cow); the chapter's central simile for a worldling driven by exhaustion and burning defilement toward either a harmful or a comparatively better course of action, neither of which escapes the journey itself.

The Meaning of Each Term

Buddhaghosa now works through every one of the twelve factors — and several surrounding operative words — giving each its own etymological derivation, in the treatise's characteristic style of finding the literal sense packed inside each technical term. Ignorance receives an unusually rich, six-part treatment (a term this important gets no less), formations receive a careful sorting into six different technical senses of the word "saṅkhāra" scattered across the canon, and the remaining ten factors each receive a brief, single-line derivation before the whole formula's closing words — "thus is the arising of this whole mass of suffering" — are parsed word by word.

Pali Source

Atthatoti avijjādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthato. Seyyathidaṃ, pūretuṃ ayuttaṭṭhena kāyaduccaritādi avindiyaṃ nāma, aladdhabbanti attho. Taṃ avindiyaṃ vindatīti avijjā. Tabbiparītato kāyasucaritādi vindiyaṃ nāma, taṃ vindiyaṃ na vindatīti avijjā. Khandhānaṃ rāsaṭṭhaṃ, āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ, dhātūnaṃ suññaṭṭhaṃ, indriyānaṃ adhipatiyaṭṭhaṃ, saccānaṃ tathaṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ karotītipi avijjā. Dukkhādīnaṃ pīḷanādivasena vuttaṃ catubbidhaṃ atthaṃ aviditaṃ karotītipi avijjā. Antavirahite saṃsāre sabbayonigatibhavaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu satte javāpetīti avijjā. Paramatthato avijjamānesu itthipurisādīsu javati, vijjamānesupi khandhādīsu na javatīti avijjā. Apica cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ vatthārammaṇānaṃ paṭiccasamuppādapaṭiccasamuppannānañca dhammānaṃ chādanatopi avijjā.

Yaṃ paṭicca phalameti, so paccayo. Paṭiccāti na vinā apaccakkhatvāti attho. Etīti uppajjati ceva pavattati cāti attho. Apica upakārakaṭṭho paccayaṭṭho. Avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo. Tasmā avijjāpaccayā.

Saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti saṅkhārā. Apica avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārasaddena āgatasaṅkhārāti duvidhā saṅkhārā. Tattha puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhārā tayo, kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārā tayoti ime cha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Te sabbepi lokiyakusalākusalacetanāmattameva honti.

Saṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhāro, payogābhisaṅkhāroti ime pana cattāro saṅkhāra-saddena āgatasaṅkhārā. Tattha "aniccā vata saṅkhārā"tiādīsu vuttā sabbepi sappaccayā dhammā saṅkhatasaṅkhārā nāma. Kammanibbattā tebhūmakā rūpārūpadhammā abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhārāti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttā, tepi "aniccā vata saṅkhārā"ti ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Visuṃ pana nesaṃ āgataṭṭhānaṃ na paññāyati. Tebhūmikakusalākusalacetanā pana abhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhāroti vuccati, tassa "avijjāgatoyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo puññañceva saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī"tiādīsu āgataṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati. Kāyikacetasikaṃ pana vīriyaṃ payogābhisaṅkhāroti vuccati, so "yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati, tāvatikā gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsī"tiādīsu āgato.

Na kevalañca eteyeva, aññepi "saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṃ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato cittasaṅkhāro"tiādinā nayena saṅkhāra-saddena āgatā aneke saṅkhārā. Tesu natthi so saṅkhāro, yo saṅkhatasaṅkhārehi saṅgahaṃ na gaccheyya, ito paraṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇantiādīsu vuttaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Avutte pana vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ. Namatīti nāmaṃ. Ruppatīti rūpaṃ. Āye tanoti āyatañca nayatīti āyatanaṃ. Phusatīti phasso. Vedayatīti vedanā. Paritassatīti taṇhā. Upādiyatīti upādānaṃ. Bhavati bhāvayati cāti bhavo. Jananaṃ jāti. Jiraṇaṃ jarā. Maranti etenāti maraṇaṃ. Socanaṃ soko. Paridevanaṃ paridevo. Dukkhayatīti dukkhaṃ. Uppādaṭṭhitivasena vā dvidhā khaṇatītipi dukkhaṃ. Dummanabhāvo domanassaṃ. Bhuso āyāso upāyāso.

Sambhavantīti abhinibbattanti. Na kevalañca sokādīheva, atha kho sabbapadehi sambhavanti-saddassa yojanā kātabbā. Itarathā hi "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"ti vutte kiṃ karontīti na paññāyeyya, sambhavantīti pana yojanāya sati avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo. Tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā sambhavantīti paccayapaccayuppannavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hoti. Esa nayo sabbattha.

Evanti niddiṭṭhanayanidassanaṃ. Tena avijjādīheva kāraṇehi, na issaranimmānādīhīti dasseti. Etassāti yathāvuttassa. Kevalassāti asammissassa, sakalassa vā. Dukkhakkhandhassāti dukkhasamūhassa, na sattassa, na sukhasubhādīnaṃ. Samudayoti nibbatti. Hotīti sambhavati. Evamettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ru-Yi Translation

"By meaning" means: by the meaning of the terms beginning with ignorance. For example: bodily misconduct and the rest are called "not-to-be-found," in the sense that they are not fit to be pursued — meaning that they ought not to be obtained. And that which finds this not-to-be-found: that is ignorance. Conversely, bodily good conduct and the rest are called "to-be-found"; and that which does not find this to-be-found: that too is ignorance. It is also ignorance in that it makes unknown the sense of "heaping" belonging to the aggregates, the sense of "base-hood" belonging to the sense bases, the sense of "voidness" belonging to the elements, the sense of "dominance" belonging to the faculties, and the sense of "suchness" belonging to the truths. It is also ignorance in that it makes unknown the fourfold sense — stated by way of oppression and the rest — belonging to suffering and the other truths. It is ignorance in that, throughout the beginningless round, it drives beings on through every womb, destination, form of being, station of consciousness, and abode of beings. In the ultimate sense, it is ignorance in that it runs after women, men, and the like, which do not really exist, while it does not run after the aggregates and the like, which do exist. Moreover, it is ignorance also in the sense that it conceals the states that are the physical basis and object of eye-consciousness and the rest, and the states that are dependently arisen and dependently arising.

That, depending on which, the result comes — that is the condition. "Depending on" means: not without it, not having disregarded it. "Comes" means: arises and occurs. Furthermore, the sense of a condition is the sense of being a help. It is both ignorance and a condition — hence "the condition that is ignorance." Hence, "dependent on ignorance."

Those that fashion the conditioned are "formations." Now, formations are twofold: the formations that are "dependent on ignorance," and those that simply come under the word "formation." Herein, the meritorious, demeritorious, and imperturbable formations — three — and the bodily, verbal, and mental formations — three — these six are "the formations dependent on ignorance." All of these are nothing but mundane wholesome and unwholesome volition.

But these four — the conditioned-formation, the produced-formation, the producing-formation, and the exertion-formation — come under the mere word "formation." Herein, all conditioned states, spoken of in such passages as "impermanent indeed are formations," are called "conditioned-formations." The states of form and non-form belonging to the three planes, brought about by kamma, are called, in the commentaries, "produced-formations"; these too are included under this same "impermanent indeed are formations," though no place is found where they are mentioned separately under that name. Wholesome and unwholesome volition belonging to the three planes, however, is called the "producing-formation"; the place where it is so mentioned is found — in such passages as "this person, bhikkhus, gone into ignorance, produces a meritorious formation." And bodily and mental effort is called the "exertion-formation"; it is mentioned in such passages as "having gone as far as the exertion-formation can reach, it stood still, as though struck against something."

And it is not only these: there are also many other formations that come under the word "formation," in the manner of such passages as "friend Visākha, for a bhikkhu entering upon the cessation of perception and feeling, the verbal formation ceases first, then the bodily formation, then the mental formation." Among these, there is no formation that would not be included among the conditioned-formations. What is said hereafter, in such contexts as "dependent on formations, consciousness," should be understood in just the way already stated.

As for the rest, not otherwise mentioned: it cognizes, hence "consciousness." It bends toward its object, hence "name." It is deformed, hence "form." It stretches out and extends what has arisen, or leads onward what has extended, hence "sense base." It touches, hence "contact." It feels, hence "feeling." It thirsts, hence "craving." It grasps, hence "clinging." It comes to be, and it causes kamma to come to be, hence "being." The being-born is "birth." The growing-old is "aging." That by which beings die is "death." The grieving is "sorrow." The lamenting is "lamentation." That which is hard to bear is "pain" — or, by way of its rising and its persisting, that which is torn in two moments is also "pain." The state of a dejected mind is "displeasure." Intense distress is "despair."

"Come to be" means: are produced. And this word "come to be" is to be construed not only with sorrow and the rest, but with every single term. Otherwise, when it is said "dependent on ignorance are formations," it would not be clear what they do; but when the construing is "come to be," the sense is complete — it is both ignorance and a condition, hence "the condition that is ignorance" — so that "dependent on ignorance, formations come to be" establishes the determination of condition and conditioned-arisen. The same method applies throughout.

"Thus" points to the method just set out. By it, it is shown that this comes about through none other than the causes beginning with ignorance, not through a creator-god's fashioning or the like. "Of this" means: of what has just been described. "Whole" means: unmixed with anything else, or entire. "Mass of suffering" means: the aggregate of suffering — not a being, and not an aggregate of pleasure, beauty, and the like. "Arising" means: production. "Comes to be" means: is produced. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of meaning should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Ignorance's six-part definition is worth sitting with, since it does not simply say "not-knowing" and move on — it insists ignorance is worse than blank absence. It positively runs after (javati) what does not exist (persons, selves) and fails to run after what does exist (the aggregates); it does not merely fail to reveal, but actively conceals, five distinct technical senses proper to the five categories already treated in earlier chapters (heaping, base-hood, voidness, dominance, suchness); and it drives beings, restlessly and specifically, through the entire machinery of rebirth catalogued in earlier chapters — every womb, destination, plane of being, station of consciousness, and abode. Ignorance is not a passive gap in knowledge; it is an active, propulsive force.

The sixfold breakdown of the mere word "saṅkhāra" is a useful map to keep for the rest of the treatise, since the same Pāli word recurs constantly with different senses depending on context: only the narrow, six-item "formations dependent on ignorance" (three kinds of intentional action, subdivided by body/speech/mind) belong properly to this chapter's twelve-factor chain, while "impermanent indeed are formations" uses the word in its broadest possible sense, covering every conditioned thing whatsoever.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
avindiya / vindiya

not-to-be-found / to-be-found — the pair underlying the chapter's first etymology of avijjā: ignorance "finds" (pursues) what should not be pursued, and fails to "find" what should be pursued.

puññābhisaṅkhāra / apuññābhisaṅkhāra / āneñjābhisaṅkhāra

meritorious, demeritorious, and imperturbable formations — the three kinds of intentional kamma that, together with the three "door" formations (bodily, verbal, mental), make up the narrow, technical "six formations dependent on ignorance" proper to this chain.

payogābhisaṅkhāra

the exertion-formation — one of four broader senses of "saṅkhāra" distinguished here; bodily or mental effort itself, illustrated by the canonical image of a chariot rolling only as far as its momentum allows before coming to a stop "as though struck against something."

Characteristic, Function, Manifestation, and Proximate Cause

Following the same four-part schema used throughout the treatise's earlier chapters, each of the twelve factors now receives its own characteristic, function, manifestation, and proximate cause — with the proximate cause of each term, fittingly, turning out to be simply the factor immediately preceding it in the chain.

Pali Source

Lakkhaṇāditoti avijjādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādito. Seyyathidaṃ – aññāṇalakkhaṇā avijjā, sammohanarasā, chādanapaccupaṭṭhānā, āsavapadaṭṭhānā. Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, āyūhanarasā, cetanāpaccupaṭṭhānā, avijjāpadaṭṭhānā. Vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, pubbaṅgamarasaṃ, paṭisandhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅkhārapadaṭṭhānaṃ, vatthārammaṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Namanalakkhaṇaṃ nāmaṃ, sampayogarasaṃ, avinibbhogapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ rūpaṃ, vikiraṇarasaṃ, abyākatapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Āyatanalakkhaṇaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, dassanādirasaṃ, vatthudvārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Phusanalakkhaṇo phasso, saṅghaṭṭanaraso, saṅgatipaccupaṭṭhāno, saḷāyatanapadaṭṭhāno. Anubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, visayarasasambhogarasā, sukhadukkhapaccupaṭṭhānā, phassapadaṭṭhānā. Hetulakkhaṇā taṇhā, abhinandanarasā, atittabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, vedanāpadaṭṭhānā. Gahaṇalakkhaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, amuñcanarasaṃ, taṇhādaḷhattadiṭṭhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, taṇhāpadaṭṭhānaṃ. Kammakammaphalalakkhaṇo bhavo, bhāvanabhavanaraso, kusalākusalābyākatapaccupaṭṭhāno, upādānapadaṭṭhāno. Jātiādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādīni saccaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Evamettha lakkhaṇāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ru-Yi Translation

"By characteristic and so forth" means: by the characteristic and so forth of ignorance and the rest. Namely: ignorance has the characteristic of unknowing, the function of bewildering, it manifests as concealment, and has the taints as its proximate cause. Formations have the characteristic of fashioning, the function of accumulating kamma, they manifest as volition, and have ignorance as their proximate cause. Consciousness has the characteristic of cognizing, the function of going before its associated states, it manifests as rebirth-linking, and has formations as its proximate cause — or, alternatively, the physical basis and object as its proximate cause. Name has the characteristic of bending toward its object, the function of conascent association, it manifests as inseparability from its associated states, and has consciousness as its proximate cause. Form has the characteristic of being deformed, the function of scattering, it manifests as indeterminate, and has consciousness as its proximate cause. The sixfold base has the characteristic of being a sense base, the function of seeing and so forth, each according to its own kind, it manifests as the state of being a physical basis and a door, and has name-and-form as its proximate cause. Contact has the characteristic of touching, the function of impinging, it manifests as a coincidence of consciousness, object, and physical basis, and has the sixfold base as its proximate cause. Feeling has the characteristic of experiencing, the function of relishing the flavor of the object, it manifests as pleasure or pain, and has contact as its proximate cause. Craving has the characteristic of being a cause, the function of delighting, it manifests as a state of never being satisfied, and has feeling as its proximate cause. Clinging has the characteristic of grasping, the function of not letting go, it manifests as the firmness of craving and as wrong view, and has craving as its proximate cause. Being has the characteristic of kamma and the result of kamma, the function of causing-to-be and of becoming, it manifests as wholesome, unwholesome, or indeterminate states, and has clinging as its proximate cause. The characteristics and so forth of birth and the rest should be understood in just the way already stated in the discussion of the truths. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of characteristic and so forth should also be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Reading straight down this list, the "proximate cause" column silently reconstructs the entire twelve-factor chain a second time, in miniature: ignorance's proximate cause is the taints (reaching one step further back than the formula itself usually goes), formations' proximate cause is ignorance, consciousness's is formations, and so on down the line, each factor's proximate cause simply naming the factor immediately before it. The four-part schema, applied mechanically here, ends up quietly re-deriving the causal sequence from a completely different angle than the etymological one just finished.

Two entries repay a closer look. Consciousness is given an alternative proximate cause — "the physical basis and object" — alongside formations, reflecting that at any given moment consciousness depends both on its karmic history (the formations that shaped it) and on its immediate supporting conditions (eye and visible form, for instance, for eye-consciousness). And form's manifestation as "indeterminate" (abyākata) marks its ethical neutrality: unlike volitional formations, physical matter itself is never wholesome or unwholesome, only the mental states that use it are.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
lakkhaṇa / rasa / paccupaṭṭhāna / padaṭṭhāna

characteristic / function / manifestation / proximate cause — the treatise's standard four-part analytical template, applied here to all twelve factors of dependent origination in a single continuous list.

vatthārammaṇapadaṭṭhāna

having the physical basis and object as proximate cause — the alternative proximate cause given for consciousness, alongside formations, reflecting consciousness's dependence on immediate as well as karmic conditions.

One Kind to Six Kinds; Why Exactly Twelve Factors

The opening discussion closes with two final analytical passes. First, a rapid-fire cross-classification: each of the first five factors is shown to admit anywhere from one to six different subdivisions, depending on which distinguishing feature is used to cut across it — a dense, compressed catalogue meant more as a cross-reference into the Abhidhamma's fuller treatments than as a self-contained explanation. Second, the chapter answers a question a careful reader may already be asking: the standard formula lists twelve factors, yet the closing words name five further items — sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, and despair. Why aren't these separately counted as factors thirteen through seventeen? Buddhaghosa's answer folds them back into aging-and-death, since their only role is to demonstrate that the wheel keeps turning without a break, not to add genuinely new links to the chain.

Pali Source

Ekavidhāditoti ettha avijjā aññāṇādassanamohādibhāvato ekavidhā. Appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattito duvidhā. Tathā sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhārato. Vedanattayasampayogato tividhā. Catusaccapaṭivedhato catubbidhā. Gatipañcakādīnavacchādanato pañcavidhā. Dvārārammaṇato pana sabbesupi arūpadhammesu chabbidhatā veditabbā.

Saṅkhārā sāsavavipākadhammadhammādibhāvato ekavidhā. Kusalākusalato duvidhā. Tathā parittamahaggatahīnamajjhimamicchattaniyatāniyatato. Tividhā puññābhisaṅkhārādibhāvato. Catubbidhā catuyonisaṃvattanato. Pañcavidhā pañcagatigāmito.

Viññāṇaṃ lokiyavipākādibhāvato ekavidhaṃ. Sahetukāhetukādito duvidhaṃ. Bhavattayapariyāpannato, vedanattayasampayogato, ahetukadvihetukatihetukato ca tividhaṃ. Yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ, pañcavidhañca.

Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasannissayato kammapaccayato ca ekavidhaṃ. Sārammaṇanārammaṇato duvidhaṃ. Atītādito tividhaṃ. Yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ, pañcavidhañca.

Saḷāyatanaṃ sañjātisamosaraṇaṭṭhānato ekavidhaṃ. Bhūtappasādaviññāṇādito duvidhaṃ. Sampattāsampattanobhayagocarato tividhaṃ. Yonigatipariyāpannato catubbidhaṃ pañcavidhañcāti iminā nayena phassādīnampi ekavidhādibhāvo veditabboti evamettha ekavidhāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Aṅgānañca vavatthānāti sokādayo cettha bhavacakkassa avicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttā. Jarāmaraṇabbhāhatassa hi bālassa te sambhavanti. Yathāha – "assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohamāpajjatī"ti. Yāva ca tesaṃ pavatti, tāva avijjāyāti punapi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti sambandhameva hoti bhavacakkaṃ. Tasmā tesaṃ jarāmaraṇeneva ekasaṅkhepaṃ katvā dvādaseva paṭiccasamuppādaṅgānīti veditabbāni. Evamettha aṅgānaṃ vavatthānatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ayaṃ tāvettha saṅkhepakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

"By way of being one kind and so forth": herein, ignorance, by its being unknowing, non-seeing, delusion, and the like, is of one kind. By way of non-application and wrong application, it is of two kinds; likewise by way of being accompanied or unaccompanied by instigation. By way of association with the three kinds of feeling, it is of three kinds. By way of obstructing the penetration of the four truths, it is of four kinds. By way of concealing the drawbacks of the five destinations and the rest, it is of five kinds. And by way of door and object, a sixfold nature should be understood, as with all formless states.

Formations, by their being states with taints, resultant states, and the like, are of one kind. By way of wholesome and unwholesome, they are of two kinds; likewise by way of limited and exalted, inferior and medium, fixed-in-wrongness and not-fixed. By way of being meritorious formations and the rest, they are of three kinds. By way of leading to the four kinds of rebirth, they are of four kinds. By way of leading to the five destinations, they are of five kinds.

Consciousness, by its being mundane, resultant, and the like, is of one kind. By way of having roots or being rootless, it is of two kinds. By way of being included in the three kinds of being, by association with the three kinds of feeling, and by being rootless, having two roots, or having three roots, it is of three kinds. By way of womb and destination, it is of four kinds, and of five kinds.

Name-and-form, by its resting upon consciousness and by its being conditioned by kamma, is of one kind. By way of having an object or being without an object, it is of two kinds. By way of past and so forth, it is of three kinds. By way of womb and destination, it is of four kinds, and of five kinds.

The sixfold base, by its being the meeting-place for what has come into existence, is of one kind. By way of being derived from the elements, or being sensitivity, or being consciousness, and the like, it is of two kinds. By way of having an accessible, an inaccessible, or a common object, it is of three kinds. By way of being included in womb and destination, it is of four kinds, and of five kinds. By this same method, the being-of-one-kind-and-so-forth of contact and the rest, too, should be understood. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of being-one-kind-and-so-forth should also be understood.

"And by the determination of the factors": sorrow and the rest are mentioned here for the purpose of showing that the wheel of becoming has no break in its continuity. For these arise in a fool who is struck by aging-and-death — as it is said: "bhikkhus, when touched by a painful bodily feeling, the uninstructed worldling sorrows, is wearied, laments, beats his breast and wails, and falls into bewilderment." And for as long as these continue to occur, ignorance continues too; and so, once again, the wheel of becoming remains simply the unbroken connection "dependent on ignorance are formations." Therefore it should be understood that, having reduced these to a single grouping together with aging-and-death alone, there are exactly twelve factors of dependent origination. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of the determination of the factors should also be understood.

This, then, so far, is the summary discussion.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The one-to-six-fold catalogue is deliberately compressed almost to the point of shorthand — Buddhaghosa is cross-referencing categories already worked out in full elsewhere in the Abhidhamma rather than re-explaining them here, trusting a well-trained reader to reconstruct, for instance, exactly which "five destinations" or "four kinds of rebirth" are meant from context established many chapters earlier. Its real function is less to teach new content than to show that every factor in the chain can be sliced by the very same standard analytical dimensions — ethical quality, associated feeling, realm, and so on — that structure the whole Abhidhamma system.

The closing point resolves what might otherwise look like an inconsistency between the twelve-factor count this chapter keeps insisting on and the seventeen items actually named in the standard formula. Sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, and despair are not a thirteenth through seventeenth link in the causal chain — they are simply what a fool experiences when struck by aging-and-death, added to make vivid that the round truly has no gap: as long as these five keep occurring, ignorance keeps occurring within them, and the wheel simply starts turning again from "dependent on ignorance are formations." With this settled, the chapter's brief overview — desanā, meaning, characteristic, kind, and factors — is complete, and the detailed, paragraph-by-paragraph commentary can now begin.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
bhavacakka

the wheel of becoming — bhava (becoming) + cakka (wheel); the image of the twelve-factor chain as a continuously turning circle, introduced here and developed fully in the chapter's closing section.

avicchedadassana

showing the absence of a break — a + viccheda (break, interruption) + dassana (showing); the specific purpose Buddhaghosa assigns to naming sorrow, lamentation, and the other closing terms in the standard formula.

saṅkhepakathā

the summary discussion — saṅkhepa (summary, brief) + kathā (discourse); Buddhaghosa's own label for the whole opening section just completed, contrasted with the vitthārakathā ("detailed discussion") the chapter now turns to.

The Detailed Method Begins: Eight Points of Unknowing

Having finished the "summary discussion," Buddhaghosa now opens the chapter's much longer detailed treatment, moving link by link through the standard formula. Ignorance receives a technical refinement here distinct from its earlier six-part definition: the discourses speak of unknowing regarding four points (the four noble truths), while the Abhidhamma speaks of unknowing regarding eight, adding the past, the future, both together, and dependent origination itself. The key clarification is that ignorance is not merely absent knowledge of these eight — it is meant specifically as active concealment, standing over each truth like a lid, preventing its real characteristic from ever being penetrated.

Pali Source

Ayaṃ pana vitthāranayo – avijjāti suttantapariyāyena dukkhādīsu catūsu ṭhānesu aññāṇaṃ, abhidhammapariyāyena pubbantādīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhasu. Vuttañhetaṃ "tattha katamā avijjā, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante, pubbantāparante, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇa"nti. Tattha kiñcāpi ṭhapetvā lokuttaraṃ saccadvayaṃ sesaṭṭhānesu ārammaṇavasena avijjā uppajjati, evaṃ santepi paṭicchādanavaseneva idha adhippetā. Sā hi uppannā dukkhasaccaṃ paṭicchādetvā tiṭṭhati, yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, tathā samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ, pubbantasaṅkhātaṃ atītaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ, aparantasaṅkhātaṃ anāgataṃ khandhapañcakaṃ, pubbantāparantasaṅkhātaṃ tadubhayaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannadhammasaṅkhātaṃ idappaccayatañceva paṭiccasamuppannadhamme ca paṭicchādetvā tiṭṭhati. "Ayaṃ avijjā, ime saṅkhārā"ti evaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇamettha paṭivijjhituṃ na deti. Tasmā dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇanti vuccati.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, this is the detailed method. "Ignorance," in the suttanta method, is unknowing with respect to four points — suffering and the rest; in the Abhidhamma method, it is unknowing with respect to eight points, together with the past and the rest. For it is said: "and what, herein, is ignorance? Unknowing regarding suffering … unknowing regarding the way leading to the cessation of suffering; unknowing regarding the past; regarding the future; regarding the past and future together; and unknowing regarding specific conditionality and dependently arisen states." Herein, although ignorance can arise, by way of taking an object, with respect to every point other than the two supramundane truths as well, it is nevertheless meant here only in the sense of concealment. For, once arisen, it stands concealing the truth of suffering, and does not allow its true, specific characteristic to be penetrated; likewise it stands concealing the origin, the cessation, the path; the five aggregates of the past, called "the past"; the five aggregates of the future, called "the future"; both of these together, called "the past and future"; and specific conditionality itself together with dependently arisen states, called "states that are specifically conditioned and dependently arisen." It does not allow the true, specific characteristic — "this is ignorance, these are the formations" — to be penetrated here. Therefore it is said: "unknowing regarding suffering … unknowing regarding states that are specifically conditioned and dependently arisen."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This passage sharpens something easy to miss on a first reading of "ignorance" as simply "not knowing": Buddhaghosa insists the relevant sense here is paṭicchādana, active concealment, not mere absence. Ignorance is compared to something standing in place, holding the truth's own characteristic down and unpenetrated — closer to a hand clamped over the eyes than to an empty room. This matters because it makes ignorance something to be actively removed by seeing through it, rather than a gap that might simply fill itself in with more information over time.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
paṭicchādana

concealment — paṭi (over) + chādana (covering); the specific sense of "ignorance" meant throughout this chain, distinguished from mere absence of information.

pubbanta / aparanta / pubbantāparanta

the past / the future / the past-and-future together — three of the eight points of Abhidhamma-method unknowing, each referring to the five aggregates as they existed, will exist, or existed-and-will-exist.

Formations in Detail: Twenty-Nine Volitions, Sorted Three Ways

The six formations named earlier in summary now receive their full technical count: thirteen wholesome volitions make up the meritorious formation, twelve unwholesome volitions the demeritorious formation, and four formless-sphere volitions the imperturbable formation — twenty-nine volitions in all. A second three-way division, by bodily, verbal, and mental "door," is then shown to simply re-sort these same twenty-nine volitions rather than adding new ones — with two technical exclusions (the volition of direct knowledge and the volition of restlessness) carefully carved out, since neither one actually conditions rebirth-linking consciousness the way the chain requires.

Pali Source

Saṅkhārāti puññādayo tayo kāyasaṅkhārādayo tayoti evaṃ pubbe saṅkhepato vuttā cha, vitthārato panettha puññābhisaṅkhāro dānasīlādivasena pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā ceva bhāvanāvasena pavattā pañca rūpāvacarakusalacetanā cāti terasa cetanā honti. Apuññābhisaṅkhāro pāṇātipātādivasena pavattā dvādasa akusalacetanā. Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro bhāvanāvaseneva pavattā catasso arūpāvacarakusalacetanā cāti tayopi saṅkhārā ekūnatiṃsa cetanā honti.

Itaresu pana tīsu kāyasañcetanā kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsañcetanā vacīsaṅkhāro, manosañcetanā cittasaṅkhāro. Ayaṃ tiko kammāyūhanakkhaṇe puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ dvārato pavattidassanatthaṃ vutto. Kāyaviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā hi kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā, dvādasa akusalacetanāti samavīsati cetanā kāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Tā eva vacīviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā vacīdvārato pavattā vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Abhiññācetanā panettha parato viññāṇassa paccayo na hotīti na gahitā. Yathā ca abhiññācetanā, evaṃ uddhaccacetanāpi na hoti. Tasmā sāpi viññāṇassa paccayabhāve apanetabbā, avijjāpaccayā pana sabbāpetā honti. Ubhopi viññattiyo asamuṭṭhāpetvā manodvāre uppannā pana sabbāpi ekūnatiṃsati cetanā cittasaṅkhāroti. Iti ayaṃ tiko purimattikameva pavisatīti atthato puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃyeva vasena avijjāya paccayabhāvo veditabbo.

Ru-Yi Translation

"Formations": the three — meritorious and the rest — and the three — bodily formations and the rest — thus six were stated briefly above; in detail, herein, the meritorious formation consists of the eight sense-sphere wholesome volitions occurring by way of giving, virtue, and the like, together with the five form-sphere wholesome volitions occurring by way of development — thirteen volitions in all. The demeritorious formation is the twelve unwholesome volitions occurring by way of killing living beings and the like. The imperturbable formation is the four formless-sphere wholesome volitions occurring by way of development alone. Thus all three formations together amount to twenty-nine volitions.

Among the other three formations: bodily volition is the "bodily formation"; verbal volition is the "verbal formation"; mental volition is the "mental formation." This triad is stated for the purpose of showing the occurrence of the meritorious formation and the rest by way of their door, at the moment of accumulating kamma. For the eight sense-sphere wholesome volitions and the twelve unwholesome volitions, occurring through the bodily door, having given rise to bodily intimation — these twenty volitions together are called the "bodily formation." Those very same volitions, occurring through the verbal door, having given rise to verbal intimation, are called the "verbal formation." Herein, the volition of direct knowledge is not included, since it does not, afterward, serve as a condition for consciousness. And just as with the volition of direct knowledge, so too with the volition of restlessness — therefore it, too, should be excluded from being a condition for consciousness, though all of these are, indeed, conditioned by ignorance. But all twenty-nine volitions whatsoever that arise in the mind-door, without giving rise to either kind of intimation, are the "mental formation." Thus this second triad simply falls within the former triad; and so, in meaning, ignorance's state of being a condition should be understood only by way of the meritorious formation and the rest.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The exclusion of direct-knowledge volition and restlessness volition from the "door" triad is a fine technical point worth pausing on: both of these are genuinely intentional mental events, yet neither one is the kind of volition that shapes a future rebirth, so neither counts as a "formation" in the sense this chain requires — a reminder that "saṅkhāra" here is doing very specific causal work (producing rebirth-linking consciousness), not simply naming every act of will whatsoever.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kāyaviññatti / vacīviññatti

bodily intimation / verbal intimation — the specific bodily or vocal "signal" (a gesture, a spoken word) through which an intention becomes an outward, communicable act, distinguishing the bodily and verbal formations from the purely internal mental formation.

abhiññācetanā

the volition of direct knowledge — the intentional mental state accompanying a supernormal power such as those catalogued in chapter twelve; excluded here since it does not itself condition rebirth-linking consciousness.

How Do We Know Ignorance Causes This? The Moth, the Honey Knife, the City of Demons

Buddhaghosa now answers a methodological question — how can we actually verify that formations are conditioned by ignorance, rather than simply asserting it? — with the standard Buddhist test of concomitant presence and absence: when unremoved ignorance regarding the four truths is present, all three kinds of formation get produced; when ignorance is removed, they stop. He then illustrates each of the three formations with an unforgettable simile of self-destructive craving: meritorious kamma sought for its own future reward is like a man leaping to his death for a celestial nymph, or a moth flying into a lamp's flame, or someone licking honey off the blade of a knife.

Pali Source

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ "ime saṅkhārā avijjā paccayā hontī"ti? Avijjābhāve bhāvato. Yassa hi dukkhādīsu avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ aññāṇaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena saṃsāradukkhaṃ sukhasaññāya gahetvā tasseva hetubhūte tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati. Samudaye aññāṇena dukkhahetubhūtepi taṇhāparikkhāre saṅkhāre sukhahetuto maññamāno ārabhati. Nirodhe pana magge ca aññāṇena dukkhassa anirodhabhūtepi gativisese dukkhanirodhasaññī hutvā nirodhassa ca amaggabhūtesupi yaññāmaratapādīsu nirodhamaggasaññī hutvā dukkhanirodhaṃ patthayamāno yaññāmaratapādimukhena tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati.

Apica so tāya catūsu saccesu appahīnāvijjatāya visesato jātijarārogamaraṇādianekādīnavavokiṇṇampi puññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhato ajānanto tassa adhigamāya kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārabhedaṃ puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati devaccharakāmako viya maruppapātaṃ. Sukhasammatassāpi ca tassa puññaphalassa ante mahāpariḷāhajanikaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhataṃ appassādatañca apassantopi tappaccayaṃ vuttappakārameva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati salabho viya dīpasikhābhinipātaṃ, madhubindugiddho viya ca madhulittasatthadhārālehanaṃ. Kāmupasevanādīsu ca savipākesu ādīnavaṃ apassanto sukhasaññāya ceva kilesābhibhūtatāya ca dvārattayappavattampi apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati, bālo viya gūthakīḷanaṃ, maritukāmo viya ca visakhādanaṃ. Āruppavipākesu cāpi saṅkhāravipariṇāmadukkhataṃ anavabujjhamāno sassatādivipallāsena cittasaṅkhārabhūtaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati, disāmūḷho viya pisācanagarābhimukhamaggagamanaṃ.

Evaṃ yasmā avijjābhāvatova saṅkhārabhāvo, na abhāvato. Tasmā jānitabbametaṃ "ime saṅkhārā avijjāpaccayā hontī"ti. Vuttampi cetaṃ "avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, apuññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, āneñjābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā, vijjā uppannā; so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā neva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Here it might be asked: how, then, is this to be known — that "these formations are conditioned by ignorance"? By their being present when ignorance is present, and absent when it is absent. For one in whom the unknowing called ignorance, with respect to suffering and the rest, is not abandoned — such a one, through unknowing regarding suffering and, first of all, regarding the past and the rest, grasps the suffering of the round as pleasure, and undertakes, on account of that very misperception, all three kinds of formations. Through unknowing regarding the origin, not seeing that the formations which equip craving are themselves the cause of suffering, he undertakes them, thinking them the cause of happiness. And through unknowing regarding cessation and the path, having become one who perceives some particular destination as the cessation of suffering even though it is not the cessation of suffering at all, and one who perceives sacrifices, austerities, and the like as the path to cessation even though they are not the path to cessation at all, and longing for the cessation of suffering, he undertakes all three kinds of formations by way of such things as sacrifices and austerities.

Moreover, because of this unabandoned ignorance regarding the four truths, not knowing, in particular, as suffering that very suffering — the so-called "fruit of merit," strewn with the many drawbacks of birth, aging, sickness, death, and the rest — he undertakes, for the sake of attaining it, the meritorious formation, divided into bodily, verbal, and mental formations, just like one who, longing for a celestial nymph, leaps to his death, longing for a fall into a divine realm. And even one who does not see, at the end of that fruit of merit accounted as pleasure, the suffering inherent in its very changeability — productive of great anguish — and its lack of true satisfaction, still undertakes, on account of that very craving, that same kind of meritorious formation — just like a moth flying into the flame of a lamp, or one greedy for a drop of honey licking the honey-smeared edge of a knife-blade. And one who does not see the drawback in such things as the pursuit of sensual pleasures, together with their results, undertakes, through the perception of pleasure and through being overpowered by the defilements, the demeritorious formation as well, operating through all three doors — just like a fool playing in filth, or one wishing to die by eating poison. And one who does not understand the suffering inherent in the very changeability of the formations, even within the results of the formless attainments, undertakes, through the distortion of perceiving them as permanent and the like, the imperturbable formation — just like one lost in direction, walking a road that leads straight to a city of demons.

Thus, since the existence of the formations depends precisely on the presence of ignorance, and not on its absence, this should be understood: "these formations are conditioned by ignorance." And this, too, was said: "not knowing, bhikkhus, this person, gone into ignorance, produces even a meritorious formation, produces even a demeritorious formation, produces even an imperturbable formation. But when, bhikkhus, a bhikkhu's ignorance has been abandoned and true knowledge has arisen, then, through the fading away of ignorance and the arising of true knowledge, he no longer produces even a meritorious formation."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The most striking move in this passage is that it does not stop at explaining why demeritorious kamma is ignorance-driven — that would be the easy case — but insists that meritorious kamma is equally ignorance-driven, so long as it is done in pursuit of a future reward rather than for liberation itself. Even a generous, virtuous life aimed only at rebirth in a pleasant realm is, on this analysis, still a form of self-harm rooted in not seeing that realm's own inevitable decay: hence the shocking image of a man leaping to his death chasing a celestial nymph, and the quieter but equally pointed image of licking honey from a blade that will cut the tongue that tastes it.

The imperturbable formation gets its own distinct simile — being lost and walking, in perfect confidence, straight toward a city of demons — which fits its specific error: the formless attainments are so refined and stable that a meditator can easily mistake their long, seemingly changeless duration for actual permanence, precisely the "eternalist" distortion this whole chapter has already spent several paragraphs refuting.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
vipariṇāmadukkhatā

the suffering inherent in changeability — one of the treatise's three kinds of suffering (alongside the suffering of pain itself and the suffering built into all conditioned formations); pleasant results are "suffering" in this specific sense because their very alteration, when it comes, is itself painful.

madhulittasatthadhārālehana

licking the honey-smeared edge of a knife-blade — madhu (honey) + litta (smeared) + sattha (knife) + dhārā (edge) + lehana (licking); the chapter's vivid image for meritorious kamma pursued out of craving for its sweet result, heedless of the cut that inevitably follows.

The Twenty-Four Conditions, and What "Root" Really Means

A sharper question now forces a much deeper technical excursion: granted that ignorance conditions the formations, exactly which formations, and by which of the causal relationships actually available? Buddhaghosa answers by importing, wholesale, the Paṭṭhāna's own master list of twenty-four distinct types of conditioning relation — the analytical toolkit underlying the entire Abhidhamma's treatment of causality — and will spend the whole of this section defining each one before returning, several pages later, to show exactly which of the twenty-four apply to ignorance's conditioning of the formations specifically. The first entry, the root condition, becomes the occasion for a genuine philosophical debate: does a "root" like non-greed determine the wholesome or unwholesome quality of its associated states by its own inherent nature, or does it merely stabilize a quality that is determined elsewhere?

Pali Source

Etthāha – gaṇhāma tāva etaṃ avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayoti, idaṃ pana vattabbaṃ katamesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ kathaṃ paccayo hotīti? Tatridaṃ vuccati, bhagavatā hi "hetupaccayo, ārammaṇapaccayo, adhipatipaccayo, anantarapaccayo, samanantarapaccayo, sahajātapaccayo, aññamaññapaccayo, nissayapaccayo, upanissayapaccayo, purejātapaccayo, pacchājātapaccayo, āsevanapaccayo, kammapaccayo, vipākapaccayo, āhārapaccayo, indriyapaccayo, jhānapaccayo, maggapaccayo, sampayuttapaccayo, vippayuttapaccayo, atthipaccayo, natthipaccayo, vigatapaccayo, avigatapaccayo"ti catuvīsati paccayā vuttā.

Tattha hetu ca so paccayo cāti hetupaccayo, hetu hutvā paccayo, hetubhāvena paccayoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ārammaṇapaccayādīsupi eseva nayo.

Tattha hetūti vacanāvayavakāraṇamūlānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. "Paṭiññā, hetū"tiādīsu hi loke vacanāvayavo hetūti vuccati. Sāsane pana "ye dhammā hetuppabhavā"tiādīsu kāraṇaṃ. "Tayo kusalahetū, tayo akusalahetū"tiādīsu mūlaṃ hetūti vuccati, taṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Paccayoti ettha pana ayaṃ vacanattho, paṭicca etasmā etīti paccayo. Apaccakkhāya naṃ vattatīti attho. Yo hi dhammo yaṃ dhammaṃ apaccakkhāya tiṭṭhati vā uppajjati vā, so tassa paccayoti vuttaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇato pana upakārakalakkhaṇo paccayo. Yo hi dhammo yassa dhammassa ṭhitiyā vā uppattiyā vā upakārako hoti, so tassa paccayoti vuccati. Paccayo, hetu, kāraṇaṃ, nidānaṃ, sambhavo, pabhavotiādi atthato ekaṃ, byañjanato nānaṃ. Iti mūlaṭṭhena hetu, upakārakaṭṭhena paccayoti saṅkhepato mūlaṭṭhena upakārako dhammo hetupaccayo.

So sāliādīnaṃ sālibījādīni viya, maṇipabhādīnaṃ viya ca maṇivaṇṇādayo kusalādīnaṃ kusalādibhāvasādhakoti ācariyānaṃ adhippāyo. Evaṃ sante pana taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpesu hetupaccayatā na sampajjati. Na hi so tesaṃ kusalādibhāvaṃ sādheti, na ca paccayo na hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ "hetū hetusampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ hetupaccayena paccayo"ti. Ahetukacittānañca vinā etena abyākatabhāvo siddho, sahetukānampi ca yonisomanasikārādipaṭibaddho kusalādibhāvo, na sampayuttahetupaṭibaddho. Yadi ca sampayuttahetūsu sabhāvatova kusalādibhāvo siyā, sampayuttesu hetupaṭibaddho alobho kusalo vā siyā abyākato vā. Yasmā pana ubhayathāpi hoti, tasmā yathā sampayuttesu, evaṃ hetūsupi kusalāditā pariyesitabbā.

Kusalādibhāvasādhanavasena pana hetūnaṃ mūlaṭṭhaṃ agahetvā suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanavasena gayhamāne na kiñci virujjhati. Laddhahetupaccayā hi dhammā virūḷhamūlā viya pādapā thirā honti suppatiṭṭhitā, ahetukā tilabījakādisevālā viya na suppatiṭṭhitā. Iti mūlaṭṭhena upakārakoti suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanena upakārako dhammo hetupaccayoti veditabbo.

Ru-Yi Translation

Here it might be said: "granted, then, that this ignorance is a condition for the formations" — but this should also be asked: a condition for which formations, and how? Here is the answer. For the Blessed One declared twenty-four conditions: "the root condition, the object condition, the predominance condition, the contiguity condition, the immediate contiguity condition, the conascence condition, the mutuality condition, the dependence condition, the decisive support condition, the prenascence condition, the postnascence condition, the repetition condition, the kamma condition, the result condition, the nutriment condition, the faculty condition, the jhāna condition, the path condition, the association condition, the dissociation condition, the presence condition, the absence condition, the disappearance condition, and the non-disappearance condition."

Herein, "that which is both a root and a condition" is the "root condition" — meaning, a condition by being a root, a condition by way of the state of being a root. The same method applies to the object condition and the rest.

Herein, "root" is a term used for three distinct things: a component of speech, a cause, and a root. For in worldly usage, in such phrases as "a reason for the assertion," a component of an argument is called "hetu." But in the Teaching, in such passages as "those things that spring from a cause," it means a cause generally. In such passages as "the three wholesome roots, the three unwholesome roots," a root is called "hetu" — and that root is what is intended here. As for "condition," this is its literal sense: that from which, having depended on it, a result comes — that is a condition. It means: the result occurs without having disregarded it. For whatever state, without disregarding some other state, persists or arises, that other state is said to be its condition. By characteristic, however, a condition has the characteristic of being a help. For whatever state is a help to another state's persisting or arising, that is called its condition. "Condition," "root," "cause," "source," "origin," "production," and the like are one in meaning, though different in wording. Thus, in the sense of being a root, it is "hetu"; in the sense of being a help, it is "paccaya." In brief: a state that is a help by way of being a root is the "root condition."

It is the opinion of the teachers that this root is what accomplishes the very state of being wholesome and so forth for wholesome and other states, just as rice-seeds and the like accomplish the ripening of rice-plants, and just as the color and the rest of a gem accomplish its own distinctive quality. But if this were so, root-condition-hood would not hold for the matter produced by that same consciousness — for the root does not accomplish the wholesome or other state of that derived matter, yet it is not the case that it is not its condition either. For it is said: "roots are a condition, by way of the root condition, for states associated with the root and for the matter produced by them." And, again, the indeterminate nature of rootless states of consciousness is established without reference to this root; and even for states of consciousness that do have roots, their wholesome or other state is bound up with wise attention and the like, not bound up with the associated root. And if the wholesome or other state of associated roots existed simply by their own inherent nature, then non-greed, when bound up with the associated roots, would have to be either wholesome or indeterminate absolutely — yet since it is found to be both, the wholesome or other quality must be sought in the roots in just the same way as in the associated states.

But if the root's being a "root" is taken, not in the sense of accomplishing the wholesome or other state, but in the sense of accomplishing a well-established condition, nothing is contradicted. For states that have obtained the root condition are firm and well established, like trees whose roots have grown deep; states without a root are not well established, like the moss on a sesame seed or the like. Thus it should be understood: a state that is a help, in the sense of being a root, by way of accomplishing a well-established condition — that is the "root condition."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This is the moment the chapter opens the Paṭṭhāna's own toolbox directly into the Visuddhimagga — the twenty-four conditions named here are the very same list that fills the seven enormous volumes of the Paṭṭhāna, the last and, by most accounts, most technically demanding book of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka. Buddhaghosa is not inventing new material; he is showing exactly how this specialist machinery gets applied to a single, specific case — how ignorance conditions the formations — as a worked example of a method the reader is assumed to need demonstrated rather than merely described.

The debate over what "root" actually contributes is a genuine fork in Abhidhamma commentarial thinking, and Buddhaghosa's own resolution is subtle: a root does not manufacture the ethical quality of its associated states out of nothing — that quality tracks something else, chiefly wise or unwise attention — but a root does make an already-wholesome or already-unwholesome state firm and stable, the way a deep root system makes an already-growing tree stand fast rather than toppling at the first wind. Rootless consciousness is not thereby unstable in an ethical sense (it is simply indeterminate, neither wholesome nor unwholesome), but it lacks this particular kind of reinforcement.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
catuvīsati paccayā

the twenty-four conditions — catuvīsati (twenty-four) + paccayā (conditions); the Paṭṭhāna's complete taxonomy of causal relationships, imported here wholesale as the analytical framework for the rest of this section.

hetupaccayo

the root condition — the first of the twenty-four; specifically the six roots (greed, hatred, delusion, and their wholesome opposites) acting as a condition, distinguished carefully here from "cause" in any looser, more general sense.

yonisomanasikāra

wise attention — yoniso (by way of the origin, thoroughly) + manasikāra (attention); the factor Buddhaghosa identifies as actually determining a state's wholesome or unwholesome quality, rather than the associated root itself.

Object and Predominance

The next two conditions describe how consciousness needs something to lean on: an object condition, without which no state of consciousness could arise at all — Buddhaghosa's own homely image is a weak man who can only stand by leaning on a stick — and a predominance condition, in which one single factor, out of several candidates, takes charge of a given moment of consciousness as its "chief."

Pali Source

Tato paresu ārammaṇabhāvena upakārako dhammo ārammaṇapaccayo. So "rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā"ti ārabhitvāpi "yaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ ārabbha ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā, te te dhammā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo"ti osāpitattā na koci dhammo na hoti. Yathā hi dubbalo puriso daṇḍaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā ālambitvāva uṭṭhahati ceva tiṭṭhati ca, evaṃ cittacetasikā dhammā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ ārabbheva uppajjanti ceva tiṭṭhanti ca. Tasmā sabbepi cittacetasikānaṃ ārammaṇabhūtā dhammā ārammaṇapaccayoti veditabbā.

Jeṭṭhakaṭṭhena upakārako dhammo adhipatipaccayo, so sahajātārammaṇavasena duvidho. Tattha "chandādhipati chandasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ adhipatipaccayena paccayo"tiādivacanato chandavīriyacittavīmaṃsāsaṅkhātā cattāro dhammā adhipatipaccayoti veditabbā, no ca kho ekato. Yadā hi chandaṃ dhuraṃ chandaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā cittaṃ pavattati, tadā chandova adhipati, na itare. Esa nayo sesesupi.

Yaṃ pana dhammaṃ garuṃ katvā arūpadhammā pavattanti, so nesaṃ ārammaṇādhipati. Tena vuttaṃ "yaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ garuṃ katvā ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā, te te dhammā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ adhipatipaccayena paccayo"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Beyond that, a state that is a help by way of being an object is the "object condition." Though it begins by being illustrated as "the visible-form base is a condition for the eye-consciousness element," it is finally summed up as "whatever states of consciousness and mental factors arise having taken any given state as their object — that given state is, for those states of consciousness and mental factors, a condition by way of the object condition" — such that there is no state whatsoever that is excluded. For just as a weak man can only rise and stand by leaning on a stick or a rope, so too states of consciousness and mental factors arise and persist only by taking hold of an object such as a visible form. Therefore, it should be understood that all states whatsoever that serve as an object for consciousness and mental factors are the "object condition."

A state that is a help by way of being the chief is the "predominance condition"; it is of two kinds, by way of conascence and by way of being an object. Herein, from such statements as "zeal-as-predominant is a condition, by way of the predominance condition, for the states associated with zeal and for the matter produced by them," the four states called zeal, energy, mind, and investigation should be understood as the predominance condition — but not all at once. For when consciousness occurs having made zeal its task, having made zeal its chief, then zeal alone is the predominant one, not the others. The same method applies to the rest.

But that state which, being given weight, causes formless states to occur — that is their object-predominant condition. Hence it is said: "whatever state, having been given weight, gives rise to whatever states of consciousness and mental factors — that state is, for those states of consciousness and mental factors, a condition by way of the predominance condition."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The predominance condition's rule that only one candidate can hold the "chief" position at a time is easy to miss but doctrinally important: zeal, energy, mind, and investigation are the four factors singled out throughout the treatise (see the earlier chapter on direct knowledges) as the "bases of spiritual power," yet a single moment of consciousness is never driven by all four equally — one of them takes the lead, and which one varies from moment to moment and person to person, which is part of why different meditators are said to progress by different dominant faculties.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ārammaṇapaccayo

the object condition — any state that serves as the object taken by an act of consciousness; since no consciousness can arise objectless, this condition applies, in principle, without exception.

chanda / vīriya / citta / vīmaṃsā

zeal, energy, mind, investigation — the four "bases of spiritual power" (iddhipāda), each capable of serving as the conascent predominance condition for a moment of consciousness, though never more than one at a time.

Contiguity and Immediate Contiguity

These two conditions describe the strict, unbroken order in which one moment of consciousness gives way to the next — the reason, for instance, eye-consciousness is always followed immediately by mind-element, never by anything else. Buddhaghosa also settles a live dispute among the teachers: some claimed the two terms differ by meaning (one about logical succession, one about temporal succession), but a canonical passage about emerging from the deep meditative attainment of cessation — where a very long stretch of real time intervenes, yet the technical term used is still "immediate contiguity" — proves the difference is one of wording only.

Pali Source

Anantarabhāvena upakārako dhammo anantarapaccayo. Samanantarabhāvena upakārako dhammo samanantarapaccayo. Idañca paccayadvayaṃ bahudhā papañcayanti. Ayaṃ panettha sāro, yo hi esa cakkhuviññāṇānantarā manodhātu, manodhātuanantarā manoviññāṇadhātūtiādi cittaniyamo, so yasmā purimapurimacittavaseneva ijjhati, na aññathā, tasmā attano attano anantaraṃ anurūpassa cittuppādassa uppādanasamattho dhammo anantarapaccayo. Tenevāha – "anantarapaccayoti cakkhuviññāṇadhātu taṃsampayuttakā ca dhammā manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo"tiādi. Yo anantarapaccayo, sveva samanantarapaccayo. Byañjanamattameva hettha nānaṃ, upacayasantatīsu viya adhivacananiruttidukādīsu viya ca. Atthato pana nānaṃ natthi.

Yampi "atthānantaratāya anantarapaccayo, kālānantaratāya samanantarapaccayo"ti ācariyānaṃ mataṃ, taṃ "nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakusalaṃ phalasamāpattiyā samanantarapaccayena paccayo"tiādīhi virujjhati. Yampi tattha vadanti "dhammānaṃ samuṭṭhāpanasamatthatā na parihāyati, bhāvanābalena pana vāritattā dhammā samanantarā nuppajjantī"ti, tampi kālānantaratāya abhāvameva sādheti. Bhāvanābalena hi tattha kālānantaratā natthīti, mayampi etadeva vadāma. Yasmā ca kālānantaratā natthi, tasmā samanantarapaccayatā na yujjati. Kālānantaratāya hi tesaṃ samanantarapaccayo hotīti laddhi. Tasmā abhinivesaṃ akatvā byañjanamattatovettha nānākaraṇaṃ paccetabbaṃ, na atthato. Kathaṃ? Natthi etesaṃ antaranti hi anantarā. Saṇṭhānābhāvato suṭṭhu anantarāti samanantarā.

Ru-Yi Translation

A state that is a help by way of contiguity is the "contiguity condition." A state that is a help by way of immediate contiguity is the "immediate contiguity condition." These two conditions are elaborated upon at great length elsewhere; but this, herein, is the essence: that fixed order of consciousness whereby, for instance, the mind-element follows immediately upon eye-consciousness, and the mind-consciousness-element follows immediately upon the mind-element — since this order is accomplished only by force of each preceding state of consciousness, and never otherwise — therefore a state capable of giving rise to a suitable state of consciousness immediately following it is the "contiguity condition." Hence it is said: "the contiguity condition is this: the eye-consciousness element and its associated states are, for the mind-element and its associated states, a condition by way of the contiguity condition," and so on. Whatever is a contiguity condition is precisely an immediate contiguity condition as well; the difference here is one of wording only, as with "accumulation" and "continuity," or as with such technical pairs as "designation" and "expression." In meaning, however, there is no difference.

As for the opinion of certain teachers that "it is the contiguity condition by way of contiguity in meaning, and the immediate contiguity condition by way of contiguity in time" — this is contradicted by such passages as: "for one emerging from cessation, wholesome consciousness of the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception is, for the attainment of fruition, a condition by way of the immediate contiguity condition." And what they say there — "the capacity of these states to give rise to a subsequent state is not lost; rather, by the power of development, states are simply prevented from arising immediately" — this very statement establishes precisely the absence of contiguity in time. For we, too, say just this: that, by the power of development, there is no contiguity in time in that case. And since there is no contiguity in time, the state of being an immediate contiguity condition would then not hold — for their own position is that it is by contiguity in time that these states become an immediate contiguity condition. Therefore, without clinging to that view, the distinction here should be accepted as one of wording only, not of meaning. How so? "Contiguous" means: there is no interval between these states. "Immediately contiguous" means: thoroughly contiguous, on account of there being no intervening configuration that could separate them.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The refutation here is a compact piece of Abhidhamma detective work: cessation of perception and feeling (nirodhasamāpatti) is a meditative attainment in which mental activity stops entirely for a stretch of real time that can run to days — yet the canonical texts still describe the consciousness immediately following it, on emergence, using the technical term "immediate contiguity condition," exactly the term the rival theory says should require strict temporal adjacency. If temporal gap were really what distinguished the two conditions, this description would be a flat contradiction; since it isn't treated as one anywhere in the canon, the two terms must simply be near-synonyms, distinguished by wording alone, the way "accumulation" and "continuity" describe the same underlying process from two angles.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
nirodhasamāpatti

the attainment of cessation — the deepest meditative attainment available to non-returners and arahants who have also mastered all eight jhānas, in which perception and feeling stop entirely for a fixed period; central to this chapter's proof that "immediate contiguity" cannot mean strict temporal adjacency.

anantara / samanantara

contiguous / immediately contiguous — an (not) + antara (interval), and the same with the intensifying prefix sam-; two of the twenty-four conditions shown here to differ in wording only, not in underlying meaning.

Conascence, Mutuality, Dependence, and Decisive Support

Four related conditions now describe different ways things can support one another simultaneously or across time: conascence (arising together, like a lamp and its light), mutuality (propping each other up, like three sticks leaned together), dependence (one resting on a foundation, like a tree on the earth or a painting on its canvas), and — in the longest treatment of the four — decisive support, itself divided into three subtypes depending on whether the powerful influence comes through an object dwelt upon, through the momentum of an immediately preceding state, or through a settled personal quality such as faith or virtue built up over a lifetime.

Pali Source

Uppajjamānova saha uppādanabhāvena upakārako dhammo sahajātapaccayo pakāsassa padīpo viya. So arūpakkhandhādivasena chabbidho hoti. Yathāha – "cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ sahajātapaccayena paccayo. Cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṃ, okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññaṃ, cittacetasikā dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ, mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṃ, rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ kiñcikāle sahajātapaccayena paccayo, kiñcikāle na sahajātapaccayena paccayo"ti. Idaṃ hadayavatthumeva sandhāya vuttaṃ.

Aññamaññaṃ uppādanupatthambhanabhāvena upakārako dhammo aññamaññapaccayo aññamaññūpatthambhakaṃ tidaṇḍakaṃ viya. So arūpakkhandhādivasena tividho hoti. Yathāha – "cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññapaccayena paccayo. Cattāro mahābhūtā okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Adhiṭṭhānākārena nissayākārena ca upakārako dhammo nissayapaccayo tarucittakammādīnaṃ pathavīpaṭādayo viya. So "cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo"ti evaṃ sahajāte vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Chaṭṭho panettha koṭṭhāso "cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo. Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo"ti evaṃ vibhatto.

Upanissayapaccayoti ettha pana ayaṃ tāva vacanattho, tadadhīnavuttitāya attano phalena nissito na paṭikkhittoti nissayo. Yathā pana bhuso āyāso upāyāso, evaṃ bhuso nissayo upanissayo, balavakāraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā balavakāraṇabhāvena upakārako dhammo upanissayapaccayoti veditabbo.

So ārammaṇūpanissayo anantarūpanissayo pakatūpanissayoti tividho hoti. Tattha "dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā uposathakammaṃ katvā taṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, pubbe suciṇṇāni garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā jhānaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, sekkhā gotrabhuṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhanti, vodānaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhanti. Sekkhā maggā vuṭṭhahitvā maggaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhantī"ti evamādinā nayena ārammaṇūpanissayo tāva ārammaṇādhipatinā saddhiṃ nānattaṃ akatvāva vibhatto. Tattha yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ garuṃkatvā cittacetasikā uppajjanti, taṃ niyamato tesu ārammaṇesu balavārammaṇaṃ hoti. Iti garukattabbamattaṭṭhena ārammaṇādhipati, balavakāraṇaṭṭhena ārammaṇūpanissayoti evametesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Anantarūpanissayopi "purimā purimā kusalā khandhā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo"tiādinā nayena anantarapaccayena saddhiṃ nānattaṃ akatvāva vibhatto. Evaṃ santepi attano attano anantarā anurūpassa cittuppādassa pavattanasamatthatāya anantaratā, purimacittassa pacchimacittuppādane balavatāya anantarūpanissayatā veditabbā. Yathā hi hetupaccayādīsu kiñci dhammaṃ vināpi cittaṃ uppajjati, na evaṃ anantaracittaṃ vinā cittassa uppatti nāma atthi. Tasmā balavapaccayo hoti. Iti attano attano anantarā anurūpacittuppādanavasena anantarapaccayo, balavakāraṇavasena anantarūpanissayoti evametesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.

Pakatūpanissayo pana pakato upanissayo pakatūpanissayo. Pakato nāma attano santāne nipphādito vā saddhāsīlādi upasevito vā utubhojanādi. Pakatiyā eva vā upanissayo pakatūpanissayo, ārammaṇānantarehi asammissoti attho. Tassa pakatūpanissayo "saddhaṃ upanissāya dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ samādiyati, uposathakammaṃ karoti, jhānaṃ uppādeti, vipassanaṃ uppādeti, maggaṃ uppādeti, abhiññaṃ uppādeti, samāpattiṃ uppādeti. Sīlaṃ, sutaṃ, cāgaṃ, paññaṃ upanissāya dānaṃ deti…pe… samāpattiṃ uppādeti. Saddhā, sīlaṃ, sutaṃ, cāgo, paññā saddhāya, sīlassa, sutassa, cāgassa, paññāya, upanissayapaccayena paccayo"tiādinā nayena anekappakārato pabhedo veditabbo. Iti ime saddhādayo pakatā ceva balavakāraṇaṭṭhena upanissayā cāti pakatūpanissayoti.

Ru-Yi Translation

A state that, in the very act of arising, is a help by way of arising together with another — that is the "conascence condition," like a lamp for light. It is of six kinds, by way of the formless aggregates and so forth. As it is said: "the four formless aggregates are, for one another, a condition by way of the conascence condition. The four great elements are, for one another; at the moment of descent into the womb, name-and-form are, for one another; states of consciousness and mental factors are, for the matter produced by consciousness; the great elements are, for derived matter; material states are, for formless states, on some occasions a condition by way of the conascence condition, and on some occasions not." This last is said with reference to the heart-basis alone.

A state that is a help to another by way of mutually giving rise to and supporting one another is the "mutuality condition," like three sticks propping one another up. It is of three kinds, by way of the formless aggregates and so forth. As it is said: "the four formless aggregates are, for one another, a condition by way of the mutuality condition. The four great elements are, for one another; at the moment of descent, name-and-form are, for one another, a condition by way of the mutuality condition."

A state that is a help by way of being a foundation and by way of being a support is the "dependence condition," like the earth and a canvas for a tree and a painting. It should be understood in just the way already stated for the conascence condition: "the four formless aggregates are, for one another, a condition by way of the dependence condition." There is, however, a sixth portion here, distinguished thus: "the eye-base is, for the eye-consciousness element and its associated states, a condition by way of the dependence condition; likewise the ear … the nose … the tongue … the body-base, for the body-consciousness element and its associated states. That matter depending on which the mind-element and the mind-consciousness element occur — that matter is, for the mind-element and the mind-consciousness element and their associated states, a condition by way of the dependence condition."

As for "decisive support condition," this, first, is its literal meaning: because of occurring in dependence on it, the result is depended upon by its own effect, not rejected — this is "dependence." And just as "intense distress" intensified becomes "great distress," so too "dependence" intensified becomes "decisive dependence," a term for a powerful cause. Therefore, a state that is a help by way of being a powerful cause should be understood as the "decisive support condition."

It is of three kinds: decisive support by way of object, decisive support by way of contiguity, and decisive support by way of the natural. Herein, decisive support by way of object is first distinguished, in the manner of such passages as "having given a gift, having undertaken the precepts, having performed the observance-day duties, one reviews that, giving it weight; one reviews, giving weight, good deeds done in the past; having emerged from jhāna, one reviews the jhāna, giving it weight; trainees review the change-of-lineage consciousness, giving it weight; they review purification, giving it weight; trainees, having emerged from the path, review the path, giving it weight" — without, at this point, being distinguished from the object-predominance condition. Herein, whatever object, being given weight, gives rise to states of consciousness and mental factors, that object invariably becomes, among those objects, a powerful object. Thus the distinction between these two should be understood as follows: in the mere sense of being worthy of being given weight, it is the object-predominance condition; in the sense of being a powerful cause, it is decisive support by way of object.

Decisive support by way of contiguity, too, is distinguished, in the manner of such passages as "each preceding wholesome aggregate is, for each succeeding wholesome aggregate, a condition by way of the decisive support condition," without, at this point, being distinguished from the contiguity condition. Even so, it should be understood: contiguity-hood consists in the capacity to give rise to a suitable state of consciousness immediately following one's own occurrence, while decisive-support-by-contiguity-hood consists in the power exercised by a preceding state of consciousness in giving rise to a succeeding one. For just as, in the case of the root condition and the rest, a state of consciousness can arise even without some particular state, there is no such thing, in the case of a contiguous state of consciousness, as a state of consciousness arising without it. Therefore it is a powerful condition. Thus it should be understood: by way of giving rise to a suitable state of consciousness immediately following one's own occurrence, it is the contiguity condition; by way of being a powerful cause, it is decisive support by way of contiguity.

But decisive support by way of the natural: a "natural" state is one either accomplished in one's own mental continuity — such as faith, virtue, and the like — or resorted to, such as climate, food, and the like. Or, alternatively: decisive support that is simply by natural inclination itself is decisive support by way of the natural — meaning, not mixed together with decisive support by way of object or contiguity. Its manifold distinction should be understood in the manner of such passages as: "in dependence on faith, one gives a gift, undertakes the precepts, performs the observance-day duties, gives rise to jhāna, gives rise to insight, gives rise to the path, gives rise to direct knowledge, gives rise to an attainment. In dependence on virtue, learning, generosity, wisdom, one gives a gift … gives rise to an attainment. Faith, virtue, learning, generosity, and wisdom are, for faith, virtue, learning, generosity, and wisdom, a condition by way of the decisive support condition." Thus these states — faith and the rest — being both natural and, in the sense of being a powerful cause, a decisive support, constitute "decisive support by way of the natural."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Decisive support by natural inclination (pakatūpanissaya) is arguably the most quietly important condition in the entire list for anyone thinking about the actual practice of the path: it is the technical name for exactly what a teacher means by saying that faith, virtue, learning, generosity, and wisdom "support" further faith, virtue, learning, generosity, and wisdom — a settled character trait acting as a genuine causal condition for future wholesome action, not merely a habit of speech. It is also the condition doing the causal work whenever the tradition says a favorable "natural" factor such as good health, good company, or a suitable climate supports meditative progress.

The three-way split between decisive support by object, by contiguity, and by the natural is worth holding onto as a map for later: the same underlying idea — a powerful, not-strictly-necessary-but-highly-influential condition — shows up in three very different guises depending on whether the influence comes from what one is looking at, from the sheer momentum of what one's mind was just doing, or from settled qualities built up over a whole lifetime.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
sahajātapaccayo / aññamaññapaccayo

the conascence condition / the mutuality condition — sahajāta (born together) and aññamañña (mutual); closely related conditions describing simultaneous arising and mutual support, illustrated respectively by a lamp and its light, and by three sticks leaned together for mutual support.

upanissayapaccayo

the decisive support condition — upa- (intensifying) + nissaya (dependence); a "powerful cause," divided into support by object, by contiguity, and by natural inclination (pakatūpanissaya), the last covering settled qualities like faith and virtue.

gotrabhū

change-of-lineage — the pivotal moment of consciousness, mentioned here in passing, that marks a meditator's transition from the worldling's lineage to the noble one, immediately before path-consciousness itself arises.

Prenascence, Postnascence, Repetition, Kamma, and Result

These five conditions describe support across time in different directions: something already present before an event can support it (prenascence — the physical eye supporting eye-consciousness), something arising after can still support what came before it (postnascence, illustrated by a striking image of a vulture chick's hunger nourishing its own already-formed body), repeated practice strengthens what follows (repetition, like drilling a memorized text), volitional action shapes a later result (the kamma condition), and a settled, "effortless" result in turn supports its own associated states (the result condition).

Pali Source

Paṭhamataraṃ uppajjitvā vattamānabhāvena upakārako dhammo purejātapaccayo. So pañcadvāre vatthārammaṇahadayavatthuvasena ekādasavidho hoti. Yathāha – "cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Sota…pe… ghāna, jivhā, kāyāyatanaṃ, rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ manodhātuyā. Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ kiñcikāle purejātapaccayena paccayo. Kiñcikāle na purejātapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Purejātānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ upatthambhakattena upakārako arūpadhammo pacchājātapaccayo gijjhapotakasarīrānaṃ āhārāsācetanā viya. Tena vuttaṃ "pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Āsevanaṭṭhena anantarānaṃ paguṇabalavabhāvāya upakārako dhammo āsevanapaccayo ganthādīsu purimapurimābhiyogo viya. So kusalākusalakiriyajavanavasena tividho hoti. Yathāha – "purimā purimā kusalā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanapaccayena paccayo. Purimā purimā akusalā…pe… kiriyābyākatā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kiriyābyākatānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Cittapayogasaṅkhātena kiriyabhāvena upakārako dhammo kammapaccayo. So nānakkhaṇikāya ceva kusalākusalacetanāya sahajātāya ca sabbāyapi cetanāya vasena duvidho hoti. Yathāha – "kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ vipākānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ kammapaccayena paccayo. Cetanā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ kammapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Nirussāhasantabhāvena nirussāhasantabhāvāya upakārako vipākadhammo vipākapaccayo. So pavatte taṃsamuṭṭhānānaṃ, paṭisandhiyaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ, sabbattha ca sampayuttadhammānaṃ paccayo hoti. Yathāha – "vipākābyākato eko khandho tiṇṇannaṃ khandhānaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ vipākapaccayena paccayo…pe… paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākato eko khandho tiṇṇannaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ. Tayo khandhā ekassa khandhassa. Dve khandhā dvinnaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ vipākapaccayena paccayo. Khandhā vatthussa vipākapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

A state that, having already arisen and being present beforehand, is a help — that is the "prenascence condition." It is of eleven kinds, by way of the physical basis and object in the five sense-doors, and by way of the heart-basis. As it is said: "the eye-base is, for the eye-consciousness element and its associated states, a condition by way of the prenascence condition. Likewise the ear-base … the nose-, tongue-, body-base; visible form, sound, odor, taste, and the tangible base are, for the body-consciousness element and its associated states, a condition by way of the prenascence condition. Visible form … the tangible base is, for the mind-element. That matter depending on which the mind-element and the mind-consciousness element occur — that matter is, for the mind-element and its associated states, a condition by way of the prenascence condition. For the mind-consciousness element and its associated states, on some occasions it is a condition by way of the prenascence condition, and on some occasions it is not."

A formless state that is a help, by way of supporting material states that arose before it, is the "postnascence condition," like the longing for food felt by a vulture's fledglings toward their own already-formed bodies. Hence it is said: "states of consciousness and mental factors that arise afterward are, for this body that arose before them, a condition by way of the postnascence condition."

A state that is a help, by way of repeated practice, toward the proficiency and strength of the states immediately following it — that is the "repetition condition," like each preceding round of application in memorizing texts and the like. It is of three kinds, by way of wholesome, unwholesome, and functional impulsion. As it is said: "each preceding wholesome state is, for each succeeding wholesome state, a condition by way of the repetition condition. Each preceding unwholesome state … each preceding functional-indeterminate state is, for each succeeding functional-indeterminate state, a condition by way of the repetition condition."

A state that is a help by way of the activity called the exertion of mind — that is the "kamma condition." It is of two kinds: by way of wholesome and unwholesome volition operating at a different time from its result, and by way of any and all volition operating conascently with its result. As it is said: "wholesome and unwholesome kamma is, for the resultant aggregates and for matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the kamma condition. Volition is, for its associated states and for the matter produced by that same volition, a condition by way of the kamma condition."

A resultant state that, being itself effortless and quiescent, is a help toward the effortless, quiescent occurrence of another state — that is the "result condition." In the course of occurrence, it is a condition for the matter it produces; at rebirth-linking, for the matter produced by that same kamma; and, in every case, for its associated states. As it is said: "one resultant-indeterminate aggregate is, for the other three aggregates and for the matter produced by that consciousness, a condition by way of the result condition … at the moment of rebirth-linking, one resultant-indeterminate aggregate is, for the other three aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma; three aggregates are, for one aggregate; two aggregates are, for the other two aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the result condition. The aggregates are, for the physical basis, a condition by way of the result condition."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The postnascence condition is the one entry in this whole list that runs against ordinary intuitions about cause and effect, and Buddhaghosa's chosen simile earns its keep by making the counterintuitive direction vivid: a vulture chick's felt hunger, arising after its body has already formed, does not create that body, yet it genuinely sustains and nourishes its continuation. In the same way, a later moment of consciousness does not cause an earlier-arisen physical body to exist, but it does condition that body's continued vitality — a support relation running "backward" in arising-order even though, of course, not backward in time itself, since the supporting mental state and the supported body are simply co-present once the mental state has arisen.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
purejātapaccayo / pacchājātapaccayo

the prenascence condition / the postnascence condition — pure- (before) and pacchā- (after) + jāta (born, arisen); a matched pair describing support running respectively from an earlier-arisen state and from a later-arisen one.

āsevanapaccayo

the repetition condition — āsevana (habitual practice, repeated cultivation); the condition by which each earlier moment of a run of similar mental impulsions strengthens the proficiency of those that immediately follow it.

Nutriment, Faculty, Jhāna, and Path

Four further conditions describe more specialized kinds of sustaining and directing influence: physical and mental nutriment sustaining the body and mind, the twenty faculties (excluding the two sex faculties) exercising dominance each within its own specific sphere, the seven jhāna-factors bringing sustained close contemplation onto an object, and the twelve path-factors specifically directing a state "out" toward its goal — the last two conditions being unavailable, Buddhaghosa notes, in the rootless varieties of the five kinds of sense-consciousness.

Pali Source

Rūpārūpānaṃ upatthambhakaṭṭhena upakārakā cattāro āhārā āhārapaccayo. Yathāha – "kabaḷīkāro āhāro imassa kāyassa āhārapaccayena paccayo. Arūpino āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo"ti. Pañhāvāre pana "paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatā āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo"tipi vuttaṃ.

Adhipatiyaṭṭhena upakārakā itthindriyapurisindriyavajjā vīsatindriyā indriyapaccayo. Tattha cakkhundriyādayo arūpadhammānaṃyeva, sesā rūpārūpānaṃ paccayā honti. Yathāha – "cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyindriyaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo. Rūpajīvitindriyaṃ kaṭattārūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo. Arūpino indriyā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo"ti. Pañhāvāre pana "paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatā indriyā sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo"tipi vuttaṃ.

Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena upakārakāni ṭhapetvā dvipañcaviññāṇe sukhadukkhavedanādvayaṃ sabbānipi kusalādibhedāni satta jhānaṅgāni jhānapaccayo. Yathāha – "jhānaṅgāni jhānasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ jhānapaccayena paccayo"ti. Pañhāvāre pana "paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatāni jhānaṅgāni sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ jhānapaccayena paccayo"tipi vuttaṃ.

Yato tato vā niyyānaṭṭhena upakārakāni kusalādibhedāni dvādasa maggaṅgāni maggapaccayo. Yathāha – "maggaṅgāni maggasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ maggapaccayena paccayo"ti. Pañhāvāre pana "paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatāni maggaṅgāni sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ maggapaccayena paccayo"tipi vuttaṃ. Ete pana dvepi jhānamaggapaccayā dvipañcaviññāṇāhetukacittesu na labbhantīti veditabbā.

Ru-Yi Translation

The four kinds of nutriment, which are a help in the sense of sustaining material and formless states, are the "nutriment condition." As it is said: "edible food is, for this body, a condition by way of the nutriment condition. The formless kinds of nutriment are, for their associated states and for the matter produced by them, a condition by way of the nutriment condition." In the Chapter of Questions, it is also said: "at the moment of rebirth-linking, the resultant-indeterminate kinds of nutriment are, for their associated aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the nutriment condition."

The twenty faculties, excepting the femininity and masculinity faculties, which are a help in the sense of exercising dominance — these are the "faculty condition." Herein, the eye-faculty and the rest are conditions only for formless states; the remaining faculties are conditions for both material and formless states. As it is said: "the eye-faculty is, for the eye-consciousness element … the ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-faculty is, for the body-consciousness element and its associated states, a condition by way of the faculty condition. The material life-faculty is, for the matter produced by kamma, a condition by way of the faculty condition. The formless faculties are, for their associated states and for the matter produced by them, a condition by way of the faculty condition." In the Chapter of Questions, it is also said: "at the moment of rebirth-linking, the resultant-indeterminate faculties are, for their associated aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the faculty condition."

The seven jhāna-factors, of every ethical kind, which are a help in the sense of close contemplation, excepting the pair of pleasant and painful bodily feeling in the two sets of fivefold sense-consciousness — these are the "jhāna condition." As it is said: "the jhāna-factors are, for their associated states and for the matter produced by them, a condition by way of the jhāna condition." In the Chapter of Questions, it is also said: "at the moment of rebirth-linking, the resultant-indeterminate jhāna-factors are, for their associated aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the jhāna condition."

The twelve path-factors, of every ethical kind, which are a help in the sense of leading out from this or that state — these are the "path condition." As it is said: "the path-factors are, for their associated states and for the matter produced by them, a condition by way of the path condition." In the Chapter of Questions, it is also said: "at the moment of rebirth-linking, the resultant-indeterminate path-factors are, for their associated aggregates and for the matter produced by that kamma, a condition by way of the path condition." It should be understood, however, that neither of these two conditions — the jhāna condition and the path condition — is found in the rootless states of consciousness belonging to the two sets of fivefold sense-consciousness.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The jhāna condition's name is broader than a meditator might expect: "jhāna" here does not mean only the deep absorptions of formal meditation, but names seven specific mental factors — initial thought, sustained thought, joy, ...and more, the same set analyzed in the earlier chapters on concentration — present, in weaker or stronger form, in ordinary unwholesome and wholesome consciousness alike, not only in jhāna proper. This is why the text specifies "of every ethical kind": the jhāna condition operates even in an unwholesome moment of consciousness, just as "close contemplation" of an object happens whether that contemplation is skillful or not.

The final note — that rootless sense-consciousness lacks both the jhāna and path conditions — fits a broader pattern already established: bare seeing, hearing, and the rest are simple, momentary, minimally structured events, too weak to sustain the kind of directed, factor-rich engagement with an object that either jhāna or the path requires.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
itthindriya / purisindriya

the femininity faculty / the masculinity faculty — two of the twenty-two faculties catalogued in chapter sixteen, specifically excluded from the faculty condition here since they do not function as the required kind of dominance-exercising support.

jhānaṅga / maggaṅga

jhāna-factor / path-factor — the seven mental factors of absorption and the twelve factors of ethically-classified path-consciousness respectively, each set capable of serving, as a whole, as its own distinct condition.

Association, Dissociation, and the Four Conditions of Presence

The list closes with six final conditions, the last four of which — presence, absence, disappearance, and non-disappearance — turn out, as Buddhaghosa candidly notes, to overlap heavily with each other and with earlier entries, included mainly for the sake of completeness and pedagogical variety rather than because each marks a wholly distinct causal mechanism.

Pali Source

Ekavatthukaekārammaṇaekuppādekanirodhasaṅkhātena sampayuttabhāvena upakārakā arūpadhammā sampayuttapaccayo. Yathāha – "cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ sampayuttapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Ekavatthukādibhāvānupagamena upakārakā rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ, arūpinopi rūpīnaṃ vippayuttapaccayo. So sahajātapacchājātapurejātavasena tividho hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ "sahajātā kusalā khandhā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ vippayuttapaccayena paccayo. Pacchājātā kusalā khandhā purejātassa imassa kāyassa vippayuttapaccayena paccayo"ti. Purejātaṃ pana cakkhundriyādivatthuvaseneva veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – "purejātaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa…pe… kāyāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇassa vippayuttapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Paccuppannalakkhaṇena atthibhāvena tādisasseva dhammassa upatthambhakattena upakārako dhammo atthipaccayo. Tassa arūpakkhandhamahābhūtanāmarūpacittacetasikamahābhūtaāyatanavatthuvasena sattadhā mātikā nikkhittā. Yathāha – "cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo, cattāro mahābhūtā, okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññaṃ. Cittacetasikā dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ. Mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṃ. Cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo"ti.

Attano anantarā uppajjamānānaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ pavattiokāsadānena upakārakā samanantaraniruddhā arūpadhammā natthipaccayo. Yathāha – "samanantaraniruddhā cittacetasikā dhammā paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ natthipaccayena paccayo"ti.

Te eva vigatabhāvena upakārakattā vigatapaccayo. Yathāha – "samanantaravigatā cittacetasikā dhammā paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ vigatapaccayena paccayo"ti.

Atthi paccayadhammā eva ca avigatabhāvena upakārakattā avigatapaccayāti veditabbā. Desanāvilāsena pana tathā vinetabbaveneyyavasena vā ayaṃ duko vutto, ahetukadukaṃ vatvāpi hetuvippayuttaduko viyāti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Formless states that are a help by way of association — that is, by having one physical basis, one object, one arising, and one ceasing in common — are the "association condition." As it is said: "the four formless aggregates are, for one another, a condition by way of the association condition."

Material states, which are a help to formless states by not having such things as one physical basis in common — and formless states likewise, to material states — are the "dissociation condition." It is of three kinds, by way of conascence, postnascence, and prenascence. For it is said: "conascent wholesome aggregates are, for the matter produced by that consciousness, a condition by way of the dissociation condition. Postnascent wholesome aggregates are, for this prenascent body, a condition by way of the dissociation condition." The prenascent dissociation condition, however, should be understood only by way of the eye-faculty and the other physical bases. As it is said: "the prenascent eye-base is, for eye-consciousness … the body-base is, for body-consciousness, a condition by way of the dissociation condition."

A state that, by the characteristic of being present, is a help to a state of that same kind by supporting it — that is the "presence condition." Its summary heading is set out in seven ways: by way of the formless aggregates, the great elements, name-and-form, consciousness and mental factors, the great elements and derived matter, the sense bases, and the physical basis. As it is said: "the four formless aggregates are, for one another, a condition by way of the presence condition; the four great elements are, for one another; at the moment of descent, name-and-form are, for one another. States of consciousness and mental factors are, for the matter produced by that consciousness. The great elements are, for derived matter. The eye-base is, for the eye-consciousness element … and its associated states, a condition by way of the presence condition."

Formless states that have just ceased, immediately upon their own occurrence, which are a help by giving occasion for the occurrence of formless states now arising immediately after them — these are the "absence condition." As it is said: "states of consciousness and mental factors that have ceased immediately are, for the present states of consciousness and mental factors, a condition by way of the absence condition."

Those very same states, by way of being a help through their having disappeared, are the "disappearance condition." As it is said: "states of consciousness and mental factors that have disappeared immediately are, for the present states of consciousness and mental factors, a condition by way of the disappearance condition."

And the very states that constitute the presence condition, by way of being a help through their not having disappeared, should be understood as the "non-disappearance condition." This pair, however, is stated by way of the exuberance of the teaching, or for the sake of those to be guided who need to be taught in just that way — just as the rootless pair is stated even after the root-dissociated pair has already been stated.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Buddhaghosa's closing admission is refreshingly candid for a text this systematic: the absence condition and the disappearance condition are, in substance, the very same relationship described twice, and the presence condition and the non-disappearance condition likewise collapse into one another on inspection. He explains this redundancy not as an error but as "the exuberance of the teaching" — the Buddha's willingness to name the same underlying relationship more than once, in slightly different words, for the benefit of listeners who might grasp one phrasing more readily than another. With all twenty-four conditions now defined in full, the chapter is finally ready to return to its original question: which of these twenty-four does ignorance actually use in conditioning the formations?

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
sampayuttapaccayo / vippayuttapaccayo

the association condition / the dissociation condition — sampayutta (yoked together) and vippayutta (unyoked); a matched pair describing, respectively, formless states sharing a single physical basis, object, arising, and ceasing, and material and formless states that do not share these.

desanāvilāsa

the exuberance of the teaching — desanā (teaching) + vilāsa (charm, exuberant display); Buddhaghosa's own term for the Buddha's habit of restating a single underlying point through multiple, slightly different technical formulations, explaining several near-duplicate entries on this list.

Returning to the Question: Which Conditions Does Ignorance Actually Use?

With all twenty-four conditions now on the table, Buddhaghosa finally answers the question posed several pages earlier: ignorance conditions meritorious formations in exactly two ways (as an object contemplated, and as a decisive support for one striving to escape it); it conditions demeritorious formations in a great many ways at once, since virtually the whole toolkit comes into play once lust and the other defilements are actually running; and it conditions the imperturbable, formless-sphere formations in exactly one way — decisive support alone.

Pali Source

Evamimesu catuvīsatiyā paccayesu ayaṃ avijjā, "paccayo hoti puññānaṃ, duvidhānekadhā pana; paresaṃ pacchimānaṃ sā, ekadhā paccayo matāti."

Tattha puññānaṃ duvidhāti ārammaṇapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena cāti dvedhā paccayo hoti. Sā hi avijjaṃ khayato vayato sammasanakāle kāmāvacarānaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hoti. Abhiññācittena samohacittaṃ jānanakāle rūpāvacarānaṃ. Avijjāsamatikkamatthāya pana dānādīni ceva kāmāvacarapuññakiriyavatthūni pūrentassa, rūpāvacarajjhānāni ca uppādentassa dvinnampi tesaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo hoti. Tathā avijjāsammūḷhattā kāmabhavarūpabhavasampattiyo patthetvā tāneva puññāni karontassa.

Anekadhā pana paresanti apuññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ anekadhā paccayo hoti. Kathaṃ? Esā hi avijjaṃ ārabbha rāgādīnaṃ uppajjanakāle ārammaṇapaccayena, garuṃkatvā assādanakāle ārammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayehi, avijjāsammūḷhassa anādīnavadassāvino pāṇātipātādīni karontassa upanissayapaccayena, dutiyajavanādīnaṃ anantarasamanantaraanantarūpanissayāsevananatthivigatapaccayehi, yaṃkiñci akusalaṃ karontassa hetu sahajāta aññamañña nissaya sampayutta atthi avigatapaccayehīti anekadhā paccayo hoti.

Pacchimānaṃ sā ekadhā paccayo matāti āneñjābhisaṅkhārānaṃ upanissayapaccayeneva ekadhā paccayo matā. So panassā upanissayabhāvo puññābhisaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva veditabboti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Thus, among these twenty-four conditions, this ignorance — "is a condition for meritorious formations in two ways, but for the others in many ways; for the last, it is held to be a condition in one way only."

Herein, "for meritorious formations, in two ways": it is a condition in two ways, by way of the object condition and by way of the decisive support condition. For it is a condition, by way of the object condition, for sense-sphere meritorious formations at the time when ignorance itself is being comprehended by way of its destruction and its fall; and for form-sphere meritorious formations at the time when a deluded state of mind is known by direct-knowledge consciousness. But for one who, for the purpose of transcending ignorance, fulfills such sense-sphere meritorious bases of action as giving, and gives rise to form-sphere jhānas, it is a condition, by way of the decisive support condition, for both of these — likewise for one who, being confounded by ignorance, aspires after the attainments of sense-sphere and form-sphere being, and performs precisely those same meritorious deeds for that confounded reason.

"But for the others, in many ways": it is a condition for demeritorious formations in many ways. How so? For it is a condition, by way of the object condition, at the time when lust and the rest arise taking ignorance itself as their object; by way of the object-predominance condition and decisive-support-by-object, at the time of relishing it, having given it weight; by way of the decisive support condition, for one confounded by ignorance and blind to its drawbacks who commits the killing of living beings and the like; by way of the contiguity, immediate contiguity, decisive-support-by-contiguity, repetition, absence, and disappearance conditions, for the second and subsequent moments of impulsion; and by way of the root, conascence, mutuality, dependence, association, presence, and non-disappearance conditions, for one performing any unwholesome deed whatsoever — thus it is a condition in many ways.

"For the last, it is held to be a condition in one way only": for the imperturbable formations, it is held to be a condition in one way only, by way of the decisive support condition alone. Its state of being a decisive support here should be understood in just the way already stated for the meritorious formations.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The asymmetry drawn out here is philosophically pointed: ignorance conditions unwholesome action almost promiscuously, through nearly every mechanism the Paṭṭhāna offers, because unwholesome states arise precisely by ignorance operating unchecked, moment after moment, feeding directly into what follows. But ignorance conditions wholesome and imperturbable formations only indirectly and at arm's length — either as the very thing being examined and seen through (the object condition, at the moment one comprehends ignorance's own impermanence), or as background motivation for someone still confused enough to seek a better rebirth rather than liberation itself, even while doing something genuinely virtuous. Ignorance never becomes a root, an object-predominance, or a conascent condition for good kamma the way it does for bad — it can only ever stand behind good kamma, at a distance, never inside it.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
khayato vayato sammasana

comprehending by way of destruction and fall — the specific insight-meditation mode in which ignorance itself becomes an object of contemplation, one of the two ways ignorance conditions meritorious formations.

javana

impulsion — the seven-fold run of "full" cognitive moments within a single cognitive process, the stage of consciousness where kammically active volition actually operates; several of the twenty-four conditions apply specifically to the second and later impulsion-moments in such a run.

One Cause, One Effect — or Many? The Sprout from Many Seeds

A natural objection follows: if other conditions besides ignorance clearly exist, how can the formula legitimately single out ignorance alone, as though it were the only cause? Buddhaghosa's answer draws a careful distinction — a genuinely singular effect never actually arises from a single cause, nor does anything arise from causes without becoming a rich, many-sided effect — while showing that the formula's habit of naming just "ignorance" and just "formations" is a deliberate teaching device, spotlighting whichever cause is principal, evident, or exclusive for a given audience, not a claim that no other causes are operating.

Pali Source

Etthāha – kiṃ panāyamekāva avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo, udāhu aññepi paccayā santīti? Kiṃ panettha, yadi tāva ekāva, ekakāraṇavādo āpajjati. Athaññepi santi, "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"ti ekakāraṇaniddeso nupapajjatīti? Na nupapajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā – "ekaṃ na ekato idha, nānekamanekatopi no ekaṃ; phalamatthi atthi pana eka-hetuphaladīpane attho."

Ekato hi kāraṇato na idha kiñci ekaṃ phalamatthi, na anekaṃ. Nāpi anekehi kāraṇehi ekaṃ. Anekehi pana kāraṇehi anekameva hoti. Tathā hi anekehi utupathavībījasalilasaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi anekameva rūpagandharasādikaṃ aṅkurasaṅkhātaṃ phalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ dissati. Yaṃ panetaṃ "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa"nti ekekahetuphaladīpanaṃ kataṃ, tattha attho atthi, payojanaṃ vijjati.

Bhagavā hi katthaci padhānattā, katthaci pākaṭattā, katthaci asādhāraṇattā desanāvilāsassa ca veneyyānañca anurūpato ekameva hetuṃ vā phalaṃ vā dīpeti. "Phassapaccayā vedanā"ti hi padhānattā ekameva hetuphalamāha. Phasso hi vedanāya padhānahetu yathāphassaṃ vedanā vavatthānato. Vedanā ca phassassa padhānaphalaṃ yathāvedanaṃ phassavavatthānato. "Semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā"ti pākaṭattā ekaṃ hetumāha. Pākaṭo hi ettha semho, na kammādayo. "Ye keci, bhikkhave, akusalā dhammā, sabbe te ayonisomanasikāramūlakā"ti asādhāraṇattā ekaṃ hetumāha. Asādhāraṇo hi ayonisomanasikāro akusalānaṃ, sādhāraṇāni vatthārammaṇādīnīti. Tasmā ayamidha avijjā vijjamānesupi aññesu vatthārammaṇasahajātadhammādīsu saṅkhārakāraṇesu "assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī"ti ca "avijjāsamudayā āsavasamudayo"ti ca vacanato aññesampi taṇhādīnaṃ saṅkhārahetūnaṃ hetūti padhānattā, "avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharotī"ti pākaṭattā, asādhāraṇattā ca saṅkhārānaṃ hetubhāvena dīpitāti veditabbā. Eteneva ca ekekahetuphaladīpanaparihāravacanena sabbattha ekekahetuphaladīpane payojanaṃ veditabbanti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Here it might be asked: is this ignorance, then, all by itself, a condition for the formations — or are there other conditions as well? What of it, one might say: if it is only this one alone, the doctrine of a single cause would follow; but if there are others as well, then the statement of a single cause, "dependent on ignorance are formations," would not hold. Does it not hold? It does hold. Why? Because — "here it is not one from one, nor many from many, nor one from many; but there is an effect from many causes — yet there is also a point to showing a single cause and a single effect."

For here, no single effect comes from a single cause, nor does a manifold effect. Nor does a single effect come from manifold causes. But a manifold effect does indeed come from manifold causes. Thus, for instance, a manifold effect — the sprout, together with its color, its scent, and its taste — is seen to arise from the manifold causes called season, earth, seed, and moisture. As for this statement, "dependent on ignorance are formations; dependent on formations, consciousness," which shows a single cause and a single effect — there is a point to it; a purpose is served.

For the Blessed One shows a single cause or a single effect in some places because it is the principal one, in some places because it is the evident one, and in some places because it is the exclusive one, in accordance with the exuberance of his teaching and with what suits those to be guided. "Dependent on contact is feeling" states a single cause and a single effect because each is the principal one for the other: contact is the principal cause of feeling, since feeling is determined precisely according to the kind of contact; and feeling is the principal effect of contact, since contact is determined precisely according to the kind of feeling. "Ailments arise from phlegm" states a single cause because it is the evident one: here it is phlegm, not kamma and the rest, that is evident. "Whatever unwholesome states there are, bhikkhus, all of them are rooted in unwise attention" states a single cause because it is the exclusive one: for unwise attention is exclusive to unwholesome states, whereas such things as the physical basis and the object are common to wholesome and unwholesome states alike. Therefore, here, even though other causes of the formations do exist — the physical basis, the object, conascent states, and the rest — this ignorance is shown as the cause of the formations because it is the principal one among the other causes of the formations, such as craving, as stated in "for one who dwells contemplating gratification, craving increases" and "from the arising of the taints comes the arising of ignorance"; because it is the evident one, as in "bhikkhus, this person, gone into ignorance, produces even a meritorious formation"; and because it is the exclusive one. And by this same explanation, given as a way of resolving the apparent difficulty in showing a single cause and a single effect, the purpose of showing a single cause and a single effect should be understood everywhere else in the formula as well.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This passage is one of the most quietly important in the whole chapter for how to read the twelve-factor formula correctly: it is a permanent standing warning against oversimplifying dependent origination into a single-cause chain. Every link in "dependent on ignorance are formations, dependent on formations, consciousness" is really shorthand for "among many genuinely operating conditions, this is the one worth naming here" — selected for being principal, evident, or exclusive to the case at hand, never because the others are absent. The season-earth-seed-moisture example makes the general principle vivid before it is applied to the specifically doctrinal cases.

The three criteria offered — principal, evident, and exclusive — are worth keeping distinct, since they answer different questions. "Principal" picks out whichever cause does the most causal work (contact is what actually determines what kind of feeling arises). "Evident" picks out whichever cause is most obviously present to observation, even if not doing the most causal work (phlegm is what a physician can see and point to, even though diet, kamma and other factors also contribute to illness). "Exclusive" picks out whichever cause is unique to this particular kind of effect and this kind alone (only unwise attention, among all the shared enabling conditions, is specific to unwholesome states).

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
padhāna / pākaṭa / asādhāraṇa

principal / evident / exclusive — the three reasons Buddhaghosa gives for why a teaching might spotlight a single cause among the several genuinely operating, resolving the apparent tension between "dependent on ignorance are formations" and the acknowledged existence of other conditions.

utupathavībījasalila

season, earth, seed, and moisture — the four ordinary agricultural causes Buddhaghosa cites as together producing one manifold effect (a sprout with its own color, scent, and taste), his chosen illustration of "many effects from many causes."

How Can Blameworthy Ignorance Condition Wholesome Kamma?

A sharper objection follows: since ignorance's result is uniformly undesirable and it is itself blameworthy, how can it possibly serve as a condition for meritorious and imperturbable formations at all — surely sugarcane cannot grow from a neem seed? Buddhaghosa's answer distinguishes several different ways a condition can relate to what it conditions — opposed or unopposed in place, function, and intrinsic nature; similar or dissimilar in kind — none of which requires the condition to resemble, in its own ethical quality, the state it helps produce.

Pali Source

Etthāha – evaṃ santepi ekantāniṭṭhaphalāya sāvajjāya avijjāya kathaṃ puññāneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayattaṃ yujjati? Na hi nimbabījato ucchu uppajjatīti. Kathaṃ na yujjissati? Lokasmiñhi – "viruddho cāviruddho ca, sadisāsadiso tathā; dhammānaṃ paccayo siddho, vipākā eva te ca na."

Dhammānaṃ hi ṭhānasabhāvakiccādiviruddho cāviruddho ca paccayo loke siddho. Purimacittaṃ hi aparacittassa ṭhānaviruddho paccayo, purimasippādisikkhā ca pacchā pavattamānānaṃ sippādikiriyānaṃ. Kammaṃ rūpassa sabhāvaviruddho paccayo, khīrādīni ca dadhiādīnaṃ. Āloko cakkhuviññāṇassa kiccaviruddho, guḷādayo ca āsavādīnaṃ. Cakkhurūpādayo pana cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ ṭhānāviruddhā paccayā. Purimajavanādayo pacchimajavanādīnaṃ sabhāvāviruddhā kiccāviruddhā ca.

Yathā ca viruddhāviruddhā paccayā siddhā, evaṃ sadisāsadisāpi. Sadisameva hi utuāhārasaṅkhātaṃ rūpaṃ rūpassa paccayo, sālibījādīni ca sāliphalādīnaṃ. Asadisampi rūpaṃ arūpassa, arūpañca rūpassa paccayo hoti, golomāviloma-visāṇa-dadhitilapiṭṭhādīni ca dubbā-sarabhūtiṇakādīnaṃ. Yesañca dhammānaṃ te viruddhāviruddhasadisāsadisapaccayā, na te dhammā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākā eva.

Iti ayaṃ avijjā vipākavasena ekantāniṭṭhaphalā, sabhāvavasena ca sāvajjāpi samānā sabbesampi etesaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ yathānurūpaṃ ṭhānakiccasabhāvaviruddhāviruddhapaccayavasena, sadisāsadisapaccayavasena ca paccayo hotīti veditabbā.

Ru-Yi Translation

Here it might be asked: even so, how can ignorance — whose result is unfailingly undesirable, and which is itself blameworthy — be a condition for meritorious and imperturbable formations? For sugarcane does not grow from a neem seed. How can it not be so? For, in the world — "a condition for states is established as being both opposed and unopposed, and likewise both similar and dissimilar; but those states are not, on that account, the result of that condition."

For, in the world, a condition that is opposed to states, in respect of place, intrinsic nature, function, and the like, and one that is unopposed to them, are both established. A preceding state of consciousness is a condition, opposed in place, for a later state of consciousness; and so too is prior training in some craft or skill, for the craft-related activities carried out afterward. Kamma is a condition, opposed in intrinsic nature, for matter; and so are milk and the like, for curds and the like. Light is a condition, opposed in function, for eye-consciousness; and so are jaggery and the like, for the fermenting agents that turn them into liquor. But visible form and the eye and the rest are conditions unopposed in place for eye-consciousness and the rest; and preceding moments of impulsion and the rest are conditions unopposed in intrinsic nature and in function for succeeding moments of impulsion and the rest.

And just as opposed and unopposed conditions are established, so too are similar and dissimilar ones. For matter classed as season and nutriment is a similar condition for further matter, as are rice seeds and the like for rice grains and the like. Dissimilar matter, too, is a condition for the formless, and the formless for matter — as are cattle hair, sheep's wool, horn, curds, and sesame flour, for various kinds of grass such as dūrvā-grass and reed grass. And states for which these are conditions — opposed, unopposed, similar, and dissimilar — are not, on that account, simply the results of those states.

Thus this ignorance, though its result is unfailingly undesirable, and though it is itself blameworthy by its intrinsic nature, is nonetheless a condition — suitably, by way of conditions opposed and unopposed in place, function, and intrinsic nature, and by way of similar and dissimilar conditions — for all of these, the meritorious formations and the rest, as should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The decisive move here is the closing sentence's separation of "being a condition for" from "being the result reproduced in": a condition simply has to help another state come about or persist — it never has to share that state's own ethical flavor, or even resemble it in kind. Milk conditions curds despite being a completely different substance; light conditions eye-consciousness despite being physical while consciousness is mental; and, by the very same logic, blameworthy ignorance can condition a wholesome deed without the deed thereby inheriting ignorance's own blameworthiness. The neem-seed objection quietly assumes that causes must resemble their effects in kind or quality, and the whole point of this list of examples is to show that assumption is simply false — even in the everyday, non-doctrinal cases everyone already accepts.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
viruddha / aviruddha paccayo

an opposed / unopposed condition — viruddha (opposed, conflicting); Buddhaghosa's key distinction showing that a condition need not resemble, or even be compatible in kind with, the state it conditions — the technical basis for resolving the neem-seed objection.

nimbabīja

a neem seed — the objector's own image for an intrinsically bitter, "blameworthy" source that could never produce something as sweet and desirable as sugarcane; used here as the foil for the whole passage's argument.

The Blind Man's Wandering: One Further Approach

The section closes with an entirely different angle on the same question — not the mechanics of the twenty-four conditions this time, but a psychological portrait of confusion itself. Buddhaghosa shows exactly how someone confounded about five specific things (passing away, rebirth, the round of existence, the true characteristic of formations, and dependent origination itself) inevitably ends up producing all three kinds of formation, good, bad, and imperturbable alike — not because confusion aims at any of them in particular, but because a mind wandering blind, with no true guide, simply stumbles onto whichever path happens to be underfoot.

Pali Source

Apica ayaṃ aññopi pariyāyo – "cutūpapāte saṃsāre, saṅkhārānañca lakkhaṇe; yo paṭiccasamuppanna-dhammesu ca vimuyhati. Abhisaṅkharoti so ete, saṅkhāre tividhe yato; avijjā paccayo tesaṃ, tividhānampayaṃ tatoti."

Kathaṃ pana yo etesu vimuyhati, so tividhepete saṅkhāre karotīti ce. Cutiyā tāva vimūḷho "sabbattha khandhānaṃ bhedo maraṇa"nti cutiṃ agaṇhanto "satto marati, sattassa dehantarasaṅkamana"ntiādīni vikappeti.

Upapāte vimūḷho "sabbattha khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo jātī"ti upapātaṃ agaṇhanto "satto upapajjati, sattassa navasarīrapātubhāva"ntiādīni vikappeti.

Saṃsāre vimūḷho yo esa, "khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanāna ca; abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī"ti. Evaṃ vaṇṇito saṃsāro, taṃ evaṃ agaṇhanto "ayaṃ satto asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati, parasmā lokā imaṃ lokaṃ āgacchatī"tiādīni vikappeti.

Saṅkhārānaṃ lakkhaṇe vimūḷho saṅkhārānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca agaṇhanto saṅkhāre attato attaniyato dhuvato sukhato subhato vikappeti.

Paṭiccasamuppannadhammesu vimūḷho avijjādīhi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavattiṃ agaṇhanto "attā jānāti vā na jānāti vā, so eva karoti ca kāreti ca. So paṭisandhiyaṃ upapajjati, tassa aṇuissarādayo kalalādibhāvena sarīraṃ saṇṭhapento indriyāni sampādenti. So indriyasampanno phusati, vediyati, taṇhīyati, upādiyati, ghaṭiyati. So puna bhavantare bhavatī"ti vā, "sabbe sattā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā"ti vā vikappeti.

So avijjāya andhīkato evaṃ vikappento yathā nāma andho pathaviyaṃ vicaranto maggampi amaggampi thalampi ninnampi samampi visamampi paṭipajjati, evaṃ puññampi apuññampi āneñjābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharotīti.

Tenetaṃ vuccati – "yathāpi nāma jaccandho, naro apariṇāyako; ekadā yāti maggena, ummaggenāpi ekadā. Saṃsāre saṃsaraṃ bālo, tathā apariṇāyako; karoti ekadā puññaṃ, apuññamapi ekadā. Yadā ca ñatvā so dhammaṃ, saccāni abhisamessati; tadā avijjūpasamā, upasanto carissatī"ti.

Ayaṃ "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

There is, moreover, this further approach — "whoever is confounded regarding passing away and rebirth, regarding the round, regarding the characteristic of formations, and regarding dependently arisen states, fashions, precisely on that account, these three kinds of formations; ignorance is their condition — and so it is a condition for these three kinds as well."

But how does one who is confounded regarding these things thereby produce these three kinds of formations? First, one confounded regarding passing away, not grasping passing away as it truly is — "in every case, the breaking up of the aggregates is death" — imagines instead: "a being dies," "a being's crossing over into another body," and the like.

One confounded regarding rebirth, not grasping rebirth as it truly is — "in every case, the appearance of the aggregates is birth" — imagines instead: "a being is reborn," "a being's appearance in a new body," and the like.

One confounded regarding the round — which is thus described: "the unbroken sequential occurrence of the aggregates, elements, and sense bases is called the round" — not grasping the round as so described, imagines instead: "this being goes from this world to another world, and comes from another world to this world," and the like.

One confounded regarding the characteristic of formations, not grasping the intrinsic characteristic and the general characteristic of formations, imagines the formations as self, as belonging to a self, as permanent, as pleasurable, as beautiful.

One confounded regarding dependently arisen states, not grasping the occurrence of the formations and the rest through ignorance and the other conditions, imagines instead: either that "a self knows or does not know; that very self acts and causes to act; it is reborn at rebirth-linking; for it, subtle sovereign forces and the like establish the body in the form of the embryonic clot and the rest, and bring the faculties to completion; endowed with faculties, it touches, feels, thirsts, clings, and strives; it comes to be again in another state of being" — or that "all beings are wholly determined by fate and circumstance."

Blinded by ignorance, imagining in this way, he fashions merit, demerit, or the imperturbable formation, just as a blind man, wandering over the earth, sometimes takes the right path and sometimes the wrong one, sometimes level ground and sometimes rough, sometimes even ground and sometimes uneven.

Hence it is said — "just as a man, blind from birth, without a guide, at one time walks by the right path, and at another by the wrong one — so too the fool, wandering through the round of existence, without a guide, at one time performs merit, and at another, demerit as well. But when he has known the Dhamma and awakened to the truths, then, with the calming of ignorance, he will fare having become calmed."

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on ignorance are formations."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This closing simile reframes the entire discussion in a way worth sitting with: ignorance does not condition the formations by pushing toward any particular one of the three — merit, demerit, or the imperturbable formation — the way an archer aims at a chosen target. It conditions all three indifferently, the way blindness itself is indifferent to which path a wandering man happens to stumble onto. A blind man walking without a guide might, by sheer chance, walk the smooth and level road as easily as the rough one; what makes him blind is not a preference for rough roads, but the simple absence of sight that would let him choose reliably at all. In just this way, a person confounded by ignorance about the five points named here — death, rebirth, the round, the formations' own nature, and dependent conditioning itself — ends up producing wholesome, unwholesome, or formless-sphere kamma more or less at random with respect to their actual value, since none of these actions is being chosen with genuine insight into what it truly is or where it truly leads.

The five items confusion is said to concern are also worth reading as a compact preview of the chapter's remaining structure: the round, the true characteristic of formations, and dependent origination itself have already received extensive treatment; passing away and rebirth specifically will be developed much further as the chapter proceeds through consciousness's role in the rebirth-linking process, in the section immediately following this one. This closes the detailed discussion of "dependent on ignorance are formations" — the chapter now turns, at last, to the second link: "dependent on formations, consciousness."

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
jaccandho apariṇāyako

a man blind from birth, without a guide — jacca (by birth) + andha (blind) + a- (without) + pariṇāyaka (a guide, leader); the chapter's closing image for the worldling wandering saṃsāra, producing good and bad kamma indifferently for lack of any guiding insight.

niyatisaṅgatibhāva

the state of being determined by fate and circumstance — niyati (fate, fixed destiny) + saṅgati (chance conjunction); one of the two named wrong views about dependently arisen states, here representing rigid determinism as opposed to the equally wrong "independent self" view named alongside it.

Thirty-Two Kinds of Resultant Consciousness

The chapter turns to its second link — "dependent on formations, consciousness" — with a full catalogue of every kind of resultant consciousness the three formations can produce: thirty-two in total, sorted precisely by which formation produces which. The meritorious formation alone accounts for twenty-one of these (sixteen sense-sphere, five form-sphere); the demeritorious formation for seven; and the imperturbable formation for the remaining four, formless-sphere states.

Pali Source

Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇapade – viññāṇanti cakkhuviññāṇādi chabbidhaṃ. Tattha cakkhuviññāṇaṃ kusalavipākaṃ akusalavipākanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tathā sotaghānajivhākaāyaviññāṇāni. Manoviññāṇaṃ kusalākusalavipākā dve manodhātuyo, tisso ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha sahetukāni kāmāvacaravipākacittāni, pañca rūpāvacarāni, cattāri arūpāvacarānīti bāvīsatividhaṃ hoti. Iti imehi chahi viññāṇehi sabbānipi bāttiṃsa lokiyavipākaviññāṇāni saṅgahitāni honti. Lokuttarāni pana vaṭṭakathāya na yujjantīti na gahitāni.

Tattha siyā "kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ viññāṇaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā hotī"ti? Upacitakammābhāve vipākābhāvato. Vipākaṃ hetaṃ, vipākañca na upacitakammābhāve uppajjati. Yadi uppajjeyya sabbesaṃ sabbavipākāni uppajjeyyuṃ, na ca uppajjantīti jānitabbametaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā idaṃ viññāṇaṃ hotīti.

Katarasaṅkhārapaccayā kataraṃ viññāṇanti ce. Kāmāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā tāva kusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, manoviññāṇe ekā manodhātu, dve manoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha kāmāvacaramahāvipākānīti soḷasa. Yathāha – "kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… vipākā manodhātu uppannā hoti. Somanassasahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti. Upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārenā"ti.

Rūpāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana pañca rūpāvacaravipākāni. Yathāha – "tasseva rūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ vivicceva kāmehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… pañcamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti. Evaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā ekavīsatividhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti.

Apuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana akusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, ekā manodhātu, ekā manoviññāṇadhātūti evaṃ sattavidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti. Yathāha – "akusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… vipākā manodhātu vipākā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hotī"ti.

Āneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana cattāri arūpavipākānīti evaṃ catubbidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti. Yathāha – "tasseva arūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… viññāṇañcā…pe… ākiñcaññā…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagataṃ sukhassa ca dukkhassa ca pahānā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on formations, consciousness": "consciousness" is sixfold — eye-consciousness and the rest. Herein, eye-consciousness is of two kinds, wholesome-resultant and unwholesome-resultant; likewise ear-, nose-, tongue-, and body-consciousness. Mind-consciousness is of twenty-two kinds: the two mind-elements that are wholesome- and unwholesome-resultant, the three rootless mind-consciousness-elements, the eight sense-sphere resultant states of consciousness with roots, the five form-sphere, and the four formless-sphere. Thus, by these six kinds of consciousness, all thirty-two mundane resultant states of consciousness are included. The supramundane ones, however, are not taken, since they do not fit within the discourse on the round.

Here it might be asked: how, then, is this to be known — that consciousness of the kind just described is conditioned by formations? By the absence of the result when accumulated kamma is absent. For this is a result, and a result does not arise when accumulated kamma is absent; if it could arise without it, then every result would arise for everyone — yet they do not so arise. Thus it should be known that this consciousness is conditioned by formations.

If it is asked which formation conditions which consciousness: conditioned by the sense-sphere meritorious formation, first, are the five wholesome-resultant states — eye-consciousness and the rest — together with, in the mind-consciousness category, one mind-element, two mind-consciousness-elements, and the eight sense-sphere great resultant states — sixteen in all. As it is said: "through the having-been-done and having-been-accumulated of sense-sphere wholesome kamma, resultant eye-consciousness arises … ear- … nose- … tongue- … body-consciousness … resultant mind-element arises. Mind-consciousness-element accompanied by joy arises. Mind-consciousness-element accompanied by equanimity arises. Accompanied by joy, associated with knowledge; accompanied by joy, associated with knowledge, with prompting; accompanied by joy, dissociated from knowledge; accompanied by joy, dissociated from knowledge, with prompting; accompanied by equanimity, associated with knowledge; accompanied by equanimity, associated with knowledge, with prompting; accompanied by equanimity, dissociated from knowledge; accompanied by equanimity, dissociated from knowledge, with prompting."

But conditioned by the form-sphere meritorious formation are the five form-sphere resultant states. As it is said: "through the having-been-done and having-been-accumulated of that same form-sphere wholesome kamma, one enters and dwells in the resultant first jhāna, quite secluded from sense pleasures … up to the fifth jhāna." Thus, conditioned by the meritorious formation, consciousness is of twenty-one kinds.

But conditioned by the demeritorious formation are the five unwholesome-resultant states — eye-consciousness and the rest — together with one mind-element and one mind-consciousness-element: consciousness of seven kinds in all. As it is said: "through the having-been-done and having-been-accumulated of unwholesome kamma, resultant eye-consciousness arises … ear- … nose- … tongue- … body-consciousness … resultant mind-element arises, resultant mind-consciousness-element arises."

But conditioned by the imperturbable formation are the four formless-resultant states: consciousness of four kinds. As it is said: "through the having-been-done and having-been-accumulated of that same formless-sphere wholesome kamma, one enters and dwells in the resultant attainment accompanied by the perception of the base of infinite space, through the complete transcending of perceptions of form … the base of infinite consciousness … the base of nothingness … one enters and dwells in the fourth jhāna, accompanied by the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, through the abandoning of pleasure and pain."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This catalogue is drawn directly from the Dhammasaṅgaṇī's own opening enumeration of resultant states, reproduced here to establish a complete inventory before the chapter goes on to explain how these thirty-two states actually operate — some only in the ordinary business of seeing, hearing, and thinking through a life already begun, others specifically at the pivotal moment of rebirth-linking that opens a new life. The verification method offered — that results simply do not appear without their generating kamma, since otherwise everyone would experience every result indiscriminately — is a plain empirical test rather than an appeal to authority: kamma's reality as a condition is shown by what would follow if it were not real.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
lokiyavipākaviññāṇa

mundane resultant consciousness — lokiya (mundane) + vipāka (result) + viññāṇa (consciousness); the thirty-two states catalogued here, deliberately excluding the supramundane path-and-fruit consciousnesses, which fall outside the round of rebirth this chapter is describing.

sasaṅkhārena / asaṅkhārena

with prompting / without prompting — a standard Abhidhamma distinction (implicit in the unprompted forms listed first) between a mental state arising spontaneously and one arising only after deliberate inducement, applied throughout the eight great sense-sphere resultant states.

The Cognitive Process During Ordinary Life

Buddhaghosa now explains how these thirty-two states of consciousness actually operate, sorting them first into thirteen that occur only during the ordinary "course of life" and nineteen that can also occur at rebirth-linking. The thirteen get a detailed walk-through of the standard cognitive process — sense-consciousness, then receiving, then investigating — the basic machinery by which any single act of seeing, hearing, or otherwise sensing actually unfolds moment by moment.

Pali Source

Evaṃ yaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā yaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti, taṃ ñatvā idānissa evaṃ pavatti veditabbā – sabbameva hi idaṃ pavattipaṭisandhivasena dvedhā pavattati. Tattha dve pañcaviññāṇāni, dve manodhātuyo, somanassasahagatā ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātūti imāni terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaññeva pavattanti. Sesāni ekūnavīsati tīsu bhavesu yathānurūpaṃ pavattiyampi paṭisandhiyampi pavattanti.

Kathaṃ? Kusalavipākāni tāva cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca kusalavipākena akusalavipākena vā nibbattassa yathākkamaṃ paripākaṃ upagatindriyassa cakkhādīnaṃ āpāthagataṃ iṭṭhaṃ iṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ ārabbha cakkhādipasādaṃ nissāya dassanasavanaghāyanasāyanaphusanakiccaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tathā akusalavipākāni pañca. Kevalañhi tesaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ aniṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ hoti. Ayameva viseso. Dasapi cetāni niyatadvārārammaṇavatthuṭṭhānāni niyatakiccāneva ca bhavanti.

Tato kusalavipākānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantarā kusalavipākā manodhātu tesaṃyeva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā pavattati. Tathā akusalavipākānaṃ anantarā akusalavipākā. Idañca pana dvayaṃ aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthuṭṭhānaṃ niyatakiccañca hoti.

Somanassasahagatā pana ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātu kusalavipākamanodhātuyā anantarā tassā eva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya santīraṇakiccaṃ sādhayamānā chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe kāmāvacarasattānaṃ yebhuyyena lobhasampayuttajavanāvasāne bhavaṅgavīthiṃ pacchinditvā javanena gahitārammaṇe tadārammaṇavasena ca sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā pavattatīti majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana tadārammaṇe dve cittavārā āgatā. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ tadārammaṇanti ca piṭṭhibhavaṅganti cāti dve nāmāni labhati. Aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthukaṃ aniyataṭṭhānakiccañca hotīti. Evaṃ tāva terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaññeva pavattantīti veditabbāni.

Ru-Yi Translation

Having thus known which consciousness is conditioned by which formation, its occurrence should now be understood as follows. All of this occurs in two ways: by way of the course of life, and by way of rebirth-linking. Herein, the two sets of fivefold consciousness, the two mind-elements, and the rootless mind-consciousness-element accompanied by joy — these thirteen occur only in the course of life, within the five-constituent mode of being. The remaining nineteen occur, as suits each case, both in the course of life and at rebirth-linking, within the three kinds of being.

How so? First, the five wholesome-resultant states — eye-consciousness and the rest — occur, taking as their object a desirable or a neutral-desirable visible form or other object that has come into range of the eye and the other faculties of one born through a wholesome or unwholesome result, whose faculties have reached maturity in due course, accomplishing, in dependence on the sensitivity of the eye and the rest, the function of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, and touching. Likewise the five unwholesome-resultant states — except that their object is, without exception, an undesirable or a neutral-undesirable one; this is the only difference. And these ten, too, have a fixed door, object, physical basis, and place, and a fixed function as well.

After that, immediately following the wholesome-resultant eye-consciousness and the rest, the wholesome-resultant mind-element occurs, taking that same object, accomplishing, in dependence on the heart-basis, the function of receiving. Likewise, immediately following the unwholesome-resultant sense-consciousnesses, the unwholesome-resultant mind-element occurs. This pair has a variable door and object, but a fixed physical basis, place, and function.

But the rootless mind-consciousness-element accompanied by joy, occurring immediately after the wholesome-resultant mind-element, taking that same object, accomplishing, in dependence on the heart-basis, the function of investigating — it is stated in the Majjhima commentary that, with respect to a powerful object in any of the six doors, for sense-sphere beings, it occurs once or twice, by way of registration, upon an object taken by the impulsion at the end of a run of impulsions mostly associated with greed, having cut off the course of the life-continuum. In the Abhidhamma commentary, however, two rounds of consciousness are given for registration. This consciousness, moreover, receives two names: "registration" and "the life-continuum behind the impulsions." It has a variable door and object, a fixed physical basis, and a variable place and function. Thus, so far, these thirteen should be understood to occur only in the course of life, within the five-constituent mode of being.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This passage is quietly laying out, function by function, what later Abhidhamma manuals systematize as the full "cognitive process" (vīthi): a sense-door consciousness sees, hears, or otherwise senses; an immediately following mind-element simply receives what was sensed; and a rootless mind-consciousness-element then investigates it — three distinct, minimal functions performed by three distinct, minimal moments of consciousness, before the mind ever gets to interpreting, liking, disliking, or acting on what it perceived. The two technical names given to the final moment — "registration" and "the life-continuum behind the impulsions" — capture its double role: it can either register a especially powerful object right after a run of impulsions has already responded to it, or it can simply be a plain resumption of the passive background life-continuum stream, depending on the strength of what was sensed.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
sampaṭicchana / santīraṇa

receiving / investigating — the second and third functions in the standard cognitive process, performed respectively by the resultant mind-element and the rootless mind-consciousness-element, immediately following the initial sense-consciousness.

tadārammaṇa / bhavaṅga

registration / life-continuum — tad- (that) + ārammaṇa (object), and bhava (becoming) + aṅga (factor, limb); two names for one and the same function, describing consciousness either registering a powerful object after a run of impulsions or simply continuing the passive background stream between active cognitive events.

The Remaining Consciousnesses: Functions Across a Whole Lifetime

The other nineteen kinds of consciousness — those capable of occurring at rebirth-linking as well as during life — pick up additional functions once a life is already underway: they can serve as the passive "life-continuum" between active cognitive events, and, at the very end of that life, as the single moment of "decease" consciousness that closes it.

Pali Source

Sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattati. Pavattiyaṃ pana kusalākusalavipākā tāva dve ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo pañcadvāre kusalākusalavipākamanodhātūnaṃ anantarā santīraṇakiccaṃ, chasu dvāresu pubbe vuttanayeneva tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti cattāri kiccāni sādhayamānā niyatavatthukā aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccā hutvā pavattanti.

Aṭṭha kāmāvacarasahetukacittāni vuttanayeneva chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti tīṇi kiccāni sādhayamānāni niyatavatthukāni aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattanti.

Pañca rūpāvacarāni cattāri ca āruppāni attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti kiccadvayaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tesu rūpāvacarāni niyatavatthārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni, itarāni niyatavatthukāni niyatārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattantīti evaṃ tāva bāttiṃsavidhampi viññāṇaṃ pavattiyaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā pavattati. Tatrāssa te te saṅkhārā kammapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena ca paccayā honti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Among the remaining nineteen, there is none that does not occur, in due course, at its own suitable rebirth-linking. But in the course of life, first, the two wholesome- and unwholesome-resultant rootless mind-consciousness-elements, occurring immediately after the wholesome- and unwholesome-resultant mind-elements in the five sense-doors, accomplish the function of registering; in all six doors, in the manner already stated, the function of registration; and, after the rebirth-linking they themselves have given, in the absence of any arising of consciousness that would cut off the life-continuum, the function of the life-continuum; and, at the end, the function of decease — thus, accomplishing four functions, they occur with a fixed physical basis but a variable door, object, place, and function.

The eight sense-sphere states of consciousness with roots, in the manner already stated, accomplish, in the six doors, the function of registration; after the rebirth-linking they themselves have given, in the absence of any consciousness that would cut off the life-continuum, the function of the life-continuum; and, at the end, the function of decease — thus, accomplishing three functions, they occur with a fixed physical basis but a variable door, object, place, and function.

The five form-sphere and four formless attainments occur, after the rebirth-linking they themselves have given, accomplishing, in the absence of any consciousness that would cut off the life-continuum, the function of the life-continuum, and, at the end, the function of decease — two functions. Among these, the form-sphere states occur with a fixed physical basis and object but a variable place and function; the others occur with a fixed physical basis, a fixed object, but a variable place and function. Thus, so far, all thirty-two kinds of consciousness occur, in the course of life, conditioned by the formations. And here, the various formations are their conditions by way of both the kamma condition and the decisive support condition.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The pattern that emerges across these three groups traces a clear hierarchy of stability: the rootless states can perform the widest range of functions (four) but with the least fixed circumstances, since they operate across all six sense-doors; the eight sense-sphere states with roots do slightly less (three functions) with slightly more fixity; and the jhāna-attainment consciousnesses, most refined and stable of all, do the least in terms of variety (only two functions — life-continuum and decease) precisely because they are so fixed to a single, unchanging object throughout an entire lifetime once that jhāna-consciousness becomes one's rebirth-linking and life-continuum. The more refined the consciousness, the narrower and more constant its object, but the fewer distinct jobs it needs to do.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
bhavaṅgupacchedaka

that which cuts off the life-continuum — bhavaṅga (life-continuum) + upacchedaka (cutting off); any active moment of cognitive-process consciousness, contrasted with the passive life-continuum it interrupts whenever a new object is encountered.

cutikicca

the function of decease — cuti (falling away, death) + kicca (function, duty); the very last moment of consciousness in a given lifetime, always performed by the same type of consciousness that opened that same life as rebirth-linking.

Nineteen Rebirth-Linking Consciousnesses, Twenty Rebirth-Linkings

A methodological aside now unpacks the compressed claim that all nineteen remaining consciousnesses occur at rebirth-linking, walking through exactly how many rebirth-linkings exist, which consciousness performs each, and what object each one takes — setting up the extended, vivid case studies of actual death-and-rebirth scenarios that follow.

Pali Source

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattatī"ti, taṃ atisaṃkhittattā dubbijānaṃ. Tenassa vitthāranayadassanatthaṃ vuccati – kati paṭisandhiyo, kati paṭisandhicittāni, kena kattha paṭisandhi hoti, kiṃ paṭisandhiyā ārammaṇanti?

Asaññapaṭisandhiyā saddhiṃ vīsati paṭisandhiyo. Vuttappakārāneva ekūnavīsati paṭisandhicittāni. Tattha akusalavipākāya ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā apāyesu paṭisandhi hoti. Kusalavipākāya manussaloke jaccandhajātibadhirajātiummattakajātieḷamūganapuṃsakādīnaṃ. Aṭṭhahi sahetukakāmāvacaravipākehi kāmāvacaradevesu ceva manussesu ca puññavantānaṃ paṭisandhi hoti. Pañcahi rūpāvacaravipākehi rūpībrahmaloke. Catūhi arūpāvacaravipākehi arūpaloketi. Yena ca yattha paṭisandhi hoti, sā eva tassa anurūpā paṭisandhi nāma. Saṅkhepato pana paṭisandhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti atītaṃ paccuppannaṃ navattabbañca. Asaññā paṭisandhi anārammaṇāti.

Tattha viññāṇañcāyatananevasaññānāsaññāyatanapaṭisandhīnaṃ atītameva ārammaṇaṃ. Dasannaṃ kāmāvacarānaṃ atītaṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vā. Sesānaṃ navattabbameva. Evaṃ tīsu ārammaṇesu pavattamānā pana paṭisandhi yasmā atītārammaṇassa vā navattabbārammaṇassa vā cuticittassa anantarameva pavattati. Paccuppannārammaṇaṃ pana cuticittaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā dvīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā tīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā sugatiduggativasena pavattanākāro veditabbo.

Ru-Yi Translation

But the statement "among the remaining nineteen, there is none that does not occur, in due course, at its own suitable rebirth-linking" is difficult to understand, being stated so briefly. Therefore, in order to show it in detail, it is asked: how many rebirth-linkings are there, how many rebirth-linking states of consciousness, by what and where does rebirth-linking occur, and what is the object of rebirth-linking?

Together with rebirth-linking among the non-percipient beings, there are twenty rebirth-linkings. The rebirth-linking states of consciousness, of the kind already stated, are nineteen. Herein: rebirth-linking in the states of misery occurs by way of the unwholesome-resultant rootless mind-consciousness-element. Rebirth-linking as one born blind, deaf, mad, dumb, or a eunuch, and the like, in the human world, occurs by way of the wholesome-resultant rootless mind-consciousness-element. Rebirth-linking for the meritorious, among sense-sphere gods and among human beings, occurs by way of the eight sense-sphere resultant states with roots. Rebirth-linking in the form-sphere Brahmā world occurs by way of the five form-sphere resultant states. Rebirth-linking in the formless world occurs by way of the four formless-resultant states. And whichever rebirth-linking occurs by whichever consciousness and in whichever place — that alone is called the rebirth-linking suitable to that case. In brief, rebirth-linking has three kinds of object: past, present, and "not-so-classifiable." Non-percipient rebirth-linking has no object at all.

Herein, rebirth-linking into the base of infinite consciousness and into the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception has only a past object. That of the ten sense-sphere kinds has either a past or a present object. That of the rest has only a "not-so-classifiable" object. Now, since rebirth-linking, occurring with respect to these three kinds of object, occurs only immediately after a decease-consciousness whose object was either past or "not-so-classifiable" — for there is no such thing as a decease-consciousness with a present object — therefore the manner in which rebirth-linking, with one or another of three kinds of object, occurs immediately after decease, with one or another of two kinds of object, by way of a good or a bad destination, should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The one extra rebirth-linking beyond the nineteen consciousnesses — bringing the total to twenty — belongs to the non-percipient beings, a class of form-sphere beings who arise with matter alone and no consciousness whatsoever; their "rebirth-linking" is therefore a rebirth-linking without any rebirth-linking consciousness at all, purely a matter of matter arising through kamma, which is why it needs to be tallied separately and why it alone takes no object.

The three possible objects of rebirth-linking consciousness — past, present, and the curious "not-so-classifiable" — map directly onto what kind of thing the dying mind was actually attending to just before death: a kamma or vivid mental sign of kamma (a past event, remembered or re-experienced), an actual currently-present sense object (something relatives arrange for a dying person to see, hear, or smell), or a whole future rebirth-destination or jhāna-attainment itself as an object (which the tradition treats as neither strictly past nor strictly present, hence "not-so-classifiable"). This groundwork is what makes the elaborate death-scene narratives that follow immediately intelligible.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
asaññapaṭisandhi

rebirth-linking among the non-percipient beings — a + saññā (without perception) + paṭisandhi (rebirth-linking); a unique twentieth category of rebirth-linking involving matter alone, with no consciousness and therefore no object whatsoever.

navattabba

"not-so-classifiable" — na (not) + vattabba (to be said, to be classified); the technical label for an object that is neither straightforwardly past nor present, applied to a future destination or a jhāna-attainment taken as the object of certain kinds of rebirth-linking consciousness.

Dying Well, Reborn Badly: Three Scenarios

Buddhaghosa now walks through, moment by moment, exactly what happens in the mind of someone dying, using the standard framework of three possible near-death objects — remembered kamma itself, a vivid mental "sign" of that kamma, or a sign of the destination about to be entered — and the precise sequence of mental events (life-continuum, adverting, the run of impulsions, registration, decease, and finally rebirth-linking) that carries a dying person from one life into the next. The first three scenarios all describe someone who had lived virtuously falling, through some late evil deed or its lingering trace, into a bad rebirth.

Pali Source

Seyyathidaṃ – kāmāvacarasugatiyaṃ tāva ṭhitassa pāpakammino puggalassa "tānissa tasmiṃ samaye olambantī"tiādivacanato maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ pāpakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tadeva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ duggatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā paṭisandhi.

Aparassa maraṇasamaye vuttappakārakammavasena narakādīsu aggijālavaṇṇādikaṃ duggatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, tassa dvikkhattuṃ bhavaṅge uppajjitvā niruddhe taṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha ekaṃ āvajjanaṃ, maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇānīti tīṇi vīthicittāni uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā ekādasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athassa avasesapañcacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiññeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.

Aparassa maraṇasamaye pañcannaṃ dvārānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rāgādihetubhūtaṃ hīnamārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa yathākkamena uppanne voṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā ca dve bhavaṅgāni, āvajjanaṃ, dassanaṃ, sampaṭicchanaṃ, santīraṇaṃ, voṭṭhabbanaṃ, pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni, ekaṃ cuticittanti pañcadasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athāvasesaekacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiññeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Esa tāva atītārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya duggatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.

Ru-Yi Translation

For example: for a person of evil kamma established in a good sense-sphere destination, lying on the deathbed — as in the passage beginning "those past deeds hang over him at that time" — his previously accumulated evil kamma, or a sign of that kamma, comes into range at the mind-door. Taking that as object, a cognitive process of impulsions ending in registration arises; immediately after it, taking the life-continuum's own object, a decease-consciousness arises. When that has ceased, a rebirth-linking consciousness, belonging to a bad destination, bent by the unabandoned power of the defilements, arises taking as its object that very same kamma or sign of kamma that had come into range. This is rebirth-linking with a past object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object.

For another, at the time of death, by force of kamma of the kind already described, a sign of a bad destination — such as the color of a blazing fire in the hells and the like — comes into range at the mind-door. For him, after the life-continuum has arisen twice and ceased, taking that object, one adverting consciousness arises; then, owing to the diminished momentum brought on by the nearness of death, five impulsions and two registrations — three kinds of cognitive-process consciousness arise in all. After that, taking the life-continuum's own object, one decease-consciousness arises. By this point, eleven mind-moments have elapsed. Then, with a lifespan of the remaining five mind-moments, a rebirth-linking consciousness arises taking that very same object. This is rebirth-linking with a present object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object.

For another, at the time of death, an inferior object, serving as the basis for lust and the rest, comes into range in one or another of the five sense-doors. For him, when that has arisen in due course, ending in determining, then, owing to the diminished momentum brought on by the nearness of death, five impulsions and two registrations arise. After that, taking the life-continuum's own object, one decease-consciousness arises. By this point, two life-continuum moments, adverting, seeing, receiving, investigating, determining, five impulsions, two registrations, and one decease-consciousness — fifteen mind-moments have elapsed. Then, with a lifespan of the remaining single mind-moment, a rebirth-linking consciousness arises taking that very same object. This, too, is rebirth-linking with a present object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object. This, then, is the manner in which rebirth-linking into a bad destination, with a past-or-present object, occurs immediately after decease from a good destination, with a past object.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

These three scenarios are worth reading side by side, since they trace exactly the same underlying story — a good life ending badly — through three different levels of vividness at the deathbed: first, the past evil deed itself simply appears directly to the dying mind as an idea; second, a symbolic sign of the destination about to come (flame-colored light, standing for hell) appears instead, giving the mind something almost sensory to fasten onto; third, an actually present sense object — something seen, heard, or otherwise perceived through the ordinary sense-doors in the final moments of life — triggers desire and becomes, in turn, the object carried into the very next rebirth-linking moment. In every case, the underlying mechanism is identical: whatever the dying mind is last actively engaged with becomes, by strict conditioned succession, the object of the very first moment of the next life.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kamma / kammanimitta / gatinimitta

kamma / sign of kamma / sign of destination — the three possible near-death objects that can come into range at the mind-door (or, for gatinimitta and ordinary sense objects, at the five sense-doors), determining which rebirth-linking consciousness immediately follows.

cittakkhaṇa

a mind-moment — the smallest unit of mental time in Abhidhamma analysis; the precise counting of mind-moments in these death-scene descriptions (eleven, fifteen, and so on) shows the tradition's characteristic insistence on exact, moment-by-moment causal accounting even at life's most emotionally charged juncture.

Dying Badly Reborn Well, Dying Well Reborn Well, and the Meditator's Death

Buddhaghosa completes the cycle of case studies: a bad life ending in a good rebirth through the same mechanism reversed, a good life continuing into another good rebirth (including the poignant detail of relatives arranging pleasant sights, sounds, and offerings at a dying person's bedside specifically to influence their final mental state), and finally the distinctive death of an accomplished meditator, whose jhāna attainment itself, or a meditation sign such as the earth-kasiṇa, can appear at the deathbed and carry them directly into an exalted form- or formless-sphere rebirth — without ever passing through the registration stage ordinary sense-sphere deaths require.

Pali Source

Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa vuttanayeneva taṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchatīti kaṇhapakkhe sukkapakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya sugatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.

Sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa "tānissa tasmiṃ samaye olambantī"tiādivacanato maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Tañca kho upacitakāmāvacarānavajjakammasseva. Upacitamahaggatakammassa pana kammanimittameva āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya suddhāya vā javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tameva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ sugatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā vā navattabbārammaṇā vā paṭisandhi.

Aparassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacaraanavajjakammavasena manussaloke mātukucchivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā devaloke uyyānavimānakapparukkhādivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā sugatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, tassa duggatinimitte dassitānukkameneva cuticittānantaraṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.

Aparassa maraṇasamaye ñātakā "ayaṃ tāta tavatthāya buddhapūjā karīyati cittaṃ pasādehī"ti vatvā pupphadāmapaṭākādivasena rūpārammaṇaṃ vā, dhammassavanatūriyapūjādivasena saddārammaṇaṃ vā, dhūmavāsagandhādivasena gandhārammaṇaṃ vā, "idaṃ tāta sāyassu tavatthāya dātabbadeyyadhamma"nti vatvā madhuphāṇitādivasena rasārammaṇaṃ vā, "idaṃ tāta phusassu tavatthāya dātabbadeyyadhamma"nti vatvā cīnapaṭṭasomārapaṭṭādivasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ vā pañcadvāre upasaṃharanti, tassa tasmiṃ āpāthagate rūpādiārammaṇe yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ, tadavasāne tasmiññeva ekacittakkhaṇaṭṭhitike ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.

Aparassa pana pathavīkasiṇajjhānādivasena paṭiladdhamahaggatassa sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacarakusalakamma-kammanimitta-gatinimittānaṃ vā aññataraṃ, pathavīkasiṇādikaṃ vā nimittaṃ, mahaggatacittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, cakkhusotānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ kusaluppattihetubhūtaṃ paṇītamārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati, tassa yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni uppajjanti. Mahaggatagatikānaṃ pana tadārammaṇaṃ natthi, tasmā javanānantaraṃyeva bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tassāvasāne kāmāvacaramahaggatasugatīnaṃ aññatarasugatipariyāpannaṃ yathūpaṭṭhitesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ navattabbārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannanavattabbārammaṇānaṃ aññatarārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Etenānusārena āruppacutiyāpi anantarā paṭisandhi veditabbā.

Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana pāpakammino vuttanayeneva taṃ kammaṃ kammanimittaṃ gatinimittaṃ vā manodvāre. Pañcadvāre vā pana akusaluppatti hetubhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati, athassa yathākkamena cuticittāvasāne duggatipariyāpannaṃ tesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā pavattanākāroti. Ettāvatā ekūnavīsatividhassāpi viññāṇassa paṭisandhivasena pavatti dīpitā hoti.

Ru-Yi Translation

But for one established in a bad destination who has accumulated blameless kamma, in just the way already stated, that blameless kamma, or a sign of that kamma, comes into range at the mind-door — everything should be understood in exactly the same way as before, substituting the bright side for the dark. This is the manner in which rebirth-linking into a good destination, with a past-or-present object, occurs immediately after decease from a bad destination, with a past object.

But for one established in a good destination who has accumulated blameless kamma, lying on the deathbed — as in the passage beginning "those past deeds hang over him at that time" — his previously accumulated blameless kamma, or a sign of that kamma, comes into range at the mind-door. And this is so only for accumulated sense-sphere blameless kamma; for accumulated exalted kamma, only a sign of that kamma comes into range. Taking that as object, a cognitive process of impulsions ending in registration — or a bare cognitive process of impulsions alone — arises; immediately after it, taking the life-continuum's own object, a decease-consciousness arises. When that has ceased, a rebirth-linking consciousness, belonging to a good destination, bent by the unabandoned power of the defilements, arises taking as its object that very same kamma or sign of kamma that had come into range. This is rebirth-linking with a past object, or with a "not-so-classifiable" object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object.

For another, at the time of death, by force of sense-sphere blameless kamma, a sign of a good destination comes into range at the mind-door — such as the color of a mother's womb, in the case of the human world, or the color of a park, a mansion, a wish-fulfilling tree, and the like, in the case of the deva world. For him, by the very same sequence already shown for the sign of a bad destination, a rebirth-linking consciousness arises immediately after the decease-consciousness. This is rebirth-linking with a present object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object.

For another, at the time of death, his relatives, saying, "dear one, this offering to the Buddha is being made for your sake — make your mind serene," present at the five sense-doors: a visible-form object, such as garlands of flowers and banners; or a sound object, such as the hearing of the Dhamma or musical offerings; or a smell object, such as incense and perfume; or, saying, "dear one, taste this — it is an offering to be given for your sake," a taste object, such as honey and molasses; or, saying, "dear one, touch this — it is an offering to be given for your sake," a tangible object, such as Chinese or Somāran cloth. For him, on that visible form or other object that has come into range, when the process has arisen in due course, ending in determining, then, owing to the diminished momentum brought on by the nearness of death, five impulsions and two registrations arise. After that, taking the life-continuum's own object, one decease-consciousness arises; at the end of that, a rebirth-linking consciousness arises taking that very same object, which has a duration of just that one mind-moment. This, too, is rebirth-linking with a present object, occurring immediately after decease with a past object.

But for another, one who has attained exalted consciousness by way of the earth-kasiṇa jhāna and the like, established in a good destination, at the time of death, one or another of the following comes into range at the mind-door: sense-sphere wholesome kamma, a sign of kamma, or a sign of destination; or a sign such as the earth-kasiṇa; or an exalted state of consciousness — or a refined object, serving as the basis for the arising of wholesomeness, comes into range in one or another of the eye or ear doors. For him, when this has arisen in due course, ending in determining, then, owing to the diminished momentum brought on by the nearness of death, five impulsions arise. But for those bound for an exalted destination, there is no registration; therefore, immediately after the impulsions, taking the life-continuum's own object, one decease-consciousness arises. At the end of that, a rebirth-linking consciousness arises, belonging to one or another of the sense-sphere or exalted good destinations, taking one or another of the objects as they have been presented. This is rebirth-linking with one or another of a past, present, or "not-so-classifiable" object, occurring immediately after decease from a good destination, with a "not-so-classifiable" object. By this same method, rebirth-linking immediately after decease from a formless state of being, too, should be understood.

But for one of evil kamma established in a bad destination, in the manner already stated, that kamma, a sign of kamma, or a sign of destination comes into range at the mind-door — or an object serving as the basis for the arising of unwholesomeness comes into range in one of the five sense-doors. Then, for him, in due course, at the end of the decease-consciousness, a rebirth-linking consciousness, belonging to a bad destination, arises, taking one or another of those objects. This is the manner in which rebirth-linking, with a past or present object, occurs immediately after decease from a bad destination, with a past object. By this point, the occurrence of all nineteen kinds of consciousness, by way of rebirth-linking, has been shown.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The scene of relatives gathering flowers, music, incense, and honey at a dying person's bedside, urging them to "make your mind serene," is one of the treatise's most human moments — not a symbolic flourish but a direct, practical application of everything this section has just explained: since whatever object the dying mind is engaged with becomes, by strict causal law, the seed of the next rebirth, deliberately curating a dying person's final sensory environment is a genuinely meaningful act of care, not mere sentiment. This is very likely the doctrinal root of the still-living custom, across Theravāda cultures today, of chanting, offering flowers, or playing recorded Dhamma talks at a deathbed.

The meditator's death stands apart from every other scenario here in one precise technical detail: no registration consciousness ever arises for someone bound for an exalted rebirth. Their impulsions run their course and pass directly into decease, without that extra moment of "registering" a powerful object the way ordinary sense-sphere deaths require — a small but telling sign, within the Abhidhamma's own machinery, of how thoroughly a lifetime of jhāna practice has already refined the mind's ordinary reactive patterns, even in its very last active moments.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
voṭṭhabbana

determining — the cognitive-process moment, following investigation, that decides how the mind will respond to an object, immediately before the run of impulsions begins; mentioned repeatedly throughout these death-scene sequences as the pivot before the final, kammically decisive moments.

pathavīkasiṇa

the earth-kasiṇa — the meditation device treated at length in chapter four of this treatise; named here as a sign that can appear directly at a skilled meditator's deathbed, carrying them straight into an exalted rebirth without the ordinary registration stage.

Classifying Rebirth-Linking: Mixed with Matter, by Realm, by Womb

Having shown that rebirth-linking consciousness is conditioned by kamma in two distinct ways at once — the kamma condition and the decisive support condition operating together — Buddhaghosa now sorts it along several further axes: whether it arises together with matter or not, which of the three realms it belongs to, which of the four wombs it is born through, and, down to a precise minimum, exactly how many "decads" of matter must arise together with the very weakest, smallest possible rebirth-linking.

Pali Source

Tayidaṃ sabbampi evaṃ, "pavattamānaṃ sandhimhi, dvedhā kammena vattati; missādīhi ca bhedehi, bhedassa duvidhādiko."

Idañhi ekūnavīsatividhampi vipākaviññāṇaṃ paṭisandhimhi pavattamānā dvedhā kammena vattati. Yathāsakañhi ekassa janakakammaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ "kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ vipākassa upanissayapaccayena paccayo"ti. Evaṃ vattamānassa panassa missādīhi bhedehi duvidhādikopi bhedo veditabbo.

Seyyathidaṃ – idañhi paṭisandhivasena ekadhā pavattamānampi rūpena saha missāmissabhedato duvidhaṃ. Kāmarūpārūpabhavabhedato tividhaṃ. Aṇḍajajalābuja-saṃsedaja-opapātikayonivasena catubbidhaṃ. Gativasena pañcavidhaṃ. Viññāṇaṭṭhitivasena sattavidhaṃ. Sattāvāsavasena aṭṭhavidhaṃ hoti.

Tattha, "missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedā, sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhā; dve vā tayo vā dasakā, omato ādinā saha."

Missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedāti yaṃ hetaṃ ettha aññatra arūpabhavā rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, taṃ rūpabhave itthindriyapurisindriyasaṅkhātena bhāvena vinā uppattito. Kāmabhave aññatra jātipaṇḍakapaṭisandhiyā bhāvena saha uppattito sa-bhāvaṃ, a-bhāvanti duvidhaṃ hoti.

Sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhāti tatthāpi ca yaṃ sa-bhāvaṃ, taṃ itthipurisabhāvānaṃ aññatarena saha uppattito duvidhameva hoti.

Dve vā tayo vā dasakā omato ādinā sahāti yaṃ hetamettha "missaṃ amissa"nti duke ādibhūtaṃ rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ, tena saha vatthukāyadasakavasena dve vā, vatthukāyabhāvadasakavasena tayo vā dasakā omato uppajjanti, natthi ito paraṃ rūpaparihānīti. Taṃ panetaṃ evaṃ omakaparimāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ aṇḍajajalābujanāmikāsu dvīsu yonīsu jātiuṇṇāya ekena aṃsunā uddhaṭasappimaṇḍappamāṇaṃ kalalanti laddhasaṅkhaṃ hutvā uppajjati.

Ru-Yi Translation

All of this, then, is as follows — "occurring at rebirth-linking, it operates in two ways by way of kamma; and, by such divisions as mixed and the rest, it admits a further division, twofold and more."

For this resultant consciousness, of nineteen kinds, occurring at rebirth-linking, operates in two ways by kamma. For its own generative kamma, operating at a different time, is a condition for each single one both by way of the kamma condition and by way of the decisive support condition. For it is said: "wholesome and unwholesome kamma is, for its result, a condition by way of the decisive support condition." And, occurring in this way, its further division — twofold and more — by such divisions as mixed with matter and the rest, should be understood.

For example: though it occurs, by way of rebirth-linking, as a single thing, it is of two kinds by the division of being mixed or unmixed with matter; of three kinds by the division of sense-sphere, form-sphere, and formless being; of four kinds by way of the wombs of the egg-born, the womb-born, the moisture-born, and the spontaneously-born; of five kinds by way of destination; of seven kinds by way of station of consciousness; and of eight kinds by way of abode of beings.

Herein — "the mixed kind is twofold by the division of sex-faculty; the 'with sex-faculty' kind, too, is twofold there; and, by way of the minimum, there are two or three decads, together with more."

"The mixed kind is twofold by the division of sex-faculty": this rebirth-linking consciousness, mixed with matter, arising anywhere other than in formless being, is of two kinds — "with sex-faculty" and "without sex-faculty" — since, in form-sphere being, it arises without the state called the femininity or masculinity faculty, whereas in sense-sphere being, other than in the rebirth-linking of one born a congenital eunuch, it arises together with that state.

"The 'with sex-faculty' kind, too, is twofold there": and, of that, whatever is "with sex-faculty" is itself twofold, since it arises together with one or the other of the feminine or masculine state.

"By way of the minimum, there are two or three decads, together with more": this rebirth-linking consciousness, mixed with matter — the first of the pair "mixed" and "unmixed" just mentioned — arises, at the minimum, together with two decads by way of the physical-basis decad and the body decad, or three decads by way of the physical-basis decad, the body decad, and the sex-faculty decad; there is no lesser measure of matter than this. And this, arising in this minimal measure, arises, in the two wombs called the egg-born and the womb-born, having acquired the designation "the embryonic clot" — of a size comparable to a drop of clarified butter drawn up on a single strand of newborn wool.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The minimal measure of matter at conception — the "embryonic clot," no bigger than a drop of ghee balanced on a single strand of newborn wool — is a striking image precisely because of its combination of scientific-sounding precision (exactly two or three specific decads of matter, no fewer) and total absence of anything resembling a soul entering the picture. What begins a new human or animal life, on this analysis, is not a spirit taking up residence in a body, but simply the minimum viable configuration of matter and consciousness able to satisfy the conditions this whole chapter has been laying out — a strikingly non-mystical account of life's very beginning.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
dasaka

a decad — a group of ten kinds of matter (the four elements, color, smell, taste, nutritive essence, vitality, and one further distinguishing quality) that always arises as an indivisible unit; the basic building block of the Abhidhamma's theory of material rebirth.

kalala

the embryonic clot — the very first, minimal stage of a physical body at conception in the womb-born and egg-born wombs, described here with the vivid ghee-on-a-hair-strand simile for its minute size.

Which Wombs Occur Where, and How Much Matter Each Brings

The classification continues with two further technical verses: which of the four wombs are even possible in which destinations (hell-beings and most gods, for instance, are exclusively spontaneously-born), and the precise range of physical matter — from a maximum of seventy kinds down to a minimum of thirty — that accompanies rebirth-linking consciousness across different classes of beings.

Pali Source

Tattha yonīnaṃ gativasena sambhavabhedo veditabbo. Etāsu hi, "niraye bhummavajjesu, devesu ca na yoniyo; tisso purimikā honti, catassopi gatittaye."

Tattha devesu cāti casaddena yathā niraye ca bhummavajjesu ca devesu, evaṃ nijjhāmataṇhikapetesu ca purimikā tisso yoniyo na santīti veditabbā. Opapātikā eva hi te honti. Sese pana tiracchānapettivisayamanussasaṅkhāte gatittaye pubbe vajjitabhummadevesu ca catassopi yoniyo honti.

Tattha, "tiṃsa nava ceva rūpīsu, sattati ukkaṃsatotha rūpāni; saṃsedupapātayonisu, atha vā avakaṃsato tiṃsa."

Rūpībrahmesu tāva opapātikayonikesu cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ jīvitanavakassa cāti catunnaṃ kalāpānaṃ vasena tiṃsa ca nava ca paṭisandhiviññāṇena saha rūpāni uppajjanti. Rūpī brahme pana ṭhapetvā aññesu saṃsedajaopapātikayonikesu ukkaṃsato cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyavatthubhāvadasakānaṃ vasena sattati, tāni ca niccaṃ devesu. Tattha vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā catasso cāpi dhātuyo cakkhupasādo jīvitanti ayaṃ dasarūpaparimāṇo rūpapuñjo cakkhudasako nāma. Evaṃ sesā veditabbā. Avakaṃsato pana jaccandhabadhiraaghānakanapuṃsakassa jivhākāyavatthudasakānaṃ vasena tiṃsa rūpāni uppajjanti. Ukkaṃsāvakaṃsānaṃ pana antare anurūpato vikappo veditabbo.

Ru-Yi Translation

Herein, the distinction in how it comes to be should be understood by way of the destination proper to each womb. For, among these wombs — "in hell, among the gods excepting the earth-bound ones, the first three wombs do not occur; in the remaining three destinations, all four do."

Herein, by the word "and" in "among the gods," it should be understood that, just as in hell and among the gods excepting the earth-bound ones, so too among the scorched-by-craving petas, the first three wombs do not exist — for these beings are exclusively spontaneously-born. But in the remaining three destinations — the animal kingdom, the peta realm, and the human world — and among the earth-bound gods excepted above, all four wombs do occur.

Herein — "thirty-nine kinds of matter among the form-sphere beings; seventy at the maximum; but thirty at the minimum, in the moisture-born and spontaneously-born wombs."

Among the form-sphere Brahmās, first — beings of the spontaneously-born womb — thirty-nine kinds of matter arise together with the rebirth-linking consciousness, by way of four groups: the eye-decad, the ear-decad, the physical-basis-decad, and the life-nonad. But among other beings of the moisture-born and spontaneously-born wombs, excepting the form-sphere Brahmās, at the maximum, seventy kinds of matter arise, by way of the eye-, ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, physical-basis-, and sex-faculty-decads; and these occur invariably among the gods. Herein, color, smell, taste, nutritive essence, the four elements, eye-sensitivity, and the life-faculty — this group of matter, ten kinds in measure, is called the eye-decad; the rest should be understood in the same way. But at the minimum, thirty kinds of matter arise, by way of the tongue-, body-, and physical-basis-decads, in the case of one born congenitally blind, deaf, without a nose, and sexless. Between the maximum and the minimum, the intermediate variations should be understood accordingly.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The exception carved out for form-sphere Brahmās — thirty-nine kinds of matter, capped at eye-, ear-, physical-basis-, and life-decads, never reaching the full seventy some gods and spontaneously-born beings can have — reflects a point made in earlier chapters: Brahmā-world beings have refined bodies of pure light, without a nose, tongue, or body-sensitivity in the ordinary sense, since they have no need to smell, taste, or physically touch anything in that exalted plane of existence. Matter itself, not only consciousness, is graded in refinement according to which realm a being inhabits.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
bhummadeva

an earth-bound god — bhumma (of the earth) + deva (god); a lower class of deity dwelling on or near the earth's surface, distinguished here as an exception to the general rule that gods are exclusively spontaneously-born.

jīvitanavaka

the life-nonad — jīvita (life) + navaka (a group of nine); a nine-fold group of matter centered on the life-faculty, one of the four groups that together make up the minimal thirty-nine kinds of matter arising for a form-sphere Brahmā at rebirth-linking.

Same or Different? Eight Ways Decease and Rebirth-Linking Can Diverge

A crucial verse now makes an observation with enormous philosophical weight: the consciousness that closes one life and the consciousness that opens the next need not resemble each other at all — not in how many aggregates they involve, not in their object, not in their destination, not in whether they have moral roots, not in their accompanying feeling, joy, or the presence of initial and sustained thought. If a fixed self or soul carried over from one life to the next, this radical discontinuity would be inexplicable; the Buddhist account has no difficulty with it, because nothing but a conditioned causal relationship is claimed to hold between the two moments in the first place.

Pali Source

Evaṃ viditvā puna, "khandhārammaṇagatihetu-vedanāpītivitakkavicārehi; bhedābhedaviseso, cutisandhīnaṃ pariññeyyo."

Yā hesā missāmissato duvidhā paṭisandhi, yā cassā atītānantarā cuti, tāsaṃ imehi khandhādīhi bhedābhedaviseso ñātabboti attho.

Kathaṃ? Kadāci hi catukkhandhāya āruppacutiyā anantarā catukkhandhāva ārammaṇatopi abhinnā paṭisandhi hoti. Kadāci amahaggatabahiddhārammaṇāya mahaggataajjhattārammaṇā. Ayaṃ tāva arūpabhūmīsuyeva nayo. Kadāci pana catukkhandhāya arūpacutiyā anantarā pañcakkhandhā kāmāvacarapaṭisandhi. Kadāci pañcakkhandhāya kāmāvacaracutiyā rūpāvacaracutiyā vā anantarā catukkhandhā arūpapaṭisandhi. Evaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Ekaccasugaticutiyā ekaccaduggatipaṭisandhi. Ahetukacutiyā sahetukapaṭisandhi. Duhetukacutiyā tihetukapaṭisandhi. Upekkhāsahagatacutiyā somanassasahagatapaṭisandhi. Appītikacutiyā sappītikapaṭisandhi. Avitakkacutiyā savitakkapaṭisandhi. Avicāracutiyā savicārapaṭisandhi. Avitakkāvicāracutiyā savitakkasavicārapaṭisandhīti tassa tassa viparītato ca yathāyogaṃ yojetabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

Having understood this, further — "by aggregate, object, destination, root, feeling, joy, initial thought, and sustained thought, the distinction of sameness and difference between decease and rebirth-linking should be fully understood."

The meaning is: with regard to this twofold rebirth-linking — mixed and unmixed with matter — and the decease-consciousness immediately preceding it, the distinction of sameness and difference between them should be known by way of these factors: the aggregates and the rest.

How so? Sometimes, immediately after a four-aggregate decease from a formless state, a four-aggregate rebirth-linking occurs, not even different in its object. Sometimes, immediately after a decease with a non-exalted, external object, a rebirth-linking occurs with an exalted, internal object — this, at least, is the method within the formless planes alone. But sometimes, immediately after a four-aggregate decease from a formless state, a five-aggregate sense-sphere rebirth-linking occurs. Sometimes, immediately after a five-aggregate decease from the sense sphere or the form sphere, a four-aggregate formless rebirth-linking occurs. So too: rebirth-linking with a present object may occur after decease with a past object; rebirth-linking into one kind of bad destination may occur after decease from one kind of good destination; rebirth-linking with roots may occur after a rootless decease; rebirth-linking with three roots may occur after a decease with two roots; rebirth-linking accompanied by joy may occur after a decease accompanied by equanimity; rebirth-linking with joy as a jhāna-factor may occur after a decease without it; rebirth-linking with initial thought may occur after a decease without initial thought; rebirth-linking with sustained thought may occur after a decease without sustained thought; rebirth-linking with both initial and sustained thought may occur after a decease with neither — and this should be applied, as appropriate, in the reverse direction as well, case by case.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This is one of the chapter's quietest but most consequential passages: it establishes, entirely through Abhidhamma bookkeeping rather than open polemic, that literally none of the properties one might expect a persisting "self" to carry across death — how many aggregates are present, what object the mind holds, which destination it belongs to, whether wholesome roots are present, what feeling and jhāna-factors accompany it — need remain constant from the last moment of one life to the first moment of the next. A being can die in deep formless-jhāna equanimity and be reborn an instant later into an ordinary human rebirth accompanied by joy, or die an ordinary human death and be reborn directly into a formless plane. What connects the two moments is conditioning alone, never a substance carried unchanged between them — which sets up perfectly the explicit statement of that very principle in the verses immediately following.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
catukkhandha / pañcakkhandha

four aggregates / five aggregates — a rebirth-linking or decease-consciousness in a formless plane involves only the four mental aggregates (no form); one in a sense-sphere or form-sphere plane involves all five, including the aggregate of form.

bhedābhedaviseso

the distinction of sameness and difference — bheda (difference) + abheda (sameness) + viseso (distinction); the technical framework this passage uses to compare consecutive moments of consciousness across a rebirth, foreshadowing the "neither the same nor different" formula given explicitly two paragraphs later.

Neither the Same Person Nor a Different One: The Rope Across the Canal

The chapter now delivers its central philosophical statement on personal identity and rebirth — one of the most quoted passages in the entire Theravāda tradition. A "mere phenomenon," having obtained its conditions, passes to another state of being: it neither transmigrates from the old state, nor arises here uncaused. Buddhaghosa illustrates this with the full clinical sequence of an actual human death — the body drying like a leaf in the sun, the faculties failing one by one until only the heart-basis remains — and then with an unforgettable image: consciousness "crossing over" like someone swinging across an irrigation canal on a rope tied to a tree on the near bank, releasing the old support only in the very act of reaching for the new one.

Pali Source

"Laddhapaccayamiti dhammamattametaṃ bhavantaramupeti; nāssa tato saṅkanti, na tato hetuṃ vinā hoti."

Iti hetaṃ laddhapaccayaṃ rūpārūpadhammamattaṃ uppajjamānaṃ bhavantaramupetīti vuccati, na satto, na jīvo. Tassa ca nāpi atītabhavato idha saṅkanti atthi. Nāpi tato hetuṃ vinā idha pātubhāvo. Tayidaṃ pākaṭena manussacutipaṭisandhikkamena pakāsayissāma.

Atītabhavasmiṃ hi sarasena upakkamena vā samāsannamaraṇassa asayhānaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasandhibandhanacchedakānaṃ māraṇantikavedanāsatthānaṃ sannipātaṃ asahantassa ātape pakkhittaharitatālapaṇṇamiva kamena upasussamāne sarīre niruddhesu cakkhādīsu indriyesu hadayavatthumatte patiṭṭhitesu kāyindriyamanindriyajīvitindriyesu taṅkhaṇāvasesahadayavatthusannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ garukasamāsevitāsannapubbakatānaṃ aññataraṃ laddhāvasesapaccayasaṅkhārasaṅkhātaṃ kammaṃ, tadupaṭṭhāpitaṃ vā kammanimittagatinimittasaṅkhātaṃ visayaṃ ārabbha pavattati. Tadevaṃ pavattamānaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ appahīnattā avijjāpaṭicchāditādīnave tasmiṃ visaye taṇhā nāmeti, sahajātasaṅkhārā khipanti. Taṃ santativasena taṇhāya nāmiyamānaṃ saṅkhārehi khippamānaṃ orimatīrarukkhavinibaddharajjumālambitvā mātikātikkamako viya purimañca nissayaṃ jahati, aparañca kammasamuṭṭhāpitaṃ nissayaṃ assādayamānaṃ vā anassādayamānaṃ vā ārammaṇādīhiyeva paccayehi pavattatīti.

Ettha ca purimaṃ cavanato cuti. Pacchimaṃ bhavantarādipaṭisandhānato paṭisandhīti vuccati. Tadetaṃ nāpi purimabhavā idhāgataṃ, nāpi tato kammasaṅkhāranativisayādihetuṃ vinā pātubhūtanti veditabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

"Having thus obtained its conditions, this mere phenomenon goes on to another state of being; there is no transmigration of it from that former state, nor does it come to be here without a cause from there."

Thus, it is said, this mere material or formless phenomenon, having obtained its conditions and arising, "goes on to another state of being" — not a being, not a soul. And there is neither any transmigration of it here from the past state of being, nor any coming-into-being here without a cause from that past state. This we shall make clear by means of the well-known sequence of a human being's decease and rebirth-linking.

For in the past state of being, unable to bear the concurrence of the unbearable, deathly, knife-like pains that cut through every joint of every limb, whether arising spontaneously or through violence, as death draws near, the body drying up by stages like a green palm leaf thrown into the sun's heat, when the faculties beginning with the eye have ceased and only the body-faculty, mind-faculty, and life-faculty, resting on the mere heart-basis, remain established, the consciousness that depends on that same, still-remaining heart-basis of the moment occurs, taking as its object one or another of the following: kamma — meaning a formation that has obtained a remaining condition, either heavily indulged in or done immediately before death — or an object presented by that same kamma, called a sign of kamma or a sign of destination. Occurring in this way, since craving and ignorance have not been abandoned, it "bends" toward that object through craving, which conceals its drawback under ignorance's own concealment, and the conascent formations "toss" it forward. Bent by craving and tossed by the formations in this continuous succession, like one crossing an irrigation channel by grasping a rope tied to a tree on the near bank, it lets go of its former support and, whether relishing or not relishing the further support set up by that kamma, occurs solely through such conditions as the object and the rest.

And herein, the former consciousness is called "decease," from its falling away; the latter is called "rebirth-linking," from its linking on to the beginning of another state of being. This should be understood: it has neither come here from the former state of being, nor has it come to be here without a cause — namely, kamma, the formations, the inclination of consciousness, the object, and the rest — from that former state.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The rope-across-the-canal image repays close attention for exactly what it does and does not claim. A person crossing a canal by rope does not carry the near bank with them, and nothing physical travels continuously through empty space between the two banks — yet the crossing is not uncaused or random either: it happens by a single, unbroken, physically continuous act of swinging, releasing the rope's origin only in the instant of reaching the far side. Consciousness at death behaves the same way: nothing substantial "goes" anywhere, and yet the connection between the last moment of one life and the first moment of the next is genuinely, causally unbroken, mediated entirely by craving's "bending" toward an object and the formations' "tossing" consciousness onward, with no gap in which anything could either persist unchanged or vanish entirely.

The unflinching physical detail of the death description — pain compared to knives severing every joint, the body drying like a leaf in the sun, faculties failing one by one until only the heart-basis remains — is not gratuitous. It grounds an extremely abstract metaphysical claim (no self transmigrates) in the most concrete, undeniable fact available: an actual, ordinary human being's actual, ordinary dying. The philosophy is being tested against the most vivid case its author can supply.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
laddhapaccayaṃ dhammamattaṃ

"this mere phenomenon, having obtained its conditions" — the chapter's own precise, deliberately impersonal description of what actually passes from one life to the next: a conditioned event, never a being or a soul.

orimatīrarukkhavinibaddharajju

a rope tied to a tree on the near bank — orima (near) + tīra (bank) + rukkha (tree) + vinibaddha (tied) + rajju (rope); the chapter's central image for consciousness "crossing over" at death without either transmigrating or arising uncaused.

cuti / paṭisandhi

decease / rebirth-linking — cuti (falling away) and paṭi- (back, again) + sandhi (joining); the two names given to the very same causal transition viewed from either side, the closing moment of one life and the opening moment of the next.

An Echo, Not a Traveler: Neither the Same nor Different

Buddhaghosa reinforces the point with further illustrations — an echo, a lamp's flame passed from wick to wick, a seal-impression, a reflection — each showing an effect that has a cause elsewhere without anything itself literally traveling from that cause. He then states the "middle way" formula explicitly: the relationship between one life and the next is neither strict identity nor strict difference, exactly as milk and the curds that form from it are neither simply the same substance nor two wholly unrelated ones.

Pali Source

"Siyuṃ nidassanānettha, paṭighosādikā atha; santānabandhato natthi, ekatā nāpi nānatā."

Ettha cetassa viññāṇassa purimabhavato idha anāgamane, atītabhavapariyāpannahetūti ca uppāde paṭighosa-padīpa-muddā-paṭibimbappakārā dhammā nidassanāni siyuṃ. Yathā hi paṭighosa-padīpa-muddā-chāyā saddādihetukā honti aññatra agantvā evamevaṃ idaṃ cittaṃ.

Ettha ca santānabandhato natthi ekatā nāpi nānatā. Yadi hi santānabandhe sati ekantamekatā bhaveyya, na khīrato dadhi sambhūtaṃ siyā. Athāpi ekantanānatā bhaveyya, na khīrassādhīno dadhi siyā. Esa nayo sabbahetuhetusamuppannesu. Evañca sati sabbalokavohāralopo siyā, so ca aniṭṭho. Tasmā ettha na ekantamekatā vā nānatā vā upagantabbāti.

Ru-Yi Translation

"Here, illustrations for this could be an echo and the like; by the connection of the continuity, there is neither strict oneness nor strict otherness."

Herein, for this consciousness's not coming here from the former state of being, and yet its arising with a cause included in the former state of being, illustrations such as an echo, a lamp's flame, a seal-impression, and a reflected image could be given. For just as an echo, a lamp's flame, a seal-impression, and a shadow have sound and the like as their cause, without themselves having traveled from elsewhere — just so is this consciousness.

And herein, by reason of the connection of the continuity, there is neither strict oneness nor strict otherness. For if, given the connection of the continuity, there were strict oneness, then curds could not come to be from milk; and if there were strict otherness, then curds would not be dependent on milk in the first place. The same method applies to all cause-and-caused-arisen things. And if it were otherwise, the whole of the world's conventional usage would be destroyed — and that is an undesirable consequence. Therefore, here, neither strict oneness nor strict otherness should be accepted.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The milk-and-curd analogy is doing real philosophical work, not just decorating the point: it is offered as a kind of proof by absurdity of the middle position. If milk and curds were strictly identical, curds could never "come to be" from milk — there would be nothing to come to be, since it would already be there. If milk and curds were strictly, wholly different substances with no real connection, curds could not be said to depend on milk at all, and any milk could turn into any curds arbitrarily. Since neither absurd consequence is acceptable — since the everyday fact that this milk becomes these curds, and no other, must be preserved — neither strict identity nor strict difference can be the right description, and this exact same logic, Buddhaghosa notes, applies to every cause-and-effect relationship in the world, not only to rebirth. Personal continuity across death is simply a particularly emotionally weighted instance of a completely general pattern.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
paṭighosa / padīpa / muddā / paṭibimba

echo / lamp-flame / seal-impression / reflection — four everyday illustrations of an effect that is genuinely caused by something elsewhere without any substance actually traveling from that source to the effect.

ekantamekatā / ekantanānatā

strict oneness / strict otherness — the two extreme positions this passage rules out for the relationship between cause and effect generally, and between one life and the next specifically; the rejected pair mirrors the eternalism/annihilationism pairing refuted earlier in the chapter.

If No Self Transmigrates, Who Experiences the Fruit? The Mango Seed

A sharp objection follows: if the aggregates of this life have simply ceased, and the kamma that conditions a result does not itself travel anywhere, wouldn't the result end up belonging to someone else entirely — and, with no one left to experience it, whose result could it possibly be? Buddhaghosa answers first with the image of seed-cultivation: a mango tree's later fruit belongs to that same seed's own continuity, not to some other seed, precisely because of the connection just established — neither strictly the same thing nor a wholly different one. He then dissolves the demand for a separate "experiencer" altogether: just as we say "the tree bears fruit" the instant its fruit appears, with no further tree-behind-the-tree required, "experiencing" a result simply is that result's arising within a particular continuity — nothing more is needed, and nothing more should be sought.

Pali Source

Etthāha – nanu evaṃ asaṅkantipātubhāve sati ye imasmiṃ manussattabhāve khandhā, tesaṃ niruddhattā, phalapaccayassa ca kammassa tattha agamanato aññassa aññato ca taṃ phalaṃ siyā, upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā, tasmā na sundaramidaṃ vidhānanti. Tatridaṃ vuccati – "santāne yaṃ phalaṃ etaṃ, nāññassa na ca aññato; bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro, etassatthassa sādhako."

Ekasantānasmiṃ hi phalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ tattha ekantaekattanānattānaṃ paṭisiddhattā aññassāti vā aññatoti vā na hoti. Etassa ca panatthassa bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro sādhako. Ambabījādīnaṃ hi abhisaṅkhāresu katesu tassa bījassa santāne laddhapaccayo kālantare phalaviseso uppajjamāno na aññabījānaṃ, nāpi aññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā uppajjati, na ca tāni bījāni, te abhisaṅkhārā vā phalaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇanti, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vijjāsipposadhādīhi cāpi bālasarīre upayuttehi kālantare vuḍḍhasarīrādīsu phaladehi ayamattho veditabbo.

Yampi vuttaṃ "upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā"ti, tattha, "phalassuppattiyā eva, siddhā bhuñjakasammuti; phaluppādena rukkhassa, yathā phalati sammuti."

Yathā hi rukkhasaṅkhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa rukkhaphalassa uppattiyā eva rukkho phalatīti vā phalitoti vā vuccati, tathā devamanussasaṅkhātānaṃ khandhānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa upabhogasaṅkhātassa sukhadukkhaphalassa uppādeneva devo, manusso vā upabhuñjatīti vā, sukhito, dukkhitoti vā vuccati. Tasmā na ettha aññena upabhuñjakena nāma koci attho atthīti.

Ru-Yi Translation

Here it might be asked: is it not so that, given this appearance without transmigration, since the aggregates belonging to this present human state have ceased, and since the kamma that is the condition for the result does not itself go over there, the result would then belong to someone else, and would come from someone else — and, there being no one to experience it, whose would that result be? Therefore this arrangement is not a sound one. To this it is said — "this result belongs to the same continuity, not to another, nor does it come from another; the cultivation of seeds is what establishes the truth of this matter."

For, since a result arising within a single continuity has already had strict sameness and strict difference ruled out with respect to it, that result does not belong to another, nor does it come from another. And the cultivation of seeds is what establishes this very point. For when cultivation has been performed on a mango seed and the like, a distinct fruit, having obtained a condition in the continuity of that same seed, arising after an interval of time, does not arise from other seeds, nor conditioned by the cultivation of others; and neither do those seeds, nor that cultivation, themselves reach the place of the fruit. This matter should be understood by this analogy. And this same point should also be understood by way of learning, skills, medicines, and the like, applied to a child's body, and their fruits appearing, after an interval of time, in the grown body and the rest.

As for what was said — "there being no one to experience it, whose would that result be" — herein: "the convention of 'one who experiences' is established simply by the arising of the result, just as the convention 'the tree bears fruit' is established by the tree's fruit having arisen."

For just as, when the tree-fruit, which is a part of the states called "tree," arises, the tree itself is said to "bear fruit" or to "have borne fruit," so too, simply by the arising of the pleasant or painful result called "experience," which is a part of the aggregates called "god" or "human being," that god or human being is said to "experience" it, or to be "happy" or "suffering." Therefore, there is no need here for any further, separate thing called an "experiencer."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The dissolution of the "experiencer" question is a remarkably economical philosophical move: rather than trying to locate who or what does the experiencing, Buddhaghosa simply points out that the ordinary grammar of "the tree bears fruit" never required a hidden fruit-bearing agent standing behind the tree in the first place — "bearing fruit" just names the event of fruit arising as part of the tree's own process. "A person experiences pleasure" works exactly the same way: it names the arising of a pleasant result within a particular continuity of aggregates, and searching for a further "experiencer" behind that arising is simply a grammatical illusion, mistaking ordinary conventional language for a metaphysical commitment it was never making.

The seed-cultivation analogy is chosen carefully to answer the "whose fruit is it" objection at exactly the right level of specificity: it is not enough to show that seeds in general produce fruits in general — that would allow any seed's cultivation to count toward any fruit. The analogy insists that a mango seed's own cultivation conditions specifically that same seed's own later fruit, and nothing else's — mirroring precisely the claim that this life's kamma conditions specifically this same continuity's own later result, not some other being's.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
santāna

continuity — the technical term for the causally connected series of moments that plays the role a "self" would otherwise play, without requiring any single unchanging substance to run through it.

bhuñjakasammuti

the convention of "one who experiences" — bhuñjaka (experiencer) + sammuti (convention, agreed designation); Buddhaghosa's term for the ordinary, useful, but not metaphysically loaded way of speaking about experience, modeled on "the tree bears fruit."

The Guarantor's Debt: How a Past, Vanished Cause Still Conditions a Present Result

One further objection closes the philosophical discussion: do the formations condition their result while still existing, or after having ceased to exist? Either answer seems to lead somewhere absurd — if while existing, the result would have to appear at the very instant the formation occurs; if while not existing, the formation would have to go on bearing fruit forever, both before and after it occurred. Buddhaghosa's answer is the image of a guarantor: the single act of standing surety, once performed, is what conditions a later repayment — it does not matter whether the guarantor, or the act itself, still "exists" at repayment time, and the guarantor is not bound to keep guaranteeing indefinitely once the debt is settled.

Pali Source

Yopi vadeyya "evaṃ santepi ete saṅkhārā vijjamānā vā phalassa paccayā siyuṃ, avijjamānā vā, yadi ca vijjamānā pavattikkhaṇeyeva nesaṃ vipākena bhavitabbaṃ, atha avijjamānā pavattito pubbe pacchā ca niccaṃ phalāvahā siyu"nti, so evaṃ vattabbo – "katattā paccayā ete, na ca niccaṃ phalāvahā; pāṭibhogādikaṃ tattha, veditabbaṃ nidassanaṃ."

Katattāyeva hi saṅkhārā attano phalassa paccayā honti, na vijjamānattā, avijjamānattā vā. Yathāha – "kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hotī"tiādi. Yathārahassa ca attano phalassa paccayā hutvā na puna phalāvahā honti vipākattā. Etassa catthassa vibhāvane idaṃ pāṭibhogādikaṃ nidassanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathā hi loke yo kassaci atthassa niyyātanatthaṃ pāṭibhogo hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ vā kiṇāti, iṇaṃ vā gaṇhāti, tassa taṃ kiriyākaraṇamattameva tadatthaniyyātanādimhi paccayo hoti, na kiriyāya vijjamānattaṃ, avijjamānattaṃ vā, na ca tadatthaniyyātanādito parampi dhārakova hoti. Kasmā? Niyyātanādīnaṃ katattā. Evaṃ katattāva saṅkhārāpi attano phalassa paccayā honti, na ca yathārahaṃ phaladānato parampi phalāvahā hontīti. Ettāvatā missāmissavasena dvedhāpi vattamānassa paṭisandhiviññāṇassa saṅkhārapaccayā pavatti dīpitā hoti.

Ru-Yi Translation

And if someone should say: "even so, these formations would be a condition for the result either while existing or while not existing; and if while existing, they would have to yield their result at the very moment of their own occurrence; but if while not existing, they would have to be forever fruit-bearing, both before and after their occurrence" — to him this should be said: "these are conditions by virtue of having been done, not by virtue of forever bearing fruit; the illustration of a guarantor and the like should be understood here."

For it is precisely by virtue of having been done that formations become a condition for their own result — not by virtue of existing or not existing. As it is said: "through the having-been-done and having-been-accumulated of sense-sphere wholesome kamma, resultant eye-consciousness arises," and so on. And, having been, as appropriate, a condition for their own result, they do not go on being fruit-bearing thereafter, since the result, once arisen, is simply a result. In clarifying this point, the illustration of a guarantor and the like should be understood. For just as, in the world, one who stands surety for the fulfillment of some obligation on another's behalf — whether by buying goods or by taking a loan — the mere performance of that act alone is a condition for the fulfillment of that obligation and the rest; it does not matter whether the act itself still exists or not; nor is he still bound to guarantee it further, beyond that fulfillment of the obligation. Why? Because the fulfilling and the rest have already been done. In just the same way, formations too become a condition for their own result simply by virtue of having been done, and, having duly given their result, they do not go on bearing further results after that. By this point, the occurrence, conditioned by the formations, of rebirth-linking consciousness — occurring in two ways, mixed and unmixed with matter — has been shown.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The guarantor analogy quietly introduces a distinct causal category that the twenty-four conditions defined earlier in the chapter do not fully capture on their own: a "having-been-done" (katattā) relationship, where the causal work is complete the instant the act itself is finished, and the later effect depends only on that completed fact, never on the act's continued existence. This is precisely why kamma done decades or lifetimes earlier can still condition a result now, without requiring the bizarre and clearly false alternative that the original kamma is somehow still actively "existing" and operating in the present moment, or that it never really finished being a condition at all.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
katattā

by virtue of having been done — kata (done) + -ttā (abstract-noun suffix, "by reason of"); the key phrase resolving the existence/non-existence dilemma about how a past kamma can condition a present result.

pāṭibhoga

a guarantor, one who stands surety — the chapter's chosen everyday illustration for a cause whose causal work is completed by a single past act, requiring no ongoing "existence" of that act to keep conditioning its later effect.

The Complete Cross-Reference: Which Formation, Which Consciousness, Which Realm

The chapter closes its treatment of the second link with a comprehensive summary table, tracing each of the three formations through every realm, womb, destination, station of consciousness, and abode of beings it can possibly produce — a systematic answer, at last, to the question first posed many pages earlier: exactly which of the thirty-two resultant consciousnesses does each formation condition, and under exactly what circumstances.

Pali Source

Idāni sabbesveva tesu bāttiṃsavipākaviññāṇesu sammohavighātatthaṃ, "paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ, vasenete bhavādisu; vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayā."

Tattha tayo bhavā, catasso yoniyo, pañca gatiyo, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, nava sattāvāsāti ete bhavādayo nāma. Etesu bhavādīsu paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca ete yesaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paccayā, yathā ca paccayā honti, tathā vijānitabbāti attho.

Tattha puññābhisaṅkhāre tāva kāmāvacaraaṭṭhacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro avisesena kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ navannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ nānakkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena cāti dvedhā paccayo. Rūpāvacarapañcakusalacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave paṭisandhiyaṃ eva pañcannaṃ.

Vuttappabhedakāmāvacaro pana kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ upekkhāsahagatāhetumanoviññāṇadhātuvajjānaṃ sattannaṃ parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva dvedhā paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sveva rūpabhave pañcannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Kāmabhave pana duggatiyaṃ aṭṭhannampi parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tattha niraye mahāmoggallānattherassa narakacārikādīsu iṭṭhārammaṇasamāyoge so paccayo hoti, tiracchānesu pana petamahiddhikesu ca iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ labbhatiyeva.

Sveva kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ soḷasannampi kusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca. Avisesena pana puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave dasannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.

Dvādasākusalacetanābhedo apuññābhisaṅkhāro kāmabhave duggatiyaṃ ekassa viññāṇassa tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ, no pavatte. Channaṃ pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sattannampi akusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.

Kāmabhave pana sugatiyaṃ tesaṃyeva sattannaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Rūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. So ca kho kāmāvacare aniṭṭharūpadassanasaddasavanavasena, brahmaloke pana aniṭṭharūpādayo nāma natthi. Tathā kāmāvacaradevalokepi.

Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro arūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.

Evaṃ tāva bhavesu paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ vasena ete saṅkhārā yesaṃ paccayā, yathā ca paccayā honti, tathā vijānitabbā. Eteneva nayena yoniādīsupi veditabbā.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, in order to dispel confusion regarding all these thirty-two kinds of resultant consciousness together — "by way of rebirth-linking and the course of life, among the states of being and the rest, the formations should be understood, namely which they are conditions for, and how."

Herein, the three states of being, the four wombs, the five destinations, the seven stations of consciousness, and the nine abodes of beings — these are called "the states of being and the rest." Among these states of being and the rest, at rebirth-linking and in the course of life, it should be understood which resultant states of consciousness these formations are conditions for, and how they are conditions.

Herein, among the meritorious formations, first: the meritorious formation consisting of the eight sense-sphere volitions is, without distinction, a condition, in two ways — by the kamma condition operating at a different time and by the decisive support condition — for nine resultant states of consciousness at rebirth-linking in a good sense-sphere destination. The meritorious formation consisting of the five form-sphere wholesome volitions is a condition, in the same two ways, for five resultant states of consciousness, only at rebirth-linking in form-sphere being.

But the sense-sphere formation just described, in a good sense-sphere destination, is a condition, in the same two ways, for seven limited resultant states of consciousness — excepting the rootless mind-consciousness-element accompanied by equanimity — only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. That same formation, in form-sphere being, is likewise a condition, in the same way, for five resultant states of consciousness, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. And in a bad sense-sphere destination, that same formation is likewise a condition for all eight limited resultant states of consciousness, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. Herein, in hell, this condition operates on the occasion of an encounter with a desirable object — as when the Elder Mahāmoggallāna made his visits to hell and the like; but among animals and among petas of great power, a desirable object is indeed obtainable more generally.

That same sense-sphere formation, in a good sense-sphere destination, is likewise a condition for all sixteen wholesome-resultant states of consciousness, both in the course of life and at rebirth-linking. And the meritorious formation, without distinction, is likewise a condition, in form-sphere being, for ten resultant states of consciousness, both in the course of life and at rebirth-linking.

The demeritorious formation, consisting of the twelve unwholesome volitions, is likewise a condition, in a bad sense-sphere destination, for one consciousness only at rebirth-linking, not in the course of life; for six, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking; and for all seven unwholesome-resultant states of consciousness, both in the course of life and at rebirth-linking.

But in a good sense-sphere destination, that same demeritorious formation is likewise a condition for those same seven, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. In form-sphere being, it is likewise a condition for four resultant states of consciousness, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking — and this occurs, in the sense sphere, by way of the seeing of an undesirable visible form or the hearing of an undesirable sound; but in the Brahmā world, there is simply no such thing as an undesirable visible form and the rest — and likewise in the sense-sphere heavens.

The imperturbable formation, in formless being, is likewise a condition for four resultant states of consciousness, both in the course of life and at rebirth-linking.

Thus, so far, by way of rebirth-linking and the course of life within the states of being, it should be understood which these formations are conditions for, and how they are conditions. By this same method, it should be understood also with respect to the wombs and the rest.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Buried in this dense accounting is a small, vivid anecdote: the Elder Mahāmoggallāna, famed throughout the canon for his supernormal powers, is cited here as the standard example of how a desirable object could ever come into range for a hell-being — since ordinarily hell offers nothing but torment, it takes an extraordinary visitor from outside, such as Moggallāna's own recorded excursions into the hell realms, to give a hell-being even a momentary encounter with something pleasant, which the text notes can then trigger a fleeting wholesome-resultant consciousness even amid otherwise unrelieved suffering.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
viññāṇaṭṭhiti / sattāvāsa

station of consciousness / abode of beings — two of the Abhidhamma's standard classificatory grids (seven and nine categories respectively) for sorting every possible mode of existence, used here alongside state of being, womb, and destination to give an exhaustive cross-reference.

parittavipākaviññāṇa

a limited resultant consciousness — paritta (limited, small) + vipāka (result); the technical term for sense-sphere resultant consciousness generally, as opposed to the "exalted" (mahaggata) resultant consciousness of the form and formless spheres.

The Full Reach of Each Formation: Realms, Wombs, and Abodes Named in Full

A final, still more granular pass names every single realm, womb, destination, station of consciousness, and abode each formation can reach — the meritorious formation ranging across two states of being and twenty-one consciousnesses, the demeritorious formation confined to a single state of being and seven consciousnesses, and the imperturbable formation confined most narrowly of all, to a single state of being, a single womb, a single destination, and just four consciousnesses. This closes the chapter's second major section: the full account of how formations condition consciousness.

Pali Source

Tatridaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya mukhamattapakāsanaṃ – imesu hi saṅkhāresu yasmā puññābhisaṅkhāro tāva dvīsu bhavesu paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbamattano vipākaṃ janeti. Tathā aṇḍajādīsu catūsu yonīsu, devamanussasaṅkhātāsu dvīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyanānattasaññīnānattakāyaekattasaññī-ekattakāyanānattasaññī-ekattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāsu catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu. Asaññasattāvāse panesa rūpamattamevābhisaṅkharotīti catūsuyeva sattāvāsesu ca paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbamattano vipākaṃ janeti. Tasmā esa etesu dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, dvīsu gatīsu, catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, catūsu sattāvāsesu ca ekavīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti yathāsambhavaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.

Apuññābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiṃyeva kāmabhave catūsu yonīsu, avasesāsu tīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāya ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, tādiseyeva ca ekasmiṃ sattāvāse paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave, catūsu yonīsu, tīsu gatīsu, ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, ekamhi ca sattāvāse sattannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.

Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiṃyeva arūpabhave, ekissā opapātikayoniyā, ekissā devagatiyā, ākāsānañcāyatanādikāsu tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, ākāsānañcāyatanādikesu ca catūsu sattāvāsesu paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave, ekissā yoniyā, ekissā gatiyā, tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, catūsu sattāvāsesu catunnaṃ viññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte cāti. Evaṃ, "paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ, vasenete bhavādisu; vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayāti."

Ayaṃ "saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa"nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

Herein, this is merely an indication of the general outline, taken from the beginning. For, among these formations: the meritorious formation, first, having given rebirth-linking in two states of being, generates the whole of its own result there; likewise in four wombs beginning with the egg-born, in the two destinations called deva and human, and in the four stations of consciousness called: those with diverse bodies and diverse perceptions, those with diverse bodies and uniform perception, those with uniform bodies and diverse perception, and those with uniform bodies and uniform perception. But in the abode of non-percipient beings, since this formation fashions matter alone, it gives rebirth-linking in exactly four abodes of beings and generates there the whole of its own result. Therefore, in these two states of being, four wombs, two destinations, four stations of consciousness, and four abodes of beings, it is, in the manner already stated, a condition for twenty-one resultant states of consciousness, as appropriate, both at rebirth-linking and in the course of life.

But the demeritorious formation, since it ripens, by way of rebirth-linking, only in a single state of being — the sense sphere — in four wombs, in the remaining three destinations, in the single station of consciousness called "diverse bodies, uniform perception," and in that same single abode of beings — therefore it is, in that one state of being, four wombs, three destinations, one station of consciousness, and one abode of beings, in the manner already stated, a condition for seven resultant states of consciousness, both at rebirth-linking and in the course of life.

But the imperturbable formation, since it ripens, by way of rebirth-linking, only in a single state of being — the formless — in the single spontaneously-born womb, in the single deva destination, in the three stations of consciousness beginning with the base of infinite space, and in the four abodes of beings beginning with the base of infinite space, therefore it is, in that one state of being, one womb, one destination, three stations of consciousness, and four abodes of beings, in the manner already stated, a condition for four kinds of consciousness, both at rebirth-linking and in the course of life. Thus — "by way of rebirth-linking and the course of life, among the states of being and the rest, the formations should be understood, namely which they are conditions for, and how."

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on formations, consciousness."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The striking asymmetry across the three formations tells its own story about the shape of saṃsāra: the meritorious formation is by far the most versatile, reaching two entire states of being, four wombs, and four stations of consciousness — reflecting the enormous variety of pleasant destinies wholesome kamma can produce, from ordinary human rebirth to the highest form-sphere Brahmā realms. The demeritorious formation, by contrast, is confined entirely within the sense sphere, never touching form or formless being at all — unwholesome kamma simply cannot produce a Brahmā-world rebirth, however strong it is, since aversion and greed are structurally incompatible with the refined states cultivated in the higher jhānas. And the imperturbable formation is narrowest of all, reaching only the single formless state of being — a fitting image for how specialized and rarefied the meditative attainment behind it actually is. With this exhaustive cross-reference complete, the chapter's second link is fully accounted for, and the exposition moves on to the third: how consciousness itself conditions name-and-form.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
nānattakāya / ekattakāya

diverse bodies / uniform bodies — nānatta (diversity) and ekatta (uniformity) + kāya (body, group); two of the defining criteria distinguishing the seven stations of consciousness, based on whether beings of a given class have varied or identical physical forms.

asaññasattāvāsa

the abode of non-percipient beings — a class of form-sphere beings, reached only by the meritorious formation, who arise with matter alone and no consciousness whatsoever — the same class responsible for the twentieth, objectless rebirth-linking noted earlier in this section.

Name-and-Form in Detail: Counting Matter at the Moment of Rebirth

The third link — "dependent on consciousness, name-and-form" — opens with the familiar distinction of name (the three mental aggregates) and form (the four elements and derived matter), then plunges into an extraordinarily precise counting exercise: exactly how many items of matter and mind arise together at the very instant of rebirth-linking, for each different class of being — from the minimal twenty-three for a sexless womb-born creature, up through forty-two for a spontaneously-born Brahmā, to seventy-three for a fully-formed being with all senses intact. The section closes by tracing matter's four distinct origins — kamma, consciousness, temperature, and nutriment — through an entire lifetime, down to the vivid image of the four kinds mutually propping each other up like reed-bundles in the wind, or shipwrecked sailors clinging together in the open sea.

Pali Source

Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpapade – "vibhāgā nāmarūpānaṃ, bhavādīsu pavattito; saṅgahā paccayanayā, viññātabbo vinicchayo."

Vibhāgā nāmarūpānanti ettha hi nāmanti ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ namanato vedanādayo tayo khandhā, rūpanti cattāri mahābhūtāni catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ. Tesaṃ vibhāgo khandhaniddese vuttoyevāti. Evaṃ tāvettha vibhāgā nāmarūpānaṃ viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Bhavādīsu pavattitoti ettha ca nāmaṃ ekaṃ sattāvāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbabhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisesasattāvāsesu pavattati, rūpaṃ dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, purimāsu catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, pañcasu sattāvāsesu pavattati.

Evaṃ pavattamāne ca etasmiṃ nāmarūpe yasmā abhāvakagabbhaseyyakānaṃ aṇḍajānañca paṭisandhikkhaṇe vatthukāyadasakavasena rūpato dvesantatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato vīsati dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tevīsati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā.

Yasmā ca opapātikasattesu brahmakāyikādīnaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ, jīvitindriyanavakassa ca vasena rūpato cattāri santatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato ekūnacattālīsa dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete bācattālīsa dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā.

Kāmabhave pana yasmā sesaopapātikānaṃ, saṃsedajānaṃ vā sabhāvakaparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe rūpato satta santatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato sattati dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tesattati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Esa ukkaṃso. Avakaṃsena pana taṃtaṃrūpasantatisīsavikalānaṃ tassa tassa vasena hāpetvā hāpetvā saṅkhepato vitthārato ca paṭisandhiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpasaṅkhā veditabbā.

Arūpīnaṃ pana tayova arūpino khandhā. Asaññīnaṃ rūpato jīvitindriyanavakamevāti. Esa tāva paṭisandhiyaṃ nayo.

Pavatte pana sabbattha rūpappavattidese paṭisandhicittassa ṭhitikkhaṇe paṭisandhicittena saha pavattaututo utusamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ pātubhavati. Paṭisandhicittaṃ pana rūpaṃ na samuṭṭhāpeti. Tañhi yathā papāte patitapuriso parassa paccayo hotuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vatthudubbalatāya dubbalattā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Paṭisandhicittato pana uddhaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ, saddapātubhāvakāle paṭisandhikkhaṇato uddhaṃ pavattaututo ceva cittato ca saddanavakaṃ, ye pana kabaḷīkārāhārūpajīvino gabbhaseyyakasattā, tesaṃ, "yañcassa bhuñjati mātā, annaṃ pānañca bhojanaṃ; tena so tattha yāpeti, mātukucchigato naro"ti vacanato mātarā ajjhoharitāhārena anugate sarīre, opapātikānaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ attano mukhagataṃ kheḷaṃ ajjhoharaṇakāle āhārasamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakanti idaṃ āhārasamuṭṭhānassa suddhaṭṭhakassa, utucittasamuṭṭhānānañca ukkaṃsato dvinnaṃ navakānaṃ vasena chabbīsatividhaṃ, pubbe ekekacittakkhaṇe tikkhattuṃ uppajjamānaṃ vuttaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānañca sattatividhanti channavutividhaṃ rūpaṃ, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti samāsato navanavuti dhammā. Yasmā vā saddo aniyato kadācideva pātubhāvato, tasmā duvidhampi taṃ apanetvā ime sattanavuti dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ sabbasattānaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbaṃ.

Yampanetamettha kammajarūpaṃ, taṃ bhavayonigatiṭhitisattāvāsesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ patiṭṭhahantampi tisamuṭṭhānikarūpena anupatthaddhaṃ na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṃ, nāpi tisamuṭṭhānikaṃ tena anupatthaddhaṃ. Atha kho vātabbhāhatāpi catuddisā vavatthāpitā naḷakalāpiyo viya, ūmivegabbhāhatāpi mahāsamudde katthaci laddhapatiṭṭhā bhinnavāhanikā viya ca aññamaññupatthaddhānevetāni apatamānāni saṇṭhahitvā ekampi vassaṃ dvepi vassāni…pe… vassasatampi yāva tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyukkhayo vā puññakkhayo vā, tāva pavattantīti. Evaṃ bhavādīsu pavattitopettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on consciousness, name-and-form": "by the division of name-and-form, by its occurrence among the states of being and the rest, by inclusion, and by the mode of conditioning — the discernment should be understood."

"By the division of name-and-form": herein, "name" is the three aggregates — feeling and the rest — since they bend toward their object; "form" is the four great elements and the matter derived from the four great elements. Their division has already been stated in the discussion of the aggregates. Thus, so far, the discernment by way of the division of name-and-form should be understood.

"By its occurrence among the states of being and the rest": herein, name occurs, excepting one abode of beings, in all states of being, wombs, destinations, stations of consciousness, and the remaining abodes of beings; form occurs in two states of being, four wombs, five destinations, the first four stations of consciousness, and five abodes of beings.

Now, this name-and-form occurring in this way: since, at the moment of rebirth-linking for the sexless womb-born and for the egg-born, two groups of continuity arise from matter, by way of the physical-basis-decad and the body-decad, together with the three formless aggregates — therefore, in detail, twenty items from matter, together with the three formless aggregates: these twenty-three items should be understood as "name-and-form conditioned by consciousness."

And since, for spontaneously-born beings such as those of the Brahmā's retinue, at the moment of rebirth-linking, four groups of continuity arise from matter, by way of the eye-, ear-, and physical-basis-decads, and the life-nonad, together with the three formless aggregates — therefore, in detail, thirty-nine items from matter, together with the three formless aggregates: these forty-two items should be understood as "name-and-form conditioned by consciousness."

But in the sense sphere, since, for the remaining spontaneously-born and moisture-born beings with sex faculty and complete sense bases, at the moment of rebirth-linking, seven groups of continuity arise from matter, together with the three formless aggregates — therefore, in detail, seventy items from matter, together with the three formless aggregates: these seventy-three items should be understood as "name-and-form conditioned by consciousness." This is the maximum. By way of the minimum, however, the count should be understood by successively reducing it according to whichever groups of continuity of matter are lacking in each particular case.

But for formless beings, there are simply the three formless aggregates. For non-percipient beings, there is simply the life-faculty-nonad, from matter. This, then, is the method at rebirth-linking.

But in the course of life, everywhere in the region where matter occurs, at the moment the rebirth-linking consciousness persists, a pure octad of temperature-produced matter arises, occurring together with the rebirth-linking consciousness. The rebirth-linking consciousness itself, however, does not produce matter. For, just as a man who has fallen over a precipice is unable to be a support for another, so too, on account of the weakness of its own weak physical basis, it is unable to produce matter. But from the rebirth-linking consciousness onward, starting with the first life-continuum, a pure octad of consciousness-produced matter arises; and, at the time sound appears, starting from the moment of rebirth-linking onward, a nonad of sound produced by the ongoing temperature and by consciousness. But for those beings born from a womb who live on edible food, it is said: "whatever food, drink, and nourishment his mother partakes of, by that the man in his mother's womb is sustained" — hence, once the body has been reached by the nourishment swallowed by the mother, a pure octad of nutriment-produced matter arises; and, for spontaneously-born beings, when they first swallow their own saliva that has come into their mouth, a pure octad of nutriment-produced matter likewise arises. Thus: the pure octad of nutriment-produced matter, together with, at the maximum, the two nonads of temperature- and consciousness-produced matter, making twenty-six kinds; together with the kamma-produced matter already stated as arising three times in each single mind-moment, of seventy kinds — ninety-six kinds of matter in all, together with the three formless aggregates: ninety-nine items in brief. Or, since sound is irregular, appearing only on occasion, by removing both nonads that include it, these ninety-seven items should be understood, as appropriate, as "name-and-form conditioned by consciousness" for all beings.

As for the kamma-produced matter here: even though it establishes itself first of all, in every state of being, womb, destination, station of consciousness, and abode of beings, it is unable to stand without being supported by the matter produced by the other three sources; nor can that matter produced by the other three sources stand without being supported by it. Rather, like bundles of reeds set upright on four sides, buffeted by the wind, or like shipwrecked sailors who have found some support amid the great ocean, buffeted by the force of the waves — just so, these, mutually supporting one another, stand without falling, and continue for one year, for two years … even for a hundred years, for as long as those beings' lifespan or their merit lasts. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of occurrence among the states of being and the rest should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

This is Abhidhamma embryology at its most exacting: the tradition insists that even the very first moment of a new life has a precise, countable material composition, varying systematically by womb and by realm — a sexless womb-born creature needs only two "decads" of matter (twenty items) to begin, while a fully-formed being needs seven (seventy items). None of this bookkeeping is decorative; it is the same insistence, seen throughout this chapter, that every step of the causal chain, right down to conception itself, is governed by exact, impersonal, discoverable law rather than by chance or by a soul's arbitrary choice of vessel.

The four-sources-of-matter framework introduced here — kamma, consciousness, temperature, and nutriment — becomes foundational for later chapters on insight meditation, where a meditator is trained to discern exactly which portion of their own body's matter arose from which of these four causes. The reed-bundle and shipwreck-survivor similes make vivid a point with real philosophical weight: none of the four kinds of matter could exist alone; the body a person calls "mine" is, at every moment, a temporary, mutual propping-up of four independently arising streams, none of which is more fundamentally "the body" than the others.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
santatisīsa

a group of continuity — santati (continuity, series) + sīsa (head); a bundled unit of matter (typically a decad) counted as one "head" in these enumerations of what arises at rebirth-linking.

kammaja / cittaja / utuja / āhāraja rūpa

kamma-produced, consciousness-produced, temperature-produced, and nutriment-produced matter — the four distinct origins of physical matter in Abhidhamma theory, all of which must operate together, mutually supporting one another, for a living body to persist.

Even Non-Percipient Beings Are "Conditioned by Consciousness"

A pointed objection now surfaces: how can name-and-form be said to be "conditioned by consciousness" among the non-percipient beings, who by definition have no consciousness at all? Buddhaghosa resolves this by distinguishing two senses of the conditioning consciousness itself — the resultant consciousness present in an ordinary rebirth, and the earlier, non-resultant volitional consciousness that produced the very kamma responsible for a non-percipient rebirth in the first place. The section then moves to a careful, technical accounting of exactly which Paṭṭhāna conditions link consciousness to name and to form, closing with a simple but elegant proof by inference: since consciousness visibly produces matter we can observe during life, it is reasonable to infer that the same consciousness also produces the unseen matter of rebirth-linking itself.

Pali Source

Saṅgahāti ettha ca yaṃ āruppe pavattipaṭisandhīsu, pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmameva, yañca asaññesu sabbattha, pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā rūpameva, yañca pañcavokārabhave sabbattha viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti evaṃ ekadesasarūpekasesanayena saṅgahetvā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbaṃ.

Asaññesu viññāṇābhāvā ayuttanti ce, nāyuttaṃ. Idampi, "nāmarūpassa yaṃ hetu, viññāṇaṃ taṃ dvidhā mataṃ; vipākamavipākañca, yuttameva yato idaṃ."

Yañhi nāmarūpassa hetu viññāṇaṃ, taṃ vipākāvipākabhedato dvedhā mataṃ. Idañca asaññasattesu kammasamuṭṭhānattā pañcavokārabhave pavattaabhisaṅkhāraviññāṇapaccayā rūpaṃ. Tathā pañcavokāre pavattiyaṃ kusalādicittakkhaṇe kammasamuṭṭhānanti yuttameva idaṃ. Evaṃ saṅgahatopettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Paccayanayāti ettha hi, "nāmassa pākaviññāṇaṃ, navadhā hoti paccayo; vatthurūpassa navadhā, sesarūpassa aṭṭhadhā. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, hoti rūpassa ekadhā; tadaññaṃ pana viññāṇaṃ, tassa tassa yathārahaṃ."

Yañhetaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavattiyaṃ vā vipākasaṅkhātaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa rūpamissassa vā amissassa vā paṭisandhikaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vipākaviññāṇaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākāhārindriyaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti.

Vatthurūpassa paṭisandhiyaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākāhārindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti. Ṭhapetvā pana vatthurūpaṃ sesarūpassa imesu navasu aññamaññapaccayaṃ apanetvā sesehi aṭṭhahi paccayehi paccayo hoti.

Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ pana asaññasattarūpassa vā pañcavokārabhave vā kammajassa rūpassa suttantikapariyāyato upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti. Avasesaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti sabbampi viññāṇaṃ tassa tassa nāmarūpassa yathārahaṃ paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ.

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ "paṭisandhināmarūpaṃ viññāṇapaccayā hotī"ti? Suttato yuttito ca. Sutte hi "cittānuparivattino dhammā"tiādinā nayena bahudhā vedanādīnaṃ viññāṇapaccayatā siddhā. Yuttito pana, "cittajena hi rūpena, idha diṭṭhena sijjhati; adiṭṭhassāpi rūpassa, viññāṇaṃ paccayo iti."

Citte hi pasanne appasanne vā tadanurūpāni rūpāni uppajjamānāni diṭṭhāni. Diṭṭhena ca adiṭṭhassa anumānaṃ hotīti iminā idha diṭṭhena cittajarūpena adiṭṭhassāpi paṭisandhirūpassa viññāṇaṃ paccayo hotīti jānitabbametaṃ. Kammasamuṭṭhānassāpi hi tassa cittasamuṭṭhānasseva viññāṇapaccayatā paṭṭhāne āgatāti. Evaṃ paccayanayatopettha viññātabbo vinicchayoti.

Ayaṃ "viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa"nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

"By inclusion": herein, whatever is, at rebirth-linking and in the course of life in formless being, and in the course of life in five-constituent being, "name" alone, conditioned by consciousness; and whatever is, everywhere among non-percipient beings, and in the course of life in five-constituent being, "form" alone, conditioned by consciousness; and whatever is, everywhere in five-constituent being, "name-and-form," conditioned by consciousness — all of this, whether name, or form, or name-and-form, should be understood as "name-and-form conditioned by consciousness," having been included by the method of taking one representative term to stand, in part, for the rest.

If it should be said that this is improper, since there is no consciousness among non-percipient beings — it is not improper. This, too, is answered by the verse: "that consciousness which is the cause of name-and-form is held to be twofold — resultant and non-resultant; hence this is entirely proper."

For that consciousness which is the cause of name-and-form is held to be twofold, by the division of resultant and non-resultant. And this applies here: among non-percipient beings, since their matter is produced by kamma, it is form conditioned by the formation-consciousness that occurred during the previous life; likewise, in five-constituent being, matter produced by kamma at a moment of wholesome or other consciousness during the course of life — this, too, is entirely proper. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of inclusion should be understood.

"By the mode of conditioning": herein — "resultant consciousness is a condition for name in nine ways; for the physical-basis matter, in nine ways; for the remaining matter, in eight ways. The formation-consciousness is a condition for matter in one way; but other consciousness is a condition for this or that, as appropriate."

For that name called "resultant," occurring at rebirth-linking or in the course of life, whether mixed or unmixed with matter — for it, resultant consciousness is a condition in nine ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, association, result, nutriment, faculty, presence, and non-disappearance conditions.

For the physical-basis matter, at rebirth-linking, it is a condition in nine ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, result, nutriment, faculty, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. But for the remaining matter, other than the physical-basis matter, removing the mutuality condition from these nine, it is a condition by the remaining eight conditions.

But the formation-consciousness is a condition, in the discourse method, for the matter of non-percipient beings, or for the kamma-produced matter in five-constituent being, in one way only — by the decisive support condition. All the remaining consciousness, from the first life-continuum onward, should be understood as a condition, as appropriate, for this or that name-and-form.

Here it might be asked: how, then, is this to be known — that "rebirth-linking name-and-form is conditioned by consciousness"? By scripture and by reasoning. For in the scriptures, by such passages as "states that follow along with consciousness," the state of being conditioned by consciousness is established, in many ways, for feeling and the rest. But by reasoning: "for it is established here, by consciousness-produced matter that is seen, that consciousness is a condition for matter that is not seen as well."

For, when the mind is serene or unserene, corresponding kinds of matter are seen to arise. And from what is seen, an inference can be drawn to what is not seen. By this reasoning, it should be known that, just as consciousness is a condition for consciousness-produced matter that is here seen, so too consciousness is a condition for rebirth-linking matter, which is not seen, kamma-produced though it is — for its being conditioned by that very same consciousness has come down in the Paṭṭhāna. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of the mode of conditioning should be understood.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on consciousness, name-and-form."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The inference from seen to unseen at the close of this section is a small but methodologically important moment: Buddhaghosa is aware that rebirth-linking matter cannot be directly observed the way a mind's visible effect on the body — a serene face, a tense posture — can be, and rather than simply asserting the doctrine on authority alone, he offers a reasoned argument by analogy for why it should be accepted. This same evidentiary move — inferring the unobservable from a structurally similar observable case — recurs throughout the tradition's defense of kamma and rebirth against skeptical challenge.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇa

the formation-consciousness — abhisaṅkhāra (fashioning, kammic formation) + viññāṇa (consciousness); the earlier, non-resultant volitional consciousness of a past life whose kamma produces a present rebirth, distinguished here from ordinary present-moment consciousness.

diṭṭhena adiṭṭhassa anumāna

"an inference to what is not seen, from what is seen" — the explicit logical principle underlying the argument that consciousness conditions rebirth-linking matter, modeled on the observable fact that a person's mental state visibly affects their body's appearance.

Name-and-Form Conditions the Sixfold Base

The fourth link now receives the same rigorous treatment: name (the three mental aggregates) and form (the elements and physical bases) are traced, condition by condition, to the arising of the sixfold sense base. In formless being, only name conditions the mind-base, since there is no matter there at all; everywhere else, form conditions the five physical sense bases while both name and form together condition the sixth, the mind-base — each relationship precisely catalogued by which of the Paṭṭhāna's twenty-four conditions applies.

Pali Source

Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanapade – "nāmaṃ khandhattayaṃ rūpaṃ, bhūtavatthādikaṃ mataṃ; katekasesaṃ taṃ tassa, tādisasseva paccayo."

Yañhetaṃ saḷāyatanasseva paccayabhūtaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, tattha nāmanti vedanādikkhandhattayaṃ, rūpaṃ pana sasantatipariyāpannaṃ niyamato cattāri bhūtāni cha vatthūni jīvitindriyanti evaṃ bhūtavatthādikaṃ matanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ pana nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti evaṃ katekasesaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti evaṃ katekasesasseva saḷāyatanassa paccayoti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā āruppe nāmameva paccayo, tañca chaṭṭhāyatanasseva na aññassa. "Nāmapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatana"nti hi vibhaṅge vuttaṃ.

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ "nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo"ti? Nāmarūpabhāve bhāvato. Tassa tassa hi nāmassa rūpassa ca bhāve taṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ hoti, na aññathā. Sā panassa tabbhāvabhāvitā paccayanayasmiṃ yeva āvibhavissati. Tasmā, "paṭisandhiyā pavatte vā, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo; yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā neyyaṃ vibhāvinā."

Tatrāyamatthadīpanā – "nāmameva hi āruppe, paṭisandhipavattisu; paccayo sattadhā chadhā, hoti taṃ avakaṃsato."

Kathaṃ? Paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva avakaṃsato sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaatthiavigatapaccayehi sattadhā nāmaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa paccayo hoti.

Pavattepi vipākaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti, itaraṃ pana avakaṃsato vuttappakāresu paccayesu vipākapaccayavajjehi chahi paccayehi paccayo hoti.

"Aññasmimpi bhave nāmaṃ, tatheva paṭisandhiyaṃ; chaṭṭhassa itaresaṃ taṃ, chahākārehi paccayo."

Āruppato hi aññasmimpi pañcavokārabhave taṃ vipākanāmaṃ hadayavatthuno sahāyaṃ hutvā chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa yathā āruppe vuttaṃ, tatheva avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Itaresaṃ pana taṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ catumahābhūtasahāyaṃ hutvā sahajātanissayavipākavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayo hoti.

"Pavattepi tathā hoti, pākaṃ pākassa paccayo; apākaṃ avipākassa, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo."

Pavattepi hi pañcavokārabhave yathā paṭisandhiyaṃ, tatheva vipākanāmaṃ vipākassa chaṭṭhāyatanassa avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Avipākaṃ pana avipākassa chaṭṭhassa avakaṃsatova tato vipākapaccayaṃ apanetvā chadhā paccayo hoti.

"Tattheva sesapañcannaṃ, vipākaṃ paccayo bhave; catudhā avipākampi, evameva pakāsitaṃ."

Tattheva hi pavatte sesānaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhupasādādivatthukaṃ itarampi vipākanāmaṃ pacchājātavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti. Yathā ca vipākaṃ, avipākampi evameva pakāsitaṃ. Evaṃ tāva nāmameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti, yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā veditabbaṃ.

"Rūpaṃ panettha āruppe, bhave bhavati paccayo; na ekāyatanassāpi, pañcakkhandhabhave pana."

"Rūpato sandhiyaṃ vatthu, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo; bhūtāni catudhā honti, pañcannaṃ avisesato."

Rūpato hi paṭisandhiyaṃ vatthurūpaṃ chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi chadhā paccayo hoti. Cattāri pana bhūtāni avisesato paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ uppajjati, tassa tassa vasena pañcannampi cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ sahajātanissayaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayā honti.

"Tidhā jīvitametesaṃ, āhāro ca pavattiyaṃ; tāneva chadhā chaṭṭhassa, vatthu tasseva pañcadhā."

Etesaṃ pana cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca atthi avigataindriyavasena rūpajīvitaṃ tidhā paccayo hoti. Āhāro ca atthiavigatāhāravasena tividhā paccayo hoti, so ca kho ye sattā āhārūpajīvino, tesaṃ āhārānugate kāye pavattiyaṃyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tāni pana pañca cakkhāyatanādīni chaṭṭhassa cakkhu sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇasaṅkhātassa manāyatanassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayā honti pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana pañcaviññāṇāni tasseva avasesamanāyatanassa vatthurūpaṃ nissayapurejātavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena pañcadhā paccayo hoti pavatteyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Evaṃ rūpameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti, yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā veditabbaṃ.

"Nāmarūpaṃ panubhayaṃ, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo; yathā ca tampi sabbattha, viññātabbaṃ vibhāvinā."

Seyyathidaṃ. Paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva pañcavokārabhave khandhattayavatthurūpasaṅkhātaṃ nāmarūpaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākasampayuttavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayādīhi paccayo hotīti. Idamettha mukhamattaṃ. Vuttanayānusārena pana sakkā sabbaṃ yojetunti na ettha vitthāro dassitoti.

Ayaṃ "nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana"nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on name-and-form, the sixfold base": "name is held to be the three aggregates; form, the elements, the physical bases, and the rest; that, having been made to stand as one representative term, is a condition for that very same kind of thing."

That name-and-form which is the condition specifically for the sixfold base: herein, "name" is the three aggregates — feeling and the rest; "form," however, is understood to be included within one's own continuity, invariably the four elements, the six physical bases, and the life-faculty. This, whether name, or form, or name-and-form, having been made to stand, by one representative term, for the rest, should be understood as a condition specifically for the sixfold base — itself, likewise, made to stand, whether the sixth base alone or the sixfold base, by one representative term, for the other. Why? Because, in formless being, name alone is the condition, and that only for the sixth base, not for any other. For it is said in the Analysis: "dependent on name, the sixth base."

Here it might be asked: how, then, is this to be known — that "name-and-form is a condition for the sixfold base"? By this or that base's presence depending on the presence of this or that name and form. But this dependent-arising will become clear only within the mode of conditioning itself. Therefore — "whether at rebirth-linking or in the course of life, it should be understood by the discerning one which is a condition for which, and how it is a condition."

Herein, this is the clarification of the meaning — "in formless being, at both rebirth-linking and in the course of life, name alone is a condition, in seven ways, or, at the minimum, in six ways."

How so? At rebirth-linking, first, at the minimum, name is a condition for the sixth base in seven ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, association, result, presence, and non-disappearance conditions.

In the course of life, too, the resultant name is a condition in just the way already stated; but the other, non-resultant name, at the minimum, is a condition by the six conditions already stated, excepting the result condition.

"In another state of being too, name, in just the same way, is a condition, at rebirth-linking, for the sixth base; for the other bases, it is a condition in six ways."

For, other than in formless being — that is, in five-constituent being as well — that resultant name, in partnership with the heart-basis, is a condition for the sixth base, the mind-base, at the minimum, in seven ways, in just the way stated for formless being. But for the other five bases — the eye-base and the rest — in partnership with the four great elements, it is a condition in six ways: by the conascence, dependence, result, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions.

"In the course of life, too, it is the same: the resultant is a condition for the resultant; the non-resultant is a condition for the non-resultant sixth base, in six ways."

For, in the course of life too, in five-constituent being, resultant name is, at the minimum, a condition for the resultant sixth base in seven ways, just as at rebirth-linking. But non-resultant name is a condition for the non-resultant sixth base, at the minimum, in six ways, removing the result condition from those seven.

"There, too, the resultant is a condition for the remaining five bases in four ways; the non-resultant, too, is declared in just the same way."

For there too, in the course of life, resultant name, as well as the other kind, having as its basis the eye-sensitivity and the rest, is a condition for the remaining five bases — the eye-base and the rest — in four ways: by the postnascence, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. And just as the resultant is declared, so too is the non-resultant declared in exactly the same way. Thus, so far, it should be understood which base name alone, at rebirth-linking or in the course of life, is a condition for, and how it is a condition.

"Form, herein, in formless being, is not a condition for even a single base; but in five-aggregate being, it is."

"From matter, at rebirth-linking, the physical basis is a condition for the sixth base in six ways; the elements are, without distinction, a condition for the five bases in four ways."

For, from matter, at rebirth-linking, the physical-basis matter is a condition for the sixth base, the mind-base, in six ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. But the four elements, without distinction, at rebirth-linking and in the course of life, are, according to whichever base arises, a condition for all five bases — the eye-base and the rest — in four ways: by the conascence, dependence, presence, and non-disappearance conditions.

"The life-faculty is a condition for these in three ways; and nutriment, in the course of life; those same five bases are a condition for the sixth base in six ways; the physical basis is a condition for that same sixth base in five ways."

For these five — the eye-base and the rest — at rebirth-linking and in the course of life, material life is a condition in three ways: by the presence, non-disappearance, and faculty conditions. And nutriment is a condition in three ways: by the presence, non-disappearance, and nutriment conditions — and this only for those beings who live on nutriment, only once nutriment has reached the body in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. But those same five bases — the eye-base and the rest — are a condition for the sixth base, the mind-base classed as eye-, ear-, nose-, tongue-, and body-consciousness, in six ways: by the dependence, prenascence, faculty, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. But, excepting the five sense-consciousnesses, the physical-basis matter is a condition for the remaining mind-base itself in five ways: by the dependence, prenascence, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions, only in the course of life, not at rebirth-linking. Thus, it should be understood which base form alone, at rebirth-linking or in the course of life, is a condition for, and how it is a condition.

"And name-and-form together — which is a condition for which, and how, everywhere — this too should be understood by the discerning one."

For example: at rebirth-linking, first, in five-constituent being, name-and-form — called the three aggregates together with the physical-basis matter — is a condition for the sixth base by such conditions as conascence, mutuality, dependence, result, association, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance. This, here, is merely the outline. But since it is possible to work out everything in accordance with the method already stated, the full detail is not shown here.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on name-and-form, the sixfold base."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

Buried in this thicket of condition-counting is one clean, memorable structural point: name and form divide their labor with almost architectural precision. Name alone reaches the sixth base — the mind — in every realm, even formless ones where matter is entirely absent; form alone reaches the five physical bases, but only where matter exists at all; and only where both are present together, in five-constituent being, do they jointly condition the mind-base as a genuine partnership, mind supplying the associative and resultant conditions, the physical heart-basis supplying dependence and support. The elaborate arithmetic is the tradition's way of making that clean division fully explicit and checkable, condition by condition, rather than leaving it as an unexamined generality.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
hadayavatthu

the heart-basis — the physical support for mind-element and mind-consciousness-element posited by the Abhidhamma, partnered here with resultant name as a joint condition for the mind-base.

ukkaṃsato / avakaṃsato

at the maximum / at the minimum — a recurring qualifier throughout this section's condition-counting, since the exact number of applicable conditions can vary slightly depending on circumstances such as whether the root or nutriment condition happens to apply in a given case.

The Sixfold Base Conditions Contact

The fifth link shows how contact — thirty-two kinds in detail, mirroring the resultant consciousnesses already catalogued — arises from the sixfold base. A genuine grammatical puzzle opens the discussion: the canonical phrase uses "the sixfold base" in the singular, as though a single set of six bases produced a single contact, when in fact each specific contact (eye-contact, ear-contact, and so on) arises from its own distinct combination of several bases at once — never from all six together, and never from just one alone.

Pali Source

Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassapade – "saḷeva phassā saṅkhepā, cakkhusamphassaādayo; viññāṇamiva bāttiṃsa, vitthārena bhavanti te."

Saṅkhepena hi saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphassoti ime cakkhusamphassādayo cha eva phassā bhavanti. Vitthārena pana cakkhusamphassādayo pañca kusalavipākā, pañca akusalavipākāti dasa, sesā bāvīsati-lokiyavipākaviññāṇasampayuttā ca bāvīsatīti evaṃ sabbepi saṅkhārapaccayā vuttaviññāṇamiva bāttiṃsa honti.

Yaṃ panetassa bāttiṃsavidhassāpi phassassa paccayo saḷāyatanaṃ, tattha, "chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ, cakkhādiṃ bāhirehipi; saḷāyatanamicchanti, chahi saddhiṃ vicakkhaṇā."

Tattha ye tāva "upādiṇṇakapavattikathā ayaṃ"ti sakasantatipariyāpannameva paccayaṃ paccayuppannañca dīpenti, te "chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso"ti pāḷianusārato āruppe chaṭṭhāyatanañca, aññattha sabbasaṅgahato saḷāyatanañca phassassa paccayoti ekadesasarūpekasesaṃ katvā chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ cakkhādiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti.

Ye pana paccayuppannameva ekasantatipariyāpannaṃ dīpenti, paccayaṃ pana bhinnasantānampi, te yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo hoti, taṃ sabbampi dīpentā bāhirampi pariggahetvā tadeva chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ bāhirehipi rūpāyatanādīhi saddhiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti.

Etthāha – na sabbāyatanehi eko phasso sambhoti, nāpi ekamhā āyatanā sabbe phassā, ayañca saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti ekova vutto, so kasmāti. Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ – saccametaṃ, sabbehi eko, ekamhā vā sabbe na sambhonti, sambhoti pana anekehi eko. Yathā cakkhusamphasso cakkhāyatanā rūpāyatanā cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātā manāyatanā avasesasampayuttadhammāyatanā cāti evaṃ sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tasmā eva hi, "ekopanekāyatanappabhavo iti dīpito; phassoyaṃ ekavacananiddesenīdha tādinā."

Ekavacananiddesenāti saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti iminā ekavacananiddesena anekehi āyatanehi eko phasso hotīti tādinā dīpitoti attho. Āyatanesu pana, "chadhā pañca tato ekaṃ, navadhā bāhirāni cha; yathāsambhavametassa, paccayatte vibhāvaye."

Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – cakkhāyatanādīni tāva pañca cakkhusamphassādibhedato pañcavidhassa phassassa nissayapurejātindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayā honti. Tato paraṃ ekaṃ vipākamanāyatanaṃ anekabhedassa vipākamanosamphassassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākāhāraindriyasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena navadhā paccayo hoti. Bāhiresu pana rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhusamphassassa ārammaṇapurejātaatthiavigatavasena catudhā paccayo hoti. Tathā saddāyatanādīni sotasamphassādīnaṃ. Manosamphassassa pana tāni ca dhammāyatanañca tathā ca ārammaṇapaccayamatteneva cāti evaṃ bāhirāni cha yathāsambhavametassa paccayatte vibhāvayeti.

Ayaṃ "saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso"ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on the sixfold base, contact": "in brief, contacts are simply six — eye-contact and the rest; in detail, they become thirty-two, just like consciousness."

In brief, "contact conditioned by the sixfold base" is these six alone: eye-contact, ear-contact, nose-contact, tongue-contact, body-contact, and mind-contact. In detail, however, eye-contact and the rest are ten — five wholesome-resultant and five unwholesome-resultant — and the remaining twenty-two are those associated with the twenty-two mundane resultant states of consciousness already described; thus all of them together become thirty-two, just like the consciousness already described as conditioned by the formations.

As for the sixfold base which is the condition for this thirty-two-fold contact: herein — "the wise hold 'the sixfold base' to mean the internal eye and the rest together with the sixth, or, together with the six external ones as well."

Herein, those who explain that "this is a discourse on the occurrence of what has been clung to by kamma," showing the condition and the conditioned-arisen as both included within one's own single continuity — they, following the canonical text "contact conditioned by the sixth base," hold that, in formless being, the sixth base alone, and elsewhere, the sixfold base by way of full inclusion, is the condition for contact; and, having made this a case of one representative term standing for the rest, they wish "the sixfold base" to mean the internal eye and the rest together with the sixth.

But those who explain that only the conditioned-arisen is included within a single continuity, while the condition may belong even to a different continuity — they, explaining every single base whatsoever that is a condition for contact, including even the external ones, wish "the sixfold base" to mean the internal eye and the rest together with the sixth, as well as the external visible-form base and the rest.

Here it might be asked: no single contact comes to be from all the bases together, nor do all contacts come from a single base — so why is it said, as though it were one, "contact conditioned by the sixfold base"? Here is the answer: this is true; not all contacts come to be from all the bases, nor all from a single one — but a single one does come to be from several. Just as eye-contact comes to be from the eye-base, the visible-form base, the mind-base classed as eye-consciousness, and the remaining associated-mental-state base — so it should be construed everywhere, as appropriate. Precisely for this reason — "this contact is shown, by the Blessed One, to arise from several bases, expressed here, by him, in the singular number."

"Expressed in the singular number": the meaning is that, by this singular expression "contact conditioned by the sixfold base," it is shown by the Blessed One that a single contact comes to be from several bases. As for the bases: "five internal bases are, in six ways; from that, one internal base is, in nine ways; the six external ones, as appropriate — this should clarify their status as conditions."

Herein, this is the clarification: the eye-base and the other four bases are, first, a condition for the fivefold contact — eye-contact and the rest — in six ways: by the dependence, prenascence, faculty, dissociation, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. Beyond that, the single resultant mind-base is a condition for the resultant mind-contact of manifold kinds in nine ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, result, nutriment, faculty, association, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. Among the external bases, the visible-form base is a condition for eye-contact in four ways: by the object, prenascence, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. Likewise the sound base and the rest are a condition for ear-contact and the rest. But for mind-contact, those same external bases, and the mental-object base as well, are conditions in the same way, and also simply by way of the object condition alone. Thus the six external bases should clarify, as appropriate, their status as conditions for this.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on the sixfold base, contact."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The two rival interpretations of what "the sixfold base" even refers to here are not a minor technicality but reflect two different, both legitimate, ways of framing dependent origination as a whole: one view keeps every step of the chain strictly internal to a single mental-physical continuity (so only the internal bases count, since the external world doesn't belong to "this" continuity); the other allows a condition to belong to a different continuity from its result (so the external color, sound, and so on that a person actually perceives are included too, since without them no contact could occur at all). Buddhaghosa lets both readings stand rather than declaring a winner — a good example of this commentarial genre tolerating more than one valid analytical lens on the same textual formula.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ekavacananiddesa

expression in the singular number — eka (one) + vacana (grammatical number) + niddesa (expression); the grammatical puzzle motivating this whole section, since the canonical formula speaks of "the sixfold base" as though it were a single unified condition.

upādiṇṇaka

what has been clung to — upādiṇṇa (clung to, appropriated) + -ka; a technical Abhidhamma term for matter bound up with a living being's own kammically-produced continuity, central to the first interpretive camp's argument that only internal bases count as conditions here.

Contact Conditions Feeling

The sixth link is treated more briefly: feeling, sorted by door into the familiar six kinds and by subdivision into eighty-nine, is narrowed down to the thirty-two resultant feelings relevant to this chain, each traced to its conditioning contact — full, eightfold conascent conditioning in the five sense-doors and at the moment of registration in the mind-door, but only the single, weaker decisive-support condition for feelings occurring during the intervening stages of receiving and investigating.

Pali Source

Phassapaccayā vedanāpade – "dvārato vedanā vuttā, cakkhusamphassajādikā; saḷeva tā pabhedena, ekūnanavutī matā."

Etassapi padassa vibhaṅge "cakkhusamphassajā vedanā. Sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassajā vedanā"ti evaṃ dvārato saḷeva vedanā vuttā, tā pana pabhedena ekūnanavutiyā cittehi sampayuttattā ekūnanavuti matā.

"Vedanāsu panetāsu, idha bāttiṃsa vedanā; vipākacittayuttāva, adhippetāti bhāsitā."

"Aṭṭhadhā tattha pañcannaṃ, pañcadvāramhi paccayo; sesānaṃ ekadhā phasso, manodvārepi so tathā."

Tattha hi pañcadvāre cakkhupasādādivatthukānaṃ pañcannaṃ vedanānaṃ cakkhusamphassādiko phasso sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhārasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti. Sesānaṃ pana ekekasmiṃ dvāre sampaṭicchanasantīraṇatadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ so cakkhusamphassādiko phasso upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti.

Manodvārepi so tathāti manodvārepi hi tadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ so sahajātamanosamphassasaṅkhāto phasso tatheva aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti, paṭisandhibhavaṅgacutivasena pavattānaṃ tebhūmakavipākavedanānampi. Yā pana tā manodvāre tadārammaṇavasena pavattā kāmāvacaravedanā, tāsaṃ manodvārāvajjanasampayutto manosamphasso upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hotīti.

Ayaṃ "phassapaccayā vedanā"ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on contact, feeling": "feeling, described by way of door, is simply six — that born of eye-contact and the rest; by way of subdivision, these are held to be eighty-nine."

For this section, too, in the Analysis, it is said: "feeling born of eye-contact. Feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, mind-contact" — thus, by way of door, feeling is said to be simply six; but, by subdivision, since it is associated with eighty-nine kinds of consciousness, it is held to be eighty-nine.

"But among these feelings, here it is the thirty-two feelings associated specifically with resultant consciousness that are meant, so it is said."

"There, in the five sense doors, contact is a condition for the five kinds of feeling in eight ways; for the rest, contact is a condition in one way; in the mind-door too, it is the same."

Herein, in the five sense-doors, contact — eye-contact and the rest — is a condition for the five kinds of feeling having the eye-sensitivity and the other physical bases in eight ways: by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, result, nutriment, association, presence, and non-disappearance conditions. But for the remaining sense-sphere resultant feelings, occurring in each single door by way of receiving, investigating, and registering, that same contact is a condition in one way only, by the decisive support condition.

"In the mind-door too, it is the same": for, in the mind-door too, that conascent mind-contact is likewise a condition, in eight ways, for the sense-sphere resultant feelings occurring by way of registration, and also for the three-plane resultant feelings occurring by way of rebirth-linking, life-continuum, and decease. But for those sense-sphere feelings occurring in the mind-door by way of registration, the mind-contact associated with mind-door-adverting is a condition in one way only, by the decisive support condition.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on contact, feeling."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The sharp contrast between "eight ways" and "one way only" tracks a distinction this chapter has already made much of elsewhere: conascent conditions are powerful and multiple precisely because contact and feeling arise together, in the very same moment, tightly bound by shared basis and object; but where feeling arises at a later stage of the same cognitive process — receiving, investigating, registering — its immediate conascent contact is a different, later moment of contact altogether, so the earlier triggering contact can only reach it indirectly, through the weaker, non-conascent decisive support condition.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ekūnanavuti

eighty-nine — the full canonical count of consciousness in Abhidhamma classification; feeling, being always associated with some consciousness, is here said to divide into the same eighty-nine kinds before being narrowed to the thirty-two resultant kinds relevant to this chain.

Feeling Conditions Craving: One Hundred and Eight Kinds, Reduced to Three

The seventh link receives a much fuller treatment. Craving for each of the six sense objects further divides into craving for sensual pleasure, craving for being (lust bound up with the eternalist view), and craving for non-being (lust bound up with the annihilationist view) — eighteen kinds, doubled for internal and external objects, tripled again across past, present, and future, yielding the traditional figure of one hundred and eight, before Buddhaghosa reduces it back to its essential three or six. A vivid, homely image — people lavishing honors on painters, musicians, and cooks purely because of the pleasant feelings these providers make possible — grounds the abstract claim that all craving, ultimately, is conditioned by feeling.

Pali Source

Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāpade – "rūpataṇhādibhedena, cha taṇhā idha dīpitā; ekekā tividhā tattha, pavattākārato matā."

Imasmiṃ hi pade seṭṭhiputto brāhmaṇaputtoti pitito nāmavasena putto viya "rūpataṇhā. Sadda… gandha… rasa… phoṭṭhabba… dhammataṇhā"ti ārammaṇato nāmavasena vibhaṅge cha taṇhā dīpitā.

Tāsu pana taṇhāsu ekekā taṇhā pavattiākārato kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhāti evaṃ tividhā matā. Rūpataṇhāyeva hi yadā cakkhussa āpāthamāgataṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ kāmassādavasena assādayamānā pavattati, tadā kāmataṇhā nāma hoti. Yadā tadevārammaṇaṃ "dhuvaṃ sassata"nti pavattāya sassatadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā bhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Sassatadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo bhavataṇhāti vuccati. Yadā pana tadevārammaṇaṃ "ucchijjati vinassatī"ti pavattāya ucchedadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā vibhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo vibhavataṇhāti vuccati. Esa nayo saddataṇhādīsupīti. Etā aṭṭhārasa taṇhā honti.

Tā ajjhattarūpādīsu aṭṭhārasa, bahiddhā aṭṭhārasāti chattiṃsa. Iti atītā chattiṃsa, anāgatā chattiṃsa, paccuppannā chattiṃsāti aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhā honti. Tā puna saṅkheppamāṇā rūpādiārammaṇavasena cha, kāmataṇhādivasena vā tissova taṇhā hontīti veditabbā.

Yasmā panime sattā puttaṃ assādetvā putte mamattena dhātiyā viya rūpādiārammaṇavasena uppajjamānaṃ vedanaṃ assādetvā vedanāya mamattena rūpādiārammaṇadāyakānaṃ cittakāra-gandhabba-gandhika-sūda-tantavāyarasāyanavidhāyakavejjādīnaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ karonti. Tasmā sabbāpesā vedanāpaccayā taṇhā hotīti veditabbā.

"Yasmā cettha adhippetā, vipākasukhavedanā; ekāva ekadhāvesā, tasmā taṇhāya paccayo."

Ekadhāti upanissayapaccayeneva paccayo hoti. Yasmā vā, "dukkhī sukhaṃ patthayati, sukhī bhiyyopi icchati; upekkhā pana santattā, sukhamicceva bhāsitā. Taṇhāya paccayā tasmā, honti tissopi vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, iti vuttā mahesinā. Vedanāpaccayā cāpi, yasmā nānusayaṃ vinā; hoti tasmā na sā hoti, brāhmaṇassa vusīmatoti."

Ayaṃ "vedanāpaccayā taṇhā"ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on feeling, craving": "here, craving is shown by way of the division into craving for visible forms and the rest — six kinds; each single one of these, by way of its mode of occurring, is held to be threefold."

For in this section, just as a son is named after his father — "the merchant's son," "the brahmin's son" — so too, in the Analysis, craving is shown as sixfold, named after its object: "craving for visible forms. Craving for sounds … odors … tastes … tangibles … mental objects."

But among these cravings, each single craving, by way of its mode of occurring, is held to be threefold: craving for sensual pleasure, craving for being, and craving for non-being. For when craving for visible forms occurs, relishing a visible-form object that has come into the eye's range by way of sensual gratification, then it is called "craving for sensual pleasure." When that same object occurs together with the eternalist view occurring as "it is permanent, eternal," then it is called "craving for being" — for lust accompanied by the eternalist view is called "craving for being." But when that same object occurs together with the annihilationist view occurring as "it is cut off, it perishes," then it is called "craving for non-being" — for lust accompanied by the annihilationist view is called "craving for non-being." The same method applies to craving for sounds and the rest. These make eighteen kinds of craving.

These eighteen, with respect to internal visible forms and the rest, and eighteen more, with respect to external ones, make thirty-six. Thus, thirty-six with respect to the past, thirty-six with respect to the future, and thirty-six with respect to the present make one hundred and eight kinds of craving. These, reduced again to their essential measure, should be understood as simply six, by way of the objects — visible forms and the rest — or simply three, by way of craving for sensual pleasure and the rest.

And since these beings, just as a wet-nurse, having relished a child, and out of possessiveness for that child, cares for it devotedly — so too, having relished the feeling that arises by way of a visible-form or other object, and out of possessiveness for that feeling, render great honor to painters, musicians, perfumers, cooks, weavers, and physicians skilled in preparing tonics, and the like — all these providers of a visible-form or other object — therefore it should be understood that all of this craving, in every instance, is conditioned by feeling.

"And since, here, only resultant pleasant feeling is meant — a single kind — it is a condition for craving in one way only."

"In one way": it is a condition solely by the decisive support condition. Or, since — "one who suffers longs for pleasure; one who is happy desires still more; but equanimity, being peaceful, is spoken of as pleasure itself. Therefore, all three feelings alike are conditions for craving; and craving is said, by the Great Sage, to be conditioned by feeling. And since craving, conditioned by feeling, does not occur without the underlying tendency, it therefore does not occur for the brahmin who has completed his task."

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on feeling, craving."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The closing verse's final line is easy to read past but carries real weight: craving, conditioned by feeling, "does not occur without the underlying tendency" — the latent, dormant disposition toward lust that an ordinary person carries in every moment, even when not actively feeling desire. This is why an arahant — "the brahmin who has completed his task" — can experience the very same pleasant, painful, and neutral feelings as anyone else, since feeling itself continues as long as the body lives, and yet no craving whatsoever arises in response, because the underlying tendency that would normally convert feeling into craving has been permanently uprooted. Feeling conditions craving only where the latent disposition to crave remains; remove that disposition, and the causal chain simply stops at this very link.

The wet-nurse and honored-craftsmen images work together to make an easily overlooked point: craving is not really about visible forms, sounds, tastes, and the rest at all — people do not, at bottom, want colors or sounds for their own sake, but the pleasant feeling those objects make possible, which is why they will pay lavishly for whoever can reliably produce that feeling, whatever the specific sensory channel happens to be.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kāmataṇhā / bhavataṇhā / vibhavataṇhā

craving for sensual pleasure / craving for being / craving for non-being — the canonical threefold division of craving, distinguished here by which wrong view, if any, accompanies the underlying lust for a given object.

anusaya

the underlying tendency — a latent, dormant disposition toward a defilement (here, specifically lust) that persists even when the defilement is not actively manifest; its permanent removal is what allows an arahant to feel without craving.

Craving Conditions Clinging: Four Kinds, and Why They Come in This Order

The eighth link works through the four kinds of clinging — to sensual pleasure, to views, to rules and vows, and to a doctrine of self — giving each a careful etymology before asking three further questions any thorough treatment demands: what, in brief and in detail, actually constitutes each one; in what order do they naturally arise within a single life; in what order are they abandoned on the path; and in what order does the Buddha choose to teach them. The chapter's answer to the last question is unexpectedly practical: clinging to sensual pleasure is taught first simply because it is the most obvious and common, associated with the widest range of consciousness, while the subtler doctrine of a self is saved for last.

Pali Source

Taṇhāpaccayā upādānapade – "upādānāni cattāri, tāni atthavibhāgato; dhammasaṅkhepavitthārā, kamato ca vibhāvaye."

Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – kāmupādānaṃ, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, sīlabbatupādānaṃ, attavādupādānanti imāni tāvettha cattāri upādānāni. Tesaṃ ayaṃ atthavibhāgo – vatthusaṅkhātaṃ kāmaṃ upādiyatīti kāmupādānaṃ, kāmo ca so upādānañcātipi kāmupādānaṃ. Upādānanti daḷhaggahaṇaṃ. Daḷhattho hettha upasaddo upāyāsaupakaṭṭhādīsu viya. Tathā diṭṭhi ca sā upādānañcāti diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Diṭṭhiṃ upādiyatīti vā diṭṭhupādānaṃ. "Sassato attā ca loko cā"tiādīsu hi purimadiṭṭhiṃ uttaradiṭṭhi upādiyati. Tathā sīlabbataṃ upādiyatīti sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Sīlabbatañca taṃ upādānañcātipi sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Gosīlagovatādīni hi "evaṃ suddhī"ti abhinivesato sayameva upādānāni. Tathā vadanti etenāti vādo. Upādiyanti etenāti upādānaṃ. Kiṃ vadanti, upādiyanti vā? Attānaṃ. Attano vādupādānaṃ attavādupādānaṃ. Attavādamattameva vā attāti upādiyanti etenāti attavādupādānaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva tesaṃ atthavibhāgo.

Dhammasaṅkhepavitthāre pana kāmupādānaṃ tāva "tattha katamaṃ kāmupādānaṃ? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmupādāna"nti āgatattā saṅkhepato taṇhādaḷhattaṃ vuccati. Taṇhādaḷhattaṃ nāma purimataṇhāupanissayapaccayena daḷhasambhūtā uttarataṇhāva. Keci panāhu "appattavisayapatthanā taṇhā andhakāre corassa hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya, sampattavisayaggahaṇaṃ upādānaṃ tasseva bhaṇḍaggahaṇaṃ viya. Appicchatāsantuṭṭhitāpaṭipakkhā ca te dhammā. Tathā pariyesanārakkhadukkhamūlā"ti. Sesupādānattayaṃ pana saṅkhepato diṭṭhimattameva.

Vitthārato pana pubbe rūpādīsu vuttaaṭṭhasatappabhedāyapi taṇhāya daḷhabhāvo kāmupādānaṃ. Dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Sīlabbatehi suddhīti parāmasanaṃ pana sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi attavādupādānaṃ. Ayamettha dhammasaṅkhepavitthāro.

Kamatoti ettha pana tividho kamo uppattikkamo pahānakkamo desanākkamo ca. Tattha anamatagge saṃsāre imassa paṭhamaṃ uppattīti abhāvato kilesānaṃ nippariyāyena uppattikkamo na vuccati. Pariyāyena pana yebhuyyena ekasmiṃ bhave attaggāhapubbaṅgamo sassatucchedābhiniveso, tato "sassato ayaṃ attā"ti gaṇhato attavisuddhatthaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, "ucchijjatī"ti gaṇhato paralokanirapekkhassa kāmupādānanti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tato diṭṭhisīlabbatakāmupādānānīti ayametesaṃ ekasmiṃ bhave uppattikkamo.

Diṭṭhupādānādīni cettha paṭhamaṃ pahīyanti sotāpattimaggavajjhattā. Kāmupādānaṃ pacchā, arahattamaggavajjhattāti ayametesaṃ pahānakkamo.

Mahāvisayattā pana pākaṭattā ca etesu kāmupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ. Mahāvisayaṃ hi taṃ aṭṭhacittasampayogā, appavisayāni itarāni catucittasampayogā, yebhuyyena ca ālayarāmattā pajāya pākaṭaṃ kāmupādānaṃ, na itarāni. Kāmupādāna vā kāmānaṃ samadhigamatthaṃ kotūhalamaṅgalādibahulo hoti, sāssa diṭṭhīti tadanantaraṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ, taṃ pabhijjamānaṃ sīlabbataattavādupādānavasena duvidhaṃ hoti. Tasmiṃ dvaye gokiriyaṃ kukkurakiriyaṃ vā disvāpi veditabbato oḷārikanti sīlabbatupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ. Sukhumattā ante attavādupādānanti ayametesaṃ desanākkamo.

"Taṇhā ca purimassettha, ekadhā hoti paccayo; sattadhā aṭṭhadhā vāpi, hoti sesattayassa sā."

Ettha ca evaṃ desite upādānacatukke purimassa kāmupādānassa kāmataṇhā upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti, taṇhābhinanditesu visayesu uppattito. Sesattayassa pana sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetuvasena sattadhā vā, upanissayena saha aṭṭhadhā vāpi paccayo hoti. Yadā ca sā upanissayavasena paccayo hoti, tadā asahajātāva hotīti.

Ayaṃ "taṇhāpaccayā upādāna"nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on craving, clinging": "the clingings are four; these should be clarified by way of the division of their meaning, by their nature in brief and in detail, and by their sequence."

Herein, this is the clarification — clinging to sensual pleasure, clinging to views, clinging to rules and vows, and clinging to a doctrine of self: these, first, are the four clingings here. Their division of meaning is this: it clings to sensual pleasure, meaning the object of desire — hence "clinging to sensual pleasure"; or, it is both sensual desire and clinging — hence, again, "clinging to sensual pleasure." "Clinging" means a firm grasping; the prefix "upa-" has the sense of firmness here, as in "intense distress," "close at hand," and the like. Likewise, it is both a view and a clinging — hence "clinging to views"; or, it clings to a view — hence "clinging to views." For, in such passages as "both self and world are eternal," a later view clings to an earlier view. Likewise, it clings to rules and vows — hence "clinging to rules and vows"; or, it is both a rule-and-vow and a clinging — hence, again, "clinging to rules and vows." For such practices as imitating the behavior and habits of cattle are, by the conviction "purification is thus," themselves clingings. Likewise, that by which they say something is a doctrine; that by which they cling is a clinging. What do they say, or cling to? A self. The clinging to a doctrine of self is "clinging to a doctrine of self"; or, that by which they cling to a mere doctrine of self as "self" is "clinging to a doctrine of self." This, first, is the division of their meaning.

As for the nature of these, in brief and in detail: clinging to sensual pleasure, first, since it comes down as "and what, herein, is clinging to sensual pleasure? Whatever desire for sensual pleasure, lust for sensual pleasure, delight in sensual pleasure, craving for sensual pleasure, affection for sensual pleasure, fever for sensual pleasure, infatuation with sensual pleasure, or attachment to sensual pleasure there is with respect to sensual pleasures — this is called clinging to sensual pleasure" — is said, in brief, to be simply the firmness of craving. "The firmness of craving" means precisely a later craving, made firm by the decisive support condition of an earlier craving. But some say: "craving is the longing for an object not yet obtained, like a thief's reaching out his hand in the dark; clinging is the grasping of an object already obtained, like that same thief's grasping of the goods. And these states are opposed to fewness of desire and contentment; likewise, they are rooted in the suffering of seeking and guarding." The remaining three clingings, in brief, are simply views.

In detail, however, the firmness of that same craving already described, with its hundred-and-eight subdivisions among visible forms and the rest, is clinging to sensual pleasure. Wrong view with ten grounds is clinging to views. The misapprehension that "purification comes through rules and vows" is clinging to rules and vows. Personality-view with twenty grounds is clinging to a doctrine of self. This, herein, is the nature of these, in brief and in detail.

"By sequence": herein, there are three kinds of sequence — the sequence of arising, the sequence of abandoning, and the sequence of teaching. Herein, since there is, in the beginningless round, no such thing as a first arising for this, the sequence of arising is not spoken of in the strict sense for the defilements. But in a looser sense, generally, within a single existence, the adherence to eternalism or annihilationism is preceded by the grasping of a self; from that, for one grasping "this self is eternal," clinging to rules and vows arises for the purpose of purifying the self; for one grasping "it is annihilated," clinging to sensual pleasure arises, having no regard for another world. Thus, first, clinging to a doctrine of self; then clinging to views, to rules and vows, and to sensual pleasure — this is their sequence of arising within a single existence.

And herein, clinging to views and the rest are abandoned first, since they are to be destroyed by the path of stream-entry; clinging to sensual pleasure, afterward, since it is to be destroyed by the path of arahantship. This is their sequence of abandoning.

But, among these, clinging to sensual pleasure is taught first, on account of its wide range and its evident character. For it has a wide range, being associated with eight kinds of consciousness, whereas the others have a narrow range, being associated with only four kinds of consciousness; and clinging to sensual pleasure is evident to people, in general, on account of their delight in attachment, whereas the others are not. Or: for one clinging to sensual pleasure, in order to obtain sensual pleasures, there arises an abundance of things such as excitement over omens and auspicious signs; that itself is a view — hence, immediately after it, clinging to views. That, when it splits apart, becomes twofold: clinging to rules and vows, and clinging to a doctrine of self. Between these two, clinging to rules and vows is taught first, since it can be understood as gross even upon merely seeing someone imitate the behavior of a cow or a dog; clinging to a doctrine of self, being subtle, is taught last. This is their sequence of teaching.

"And craving, here, is a condition for the first of these in one way; it is a condition for the remaining three in seven ways, or even in eight."

And herein, among the four clingings thus taught, craving for sensual pleasure is a condition for the first, clinging to sensual pleasure, in one way only, by the decisive support condition, since it arises within objects already delighted in by craving. But for the remaining three, it is a condition in seven ways — by the conascence, mutuality, dependence, association, presence, non-disappearance, and root conditions — or, together with the decisive support condition, in eight ways as well. And when it is a condition by way of the decisive support condition, it is then not conascent with what it conditions.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on craving, clinging."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The most surprising analytical move here is buried in a single line: clinging to sensual pleasure is defined, in brief, as simply "the firmness of craving" — not as a separate mental factor added on top of craving, but as an intensified, later stage of the very same craving already discussed in the previous link. The unnamed teachers' alternative image sharpens the distinction usefully: craving is a thief reaching in the dark for something not yet grasped; clinging is that same thief's hand actually closing around the goods. Nothing new has entered the picture — only the grip has tightened.

The three different "sequences" (arising, abandoning, teaching) matter because they answer three genuinely different questions and should not be confused: which clinging tends to develop first psychologically within an ordinary life (self-view, then views, then rules-and-vows or sensual clinging, depending on which wrong view one falls into); which is destroyed at which stage of the noble path (the first three go at stream-entry, sensual clinging survives all the way to arahantship); and which the Buddha finds pedagogically easiest to introduce to a new audience (sensual clinging first, since it is everyone's most obvious daily experience, self-view last, since it is the subtlest and hardest to detect).

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
sakkāyadiṭṭhi

personality-view — sakkāya (the existing body, one's own compound of aggregates) + diṭṭhi (view); the twenty-ground wrong view underlying "clinging to a doctrine of self," destroyed at the very first stage of the noble path, stream-entry.

gosīlagovata

the behavior and habits of cattle — go (cow) + sīla/vata (habit, vow); Buddhaghosa's chosen example of "clinging to rules and vows," referencing ascetics who imitated animal behavior in the belief that such austerity alone produces spiritual purification.

Clinging Conditions Being: Kamma-Being and Rebirth-Being

The ninth link divides "being" into two: kamma-being (the volitional act itself, together with its associated mental factors) and rebirth-being (the nine-fold classification of the aggregates it produces, spanning sense-sphere, form-sphere, and formless existence). A careful note explains why the formations already described under the first link resurface here under a new name — not mere repetition, but a genuine shift in reference, from kamma as a condition for the immediate present rebirth to kamma as a condition for a future one.

Pali Source

Upādānapaccayā bhavapade – "atthato dhammato ceva, sātthato bhedasaṅgahā; yaṃ yassa paccayo ceva, viññātabbo vinicchayo."

Tattha bhavatīti bhavo. So kammabhavo upapattibhavo cāti duvidho hoti. Yathāha – "bhavo duvidhena atthi kammabhavo, atthi upapattibhavo"ti. Tattha kammameva bhavo kammabhavo, tathā upapattiyeva bhavo upapattibhavo. Ettha ca upapatti bhavatīti bhavo. Kammaṃ pana yathā sukhakāraṇattā "sukho buddhānaṃ uppādo"ti vutto, evaṃ bhavakāraṇattā phalavohārena bhavoti veditabbanti. Evaṃ tāvettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Dhammato pana kammabhavo tāva saṅkhepato cetanā ceva cetanāsampayuttā ca abhijjhādayo kammasaṅkhātā dhammā. Yathāha – "tattha katamo kammabhavo? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vā, ayaṃ vuccati kammabhavo. Sabbampi bhavagāmikammaṃ kammabhavo"ti. Ettha hi puññābhisaṅkhāroti terasa cetanā. Apuññābhisaṅkhāroti dvādasa. Āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti catasso cetanā. Evaṃ parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vāti etena tāsaṃyeva cetanānaṃ mandabahuvipākatā vuttā. Sabbampi bhavagāmikammanti iminā pana cetanāsampayuttā abhijjhādayo vuttā.

Upapattibhavo pana saṅkhepato kammābhinibbattā khandhā, pabhedato navavidho hoti. Yathāha – "tattha katamo upapattibhavo? Kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo saññābhavo asaññābhavo nevasaññānāsaññābhavo, ekavokārabhavo catuvokārabhavo pañcavokārabhavo, ayaṃ vuccati upapattibhavo"ti. Tattha kāmasaṅkhāto bhavo kāmabhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Saññāvataṃ bhavo, saññā vā ettha bhave atthīti saññābhavo. Vipariyāyena asaññābhavo. Oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvā sukhumāya ca bhāvā nevasaññā, nāsaññā asmiṃ bhaveti nevasaññānāsaññābhavo. Ekena rūpakkhandhena vokiṇṇo bhavo ekavokārabhavo. Eko vā vokāro assa bhavassāti ekavokārabhavo. Esa nayo catuvokārapañcavokārabhavesu. Tattha kāmabhavo pañca upādiṇṇakkhandhā. Tathā rūpabhavo. Arūpabhavo cattāro, saññābhavo pañca. Asaññābhavo eko upādiṇṇakkhandho. Nevasaññānāsaññābhavo cattāro. Ekavokārabhavādayo ekacatupañcakkhandhā upādiṇṇakkhandhehīti evamettha dhammatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Sātthatoti yathā ca bhavaniddese, tatheva kāmaṃ saṅkhāraniddesepi puññābhisaṅkhārādayova vuttā, evaṃ santepi purime atītakammavasena idha paṭisandhiyā paccayattā, ime paccuppannakammavasena āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayattāti punavacanaṃ sātthakameva, pubbe vā "tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā"ti evamādinā nayena cetanāva saṅkhārāti vuttā. Idha pana "sabbampi bhavagāmikamma"nti vacanato cetanāsampayuttāpi. Pubbe ca viññāṇapaccayameva kammaṃ "saṅkhārā"ti vuttaṃ. Idāni asaññābhavanibbattakampi. Kiṃ vā bahunā, "avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā"ti ettha puññābhisaṅkhārādayova kusalākusalā dhammā vuttā. "Upādānapaccayā bhavo"ti idha pana upapattibhavassāpi saṅgahitattā kusalākusalābyākatā dhammā vuttā. Tasmā sabbathāpi sātthakamevidaṃ punavacananti evamettha sātthatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Bhedasaṅgahāti upādānapaccayā bhavassa bhedato ceva saṅgahato ca. Yañhi kāmupādānapaccayā kāmabhavanibbattakaṃ kammaṃ karīyati, so kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ kāmupādānapaccayā dve kāmabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā, dve rūpabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavaasaññābhavaekavokārabhavapañcavokārabhavā, dve arūpabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavanevasaññānāsaññābhavacatuvokārabhavāti saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā. Yathā ca kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā. Tathā sesupādānapaccayāpīti evaṃ upādānapaccayā bhedato saddhiṃ antogadhehi catuvīsati bhavā.

Saṅgahato pana kammabhavaṃ upapattibhavañca ekato katvā kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi eko kāmabhavo. Tathā rūpārūpabhavāti tayo bhavā. Tathā sesupādānapaccayā pīti. Evaṃ upādānapaccayā saṅgahato saddhiṃ antogadhehi dvādasa bhavā. Apica avisesena upādānapaccayā kāmabhavūpagaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ upādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi dve kāmabhavā, dve rūpabhavā, dve arūpabhavāti aparena pariyāyena saṅgahato cha bhavā. Kammabhavaupapattibhavabhedaṃ vā anupagamma saddhiṃ antogadhehi kāmabhavādivasena tayo bhavā honti. Kāmabhavādibhedampi anupagamma kammabhavaupapattibhavavasena dve bhavā honti. Kammupapattibhedañcāpi anupagamma upādānapaccayā bhavoti bhavavasena ekova bhavo hotīti evamettha upādānapaccayassa bhavassa bhedasaṅgahāpi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on clinging, being": "by meaning, by nature, by the point of restating it, by division and inclusion, and by which is a condition for which — the discernment should be understood."

Herein, that which comes to be is "being." It is of two kinds: kamma-being and rebirth-being. As it is said: "being is of two kinds: there is kamma-being, and there is rebirth-being." Herein, kamma itself is being — hence "kamma-being"; likewise, rebirth itself is being — hence "rebirth-being." And here, rebirth comes to be — hence "being." But kamma, just as it is called, on account of being the cause of happiness, "the happy arising of Buddhas," should likewise be understood to be called "being" by a figure of speech naming the cause after its result, on account of being the cause of being. Thus, so far, the discernment by way of meaning should be understood.

By nature, kamma-being, first, is, in brief, volition, and also the states classed as kamma, associated with volition, beginning with covetousness. As it is said: "and what, herein, is kamma-being? The meritorious formation, the demeritorious formation, the imperturbable formation, whether of a limited or an exalted plane — this is called kamma-being. All kamma whatsoever that leads to being is kamma-being." Herein, "the meritorious formation" means the thirteen volitions; "the demeritorious formation," the twelve; "the imperturbable formation," the four volitions. And by "whether of a limited or an exalted plane," the lesser or greater fruitfulness of those same volitions is expressed. But by "all kamma whatsoever that leads to being," the states associated with volition, beginning with covetousness, are expressed.

But rebirth-being, in brief, is the aggregates produced by kamma; by subdivision, it is of nine kinds. As it is said: "and what, herein, is rebirth-being? Sense-sphere being, form-sphere being, formless being, percipient being, non-percipient being, neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being, one-constituent being, four-constituent being, five-constituent being — this is called rebirth-being." Herein, being called "sensual pleasure" is sense-sphere being; the same method applies to form-sphere and formless being. The being of those possessing perception, or that in which perception exists, is percipient being; the reverse is non-percipient being. Neither a coarse perception, on account of its absence, nor no perception at all, on account of the presence of a subtle one, exists in this being — hence, neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being. Being intermingled with a single constituent, form, is one-constituent being; or, this being has a single constituent — hence, one-constituent being. The same method applies to four-constituent and five-constituent being. Herein, sense-sphere being consists of five clung-to aggregates; likewise form-sphere being. Formless being consists of four; percipient being, five. Non-percipient being consists of one clung-to aggregate. Neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being consists of four. One-constituent being and the rest consist of one, four, or five clung-to aggregates respectively. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of nature, too, should be understood.

"By the point of restating it": although, granted, in the exposition of formations it is likewise the meritorious formation and the rest that were spoken of, just as here in the exposition of being — even so, this restatement is genuinely meaningful, since the former passage concerns their being a condition for rebirth-linking here by way of past kamma, while these here concern their being a condition for rebirth-linking in the future by way of present kamma. Or: earlier, in the manner beginning "and what, herein, is the meritorious formation? Wholesome sense-sphere volition," it was said that volition alone constitutes the formations; but here, from the statement "all kamma whatsoever that leads to being," the states associated with volition are meant as well. And earlier, only the kamma that conditions consciousness was called "formations"; here, even that which produces non-percipient being is included. Or, to say no more: in "dependent on ignorance are formations," only the meritorious formation and the rest — wholesome and unwholesome states — were mentioned; but here, in "dependent on clinging, being," since rebirth-being too is included, wholesome, unwholesome, and indeterminate states are all mentioned. Therefore, in every respect, this restatement is indeed meaningful. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of the point of restating it, too, should be understood.

"By division and inclusion": for, conditioned by clinging to sensual pleasure, kamma that produces sense-sphere being is performed — that is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that are rebirth-being. The same method applies to form-sphere and formless being. Thus, conditioned by clinging to sensual pleasure, there are two sense-sphere beings, together with the percipient being and five-constituent being included within them; two form-sphere beings, together with the percipient being, non-percipient being, one-constituent being, and five-constituent being included within them; and two formless beings, together with the percipient being, neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being, and four-constituent being included within them — six beings altogether, together with those included within them. And just as, conditioned by clinging to sensual pleasure, there are six beings together with those included within them, so too for the remaining kinds of clinging as their condition. Thus, conditioned by clinging, there are, by way of division, twenty-four beings together with those included within them.

By way of inclusion, however, taking kamma-being and rebirth-being together as one: conditioned by clinging to sensual pleasure, together with those included within it, there is one sense-sphere being. Likewise form-sphere and formless being — three beings in all. So too for the remaining kinds of clinging as their condition. Thus, conditioned by clinging, by way of inclusion, together with those included within them, there are twelve beings. Moreover, without distinction, kamma leading to sense-sphere being, conditioned by clinging, is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that are rebirth-being. The same method applies to form-sphere and formless being. Thus, conditioned by clinging, together with those included within them, there are two sense-sphere beings, two form-sphere beings, and two formless beings — six beings, by way of inclusion, in this further alternative reckoning. Or, without even approaching the division into kamma-being and rebirth-being, together with those included within them, there are, by way of sense-sphere being and the rest, three beings. Without even approaching the division into sense-sphere being and the rest, there are, by way of kamma-being and rebirth-being, two beings. And without even approaching the division into kamma and rebirth at all, simply as "being conditioned by clinging," by way of being alone, there is just a single being. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of the division and inclusion of being conditioned by clinging, too, should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The nine-fold classification of rebirth-being is worth mapping against the three-fold one, since both are used freely throughout the tradition: sense-sphere, form-sphere, and formless being are the three broad realms already familiar from the treatise's earlier chapters on meditation, while percipient, non-percipient, and neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being cut across those realms along a different axis — the presence or refinement of perception itself — and one-, four-, and five-constituent being cut across them along yet a third axis, counting how many of the five aggregates are actually present. The same being can, and typically does, fall under one category from each of these three overlapping systems simultaneously.

The extended justification for restating "formations" under the new name "kamma-being" is a small window into how seriously this commentarial tradition takes apparent redundancy in the canon: rather than dismissing a repeated formula as mere stylistic habit, Buddhaghosa treats it as a puzzle requiring a real answer, and supplies no fewer than three independent, non-competing explanations for why the restatement earns its place.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kammabhava / upapattibhava

kamma-being / rebirth-being — the two-fold division of "being" that structures this entire section: the volitional act on one hand, and the resultant existence it produces on the other.

ekavokārabhava / catuvokārabhava / pañcavokārabhava

one-constituent, four-constituent, and five-constituent being — a classification of rebirth-being by how many of the five aggregates are present: form alone (non-percipient beings), the four mental aggregates alone (formless beings), or all five together (everywhere else).

Which Clinging Leads to Which Being: Five Worldlings, Five Destinies

A final, sobering point closes the discussion: any clinging whatsoever can lead to any kind of being whatsoever, since an unenlightened worldling reasons no more carefully than a madman. Five vivid character sketches make this concrete — one man drawn by hearsay toward sensual pleasure who ends up in a state of misery through the misconduct his craving provokes; another whose same desire, pursued through good conduct instead, leads to a fortunate rebirth; a third who imagines form- and formless-sphere existence as even more pleasurable and meditates his way there; and two more, driven respectively by annihilationist and eternalist misreadings of the self, and by a naive faith in ascetic rules and vows, each capable of producing kamma leading to any of the three realms of being.

Pali Source

Yaṃ yassa paccayo cevāti yañcettha upādānaṃ yassa paccayo hoti, tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayoti attho. Kiṃ panettha kassa paccayo hoti? Yaṃkiñci yassa kassaci paccayo hotiyeva. Ummattako viya hi puthujjano. So idaṃ yuttaṃ idaṃ ayuttanti avicāretvā yassa kassaci upādānassa vasena yaṃkiñci bhavaṃ patthetvā yaṃkiñci kammaṃ karotiyeva. Tasmā yadekacce sīlabbatupādānena rūpārūpabhavā na hontīti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Sabbena pana sabbo hotīti gahetabbaṃ.

Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco anussavavasena vā diṭṭhānusārena vā "kāmā nāmete manussaloke ceva khattiyamahāsālakulādīsu, cha kāmāvacaradevaloke ca samiddhā"ti cintetvā tesaṃ adhigamatthaṃ asaddhammassavanādīhi vañcito "iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī"ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīnipi karoti, so duccaritapāripūriyā apāye upapajjati. Sandiṭṭhike vā pana kāme patthayamāno paṭiladdhe ca gopayamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīni karoti, so duccaritapāripūriyā apāye upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva.

Aparo pana saddhammassavanādīhi upabrūhitañāṇo "iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī"ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyasucaritādīni karoti. So sucaritapāripūriyā devesu vā manussesu vā upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedassa sāntogadhassa kāmabhavassa paccayo hoti.

Aparo "rūpārūpabhavesu tato samiddhatarā kāmā"ti sutvā parikappetvā vā kāmupādānavaseneva rūpārūpasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā samāpattibalena rūpārūpabrahmaloke upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññā-asaññā-nevasaññānāsaññā-eka-catu-pañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ rūpārūpabhavānampi paccayo hoti.

Aparo "ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ ucchinne suucchinno hotī"ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādāya tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti diṭṭhupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇampi kāmarūpārūpabhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.

Aparo "ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ sukhī hoti vigatapariḷāho"ti attavādupādānena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti attavādupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.

Aparo "idaṃ sīlabbataṃ nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ paripūrentassa sukhaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchatī"ti sīlabbatupādānavasena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti sīlabbatupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hoti. Evamettha yaṃ yassa paccayo hoti, tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Kiṃ panettha kassa bhavassa kathaṃ paccayo hotīti ce? "Rūpārūpabhavānaṃ, upanissayapaccayo upādānaṃ; sahajātādīhipi taṃ, kāmabhavassāti viññeyyaṃ."

Rūpārūpabhavānaṃ hi, kāmabhavapariyāpannassa ca kammabhave kusalakammasseva, upapattibhavassa cetaṃ catubbidhampi upādānaṃ upanissayapaccayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave attanā sampayuttākusalakammabhavassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetupaccayappabhedehi sahajātādīhi paccayo hoti. Vippayuttassa pana upanissayapaccayenevāti.

Ayaṃ "upādānapaccayā bhavo"ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

"And by which is a condition for which": the meaning is that the discernment here should also be understood by way of which clinging is a condition for which being. What, then, is a condition for what here? Anything at all is indeed a condition for anything at all. For a worldling is like a madman: without considering "this is fitting, this is unfitting," he simply aspires to any being whatsoever, by way of any clinging whatsoever, and simply performs any kamma whatsoever. Therefore, if some say that form- and formless being cannot come about through clinging to rules and vows, that should not be accepted. Rather, it should be accepted that any being whatsoever can come about through any clinging whatsoever.

For example: here, someone, by way of hearsay or by following a wrong view, thinks: "sensual pleasures are indeed abundant in the human world, among great warrior-noble and other such families, and in the six sense-sphere heavens" — and, deceived by listening to false teachings in order to obtain them, thinking "by this kamma, sensual pleasures are accomplished," commits bodily misconduct and the like by way of clinging to sensual pleasure; he is reborn in a state of misery through the fulfillment of that misconduct. Or, longing for sensual pleasures visible in this very life, and guarding those already obtained, he commits bodily misconduct and the like by way of clinging to sensual pleasure; he is reborn in a state of misery through the fulfillment of that misconduct. In that case, the kamma that is the cause of his rebirth is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that kamma are rebirth-being. Percipient being and five-constituent being are simply included within that.

But another, his understanding strengthened by listening to the true teaching and the like, thinking "by this kamma, sensual pleasures are accomplished," commits bodily good conduct and the like by way of clinging to sensual pleasure. He is reborn among gods or human beings through the fulfillment of that good conduct. In that case, the kamma that is the cause of his rebirth is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that kamma are rebirth-being. Percipient being and five-constituent being are simply included within that. Thus, clinging to sensual pleasure is a condition for sense-sphere being, together with its subdivisions and what is included within it.

Another, having heard, or having imagined for himself, that "in form and formless being, sensual pleasures are even more abundant than there," produces, precisely by way of clinging to sensual pleasure, the form- and formless-sphere attainments, and, by the power of that attainment, is reborn in the form- or formless-sphere Brahmā world. In that case, the kamma that is the cause of his rebirth is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that kamma are rebirth-being. Percipient being, non-percipient being, neither-percipient-nor-non-percipient being, and one-, four-, and five-constituent being are simply included within that. Thus, clinging to sensual pleasure is a condition even for form- and formless being, together with their subdivisions and what is included within them.

Another, taking up the annihilationist view that "this self is well and truly cut off when cut off, in either a sense-sphere state of attainment or one or another of the form- or formless states of being," performs kamma conducive to that. For him, that kamma is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that kamma are rebirth-being. Percipient being and the rest are simply included within that. Thus, clinging to views is a condition even for all three kinds of being — sense-sphere, form-sphere, and formless — together with their subdivisions and what is included within them.

Another, by way of clinging to a doctrine of self — thinking "this self is happy, free of torment, in one or another of a sense-sphere state of attainment or the form- or formless states of being" — performs kamma conducive to that. For him, that kamma is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that are rebirth-being. Percipient being and the rest are simply included within that. Thus, clinging to a doctrine of self is a condition for all three kinds of being, together with their subdivisions and what is included within them.

Another, by way of clinging to rules and vows — thinking "this rule or vow, when fulfilled, brings one to the fulfillment of happiness in one or another of a sense-sphere state of attainment or the form- or formless states of being" — performs kamma conducive to that. For him, that kamma is kamma-being; the aggregates produced by that are rebirth-being. Percipient being and the rest are simply included within that. Thus, clinging to rules and vows is a condition for all three kinds of being, together with their subdivisions and what is included within them. Thus, herein, the discernment by way of which is a condition for which should also be understood.

But how, here, is clinging a condition for which being? "Clinging is a condition for form- and formless being by the decisive support condition; it should be understood that it is also a condition for sense-sphere being by the conascence and other conditions."

For, with respect to form- and formless being, and with respect to the wholesome kamma alone within the kamma-being included in sense-sphere being, and with respect to rebirth-being — for all these, this fourfold clinging is a condition in one way only, by the decisive support condition. But in sense-sphere being, for the unwholesome kamma-being associated with itself, it is a condition by the conascence and other conditions, of the kinds: conascence, mutuality, dependence, association, presence, non-disappearance, and root. But for what is dissociated from it, it is a condition solely by the decisive support condition.

This is the detailed discussion of the phrase "dependent on clinging, being."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

These five character sketches form a small gallery of human folly, and Buddhaghosa's comparison of the ordinary worldling to a madman is not incidental color — it is the argument itself. The point being refuted is a tidy, over-systematic claim that each clinging maps neatly onto its own proper destination (sensual clinging to sensual rebirth, and so on). Real human motivation, the chapter insists, is messier than that: the very same clinging to sensual pleasure can lead a person to hell through misconduct or to heaven through virtue, and even something as apparently narrow as clinging to rules and vows can, in an ascetic seeking release through austerity, become the engine driving him all the way into the formless attainments. Confusion, not consistency, is the worldling's defining trait.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ummattaka

a madman — the chapter's chosen image for the ordinary, unenlightened worldling, who pursues any being whatsoever through any clinging whatsoever without ever weighing what is truly fitting.

samiddhatara

more abundant, more prosperous — the comparative term the third worldling uses to imagine that sensual pleasures exist in even greater abundance within the form- and formless-sphere realms, motivating him to meditate his way toward a Brahmā-world rebirth purely out of a subtler form of sensual craving.

Being Conditions Birth: Proof from Twins

The tenth and eleventh links receive their briefest treatment yet, since birth, aging, and death were already analyzed at length back in the Truths chapter. Buddhaghosa adds only one new argument here — a clean empirical proof that kamma-being, specifically, is what determines the exact quality of a new birth, drawn from the simple observation that even twins, sharing identical parents and identical external circumstances of conception, are still born with visibly different fortunes.

Pali Source

Bhavapaccayā jātītiādīsu jātiādīnaṃ vinicchayo saccaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Bhavoti panettha kammabhavova adhippeto. So hi jātiyā paccayo, na upapattibhavo. So ca pana kammapaccayaupanissayapaccayavasena dvedhā paccayo hotīti.

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ bhavo jātiyā paccayoti ce? Bāhirapaccayasamattepi hīnapaṇītatādivisesadassanato. Bāhirānaṃ hi janakajananīsukkasoṇitāhārādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ samattepi sattānaṃ yamakānampi sataṃ hīnapaṇītatādiviseso dissati. So ca na ahetuko sabbadā ca sabbesañca abhāvato, na kammabhavato aññahetuko tadabhinibbattakasattānaṃ ajjhattasantāne aññassa kāraṇassa abhāvatoti kammabhavahetukova. Kammaṃ hi sattānaṃ hīnapaṇītatādivisesassa hetu. Tenāha bhagavā "kammaṃ satte vibhajati yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā"ti. Tasmā jānitabbametaṃ "bhavo jātiyā paccayo"ti.

Yasmā ca asati jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ nāma, sokādayo vā dhammā na honti. Jātiyā pana sati jarāmaraṇañceva, jarāmaraṇasaṅkhātadukkhadhammaphuṭṭhassa ca bālajanassa jarāmaraṇābhisambandhā vā tena tena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa anabhisambandhā vā sokādayo ca dhammā honti. Tasmā ayampi jāti jarāmaraṇassa ceva sokādīnañca paccayo hotīti veditabbā. Sā pana upanissayakoṭiyā ekadhāva paccayo hotīti.

Ayaṃ "bhavapaccayā jātī"tiādīsu vitthārakathā.

Ru-Yi Translation

In the section "dependent on being, birth" and the rest, the discernment regarding birth and the rest should be understood in just the way already stated in the discussion of the truths. "Being," herein, means specifically kamma-being; for it is this that is the condition for birth, not rebirth-being. And it is a condition in two ways: by the kamma condition and by the decisive support condition.

Here it might be asked: how, then, is this to be known — that "being is a condition for birth"? By observing a distinction of inferiority, superiority, and the like even when the external conditions are complete and equal. For, even when the external conditions — the father, the mother, the sperm and blood, nutriment, and the rest — are complete and equal, a distinction of inferiority, superiority, and the like is seen even among a hundred twin beings. And this is not uncaused, since it does not exist always and for everyone; nor is it caused by anything other than kamma-being, since no other cause is found within the internal continuity of the beings it produces — it is caused precisely by kamma-being. For kamma is the cause of the distinction of inferiority, superiority, and the like among beings. Hence the Blessed One said: "kamma divides beings, that is, into the inferior and the superior." Therefore this should be known: "being is a condition for birth."

And since, when birth is absent, there is no such thing as aging-and-death, nor do the states of sorrow and the rest come to be — but when birth is present, there is aging-and-death, and, for a foolish person touched by the painful state called aging-and-death, whether connected with aging-and-death itself or connected with this or that painful state that touches him, the states of sorrow and the rest come to be. Therefore it should be understood that this birth, too, is a condition for aging-and-death and for sorrow and the rest. But it is a condition in one way only, by way of the decisive support condition.

This is the detailed discussion of "dependent on being, birth" and the rest.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The twins argument is a small masterpiece of empirical reasoning within a text that otherwise relies heavily on scripture and etymology: it isolates kamma as a cause by the standard method of holding every other variable constant. If two beings share literally every external circumstance of conception — same parents, same biological material, presumably the same nutriment and care — and still turn out with visibly different fortunes, something internal to each being must be doing the differentiating work, and nothing else remains available to do that work except each one's own individual store of past kamma. It is worth noting that Buddhaghosa restricts this whole discussion specifically to kamma-being, not rebirth-being — it is the volitional act of the past life, not the resultant aggregates of the present one, that actually conditions a future birth.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
yamaka

twins — the key empirical case cited to prove kamma's causal role: identical external conception conditions, yet visibly different outcomes, ruling out chance and isolating each individual's own past kamma as the differentiating factor.

hīnappaṇītatā

the distinction of inferiority and superiority — hīna (inferior) + paṇīta (superior) + -tā (abstract-noun suffix); the exact canonical phrase the Buddha uses for what kamma "divides beings" into, quoted here as the scriptural warrant for the twins argument.

The Wheel of Becoming: No Discernible Beginning, No Agent, No Experiencer

With every individual link now fully explained, Buddhaghosa steps back to characterize the whole twelve-factor chain as a single "wheel of becoming," and proves four remarkable claims about it at once. First, ignorance — the chain's own apparent starting point — is itself shown to be produced by sorrow, lamentation, and the other factors named at the chain's end, since each of those states demonstrably arises from one of the four taints, one of which is the taint of ignorance itself; the wheel has no genuine starting point at all, only a place where any given telling of it happens to begin. Second, since this circularity never terminates, the wheel is said to have "no discernible beginning" — and an apparent objection, that calling ignorance a starting point contradicts this, is resolved by clarifying that ignorance is named first only because it is the principal factor to be cut, the way seizing a snake's head disables the whole snake, not because it is a true first cause. Third, the wheel operates with no maker and no one who experiences its results — only the twelve factors themselves, conditioning one another. Fourth, every single factor in it is void in a full twelvefold sense — impermanent, foul, painful, and not-self, in both its general and its individual nature.

Pali Source

Yasmā panettha sokādayo avasāne vuttā, tasmā yā sā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti evametassa bhavacakkassa ādimhi vuttā, sā, "sokādīhi avijjā, siddhā bhavacakkamaviditādimidaṃ; kārakavedakarahitaṃ, dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññaṃ." Satataṃ samitaṃ pavattatīti veditabbaṃ.

Kathaṃ panettha sokādīhi avijjā siddhā, kathamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādi, kathaṃ kārakavedakarahitaṃ, kathaṃ dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññanti ce? Ettha hi sokadomanassupāyāsā avijjāya aviyogino, paridevo ca nāma mūḷhassāti tesu tāva siddhesu siddhā hoti avijjā. Apica "āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo"ti vuttaṃ. Āsavasamudayā cete sokādayo honti.

Kathaṃ? Vatthukāmaviyoge tāva soko kāmāsavasamudayā hoti. Yathāha – "tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno; te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī"ti. Yathā cāha – "kāmato jāyati soko"ti.

Sabbepi cete diṭṭhāsavasamudayā honti. Yathāha – "tassa 'ahaṃ rūpaṃ mama rūpa'nti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā"ti.

Yathā ca diṭṭhāsavasamudayā, evaṃ bhavāsavasamudayāpi. Yathāha – "yepi te devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā, tepi tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ saṃvegamāpajjantī"ti. Pañca pubbanimittāni disvā maraṇabhayena santajjitānaṃ devānaṃ viya.

Yathā ca bhavāsavasamudayā, evaṃ avijjāsavasamudayāpi. Yathāha – "sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo tividhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī"ti.

Iti yasmā āsavasamudayā ete dhammā honti, tasmā ete sijjhamānā avijjāya hetubhūte āsave sādhenti. Āsavesu ca siddhesu paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāpi siddhāva hotīti. Evaṃ tāvettha sokādīhi avijjā siddhā hotīti veditabbā.

Yasmā pana evaṃ paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāya siddhāya puna avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti evaṃ hetuphalaparamparāya pariyosānaṃ natthi. Tasmā taṃ hetuphalasambandhavasena pavattaṃ dvādasaṅgaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādīti siddhaṃ hoti.

Evaṃ sati avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti idaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ virujjhatīti ce. Nayidaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ. Padhānadhammakathanaṃ panetaṃ. Tiṇṇannaṃ hi vaṭṭānaṃ avijjā padhānā. Avijjāggahaṇena hi avasesakilesavaṭṭañca kammādīni ca bālaṃ palibodhenti. Sappasiraggahaṇena sesasappasarīraṃ viya bāhaṃ. Avijjāsamucchede pana kate tehi vimokkho hoti. Sappasiracchede kate palibodhitabāhāvimokkho viya. Yathāha – "avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho"tiādi. Iti yaṃ gaṇhato bandho, muccato ca mokkho hoti, tassa padhānadhammassa kathanamidaṃ, na ādimattakathananti. Evamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādīti veditabbaṃ.

Tayidaṃ yasmā avijjādīhi kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavatti, tasmā tato aññena "brahmā mahābrahmā seṭṭho sajitā"ti evaṃ parikappitena brahmādinā vā saṃsārassa kārakena, "so kho pana me ayaṃ attā vado vedeyyo"ti evaṃ parikappitena attanā vā sukhadukkhānaṃ vedakena rahitaṃ. Iti kārakavedakarahitanti veditabbaṃ.

Yasmā panettha avijjā udayabbayadhammakattā dhuvabhāvena, saṃkiliṭṭhattā saṃkilesikattā ca subhabhāvena, udayabbayapaṭipīḷitattā sukhabhāvena, paccayāyattavuttittā vasavattanabhūtena attabhāvena ca suññā. Tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni. Yasmā vā avijjā na attā, na attano, na attani, na attavatī. Tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni. Tasmā dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññametaṃ bhavacakkanti veditabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

Now, since sorrow and the rest are spoken of at the end here, that same ignorance which was spoken of at the beginning of this wheel of becoming, as "dependent on ignorance are formations" — it should be understood that: "ignorance is established by sorrow and the rest; this wheel of becoming has no discernible beginning; it is devoid of an agent or an experiencer; it is void with a twelvefold voidness" — and occurs constantly and continuously.

How, then, is ignorance established by sorrow and the rest here; how is this wheel of becoming without a discernible beginning; how is it devoid of an agent and an experiencer; how is it void with a twelvefold voidness? Here: sorrow, displeasure, and despair are never separate from ignorance, and lamentation, indeed, belongs only to one who is deluded; so, once these are established, ignorance too is thereby established. Moreover, it was said: "from the arising of the taints comes the arising of ignorance." And these — sorrow and the rest — arise from the arising of the taints as well.

How so? First, sorrow at the loss of an object of sensual desire arises from the arising of the taint of sensual desire. As it is said: "if, for a person set on sensual pleasure, whose desire has arisen, those sensual pleasures diminish, he is afflicted as though pierced by a dart." And as it is said: "from sensual pleasure sorrow is born."

All of these also arise from the arising of the taint of views. As it is said: "for one who remains obsessed with 'I am form, form is mine,' through the change and alteration of form, there arise sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, and despair."

And just as they arise from the arising of the taint of views, so too from the arising of the taint of being. As it is said: "even those gods who are long-lived, beautiful, abounding in happiness, dwelling long in lofty mansions — even they, on hearing the Tathāgata's teaching of the Dhamma, fall into fear, dread, and a sense of urgency" — just like gods terrified with the fear of death upon seeing the five preliminary signs of their own impending fall.

And just as they arise from the arising of the taint of being, so too from the arising of the taint of ignorance. As it is said: "that fool, bhikkhus, experiences threefold pain and displeasure right here in this very life."

Thus, since these states arise from the arising of the taints, their own establishment thereby establishes the taints, which are themselves the cause of ignorance. And, the taints being established, since ignorance's being a condition for them depends on their being present, ignorance too is thereby established. Thus, so far, it should be understood that ignorance is established by sorrow and the rest.

And since, ignorance being thereby established by its dependence on being a condition for sorrow and the rest in this way, there is, once again, "dependent on ignorance are formations, dependent on formations, consciousness," and so on — there is no end to this succession of cause and effect. Therefore this twelve-factored wheel of becoming, occurring by way of this connection of cause and effect, is thereby established as having no discernible beginning.

If it should be said that this being so, the statement "dependent on ignorance are formations" contradicts the claim of no discernible beginning — this is not a mere statement of a beginning. Rather, it is a statement of the principal factor. For ignorance is the principal factor among the three rounds. By seizing hold of ignorance, the remaining round of defilements, and kamma and the rest, entangle the fool — just as, by seizing a snake's head, the rest of the snake's body entangles the arm. But when ignorance is cut off, liberation from them comes about — just as, when the snake's head is severed, the entangled arm is freed. As it is said: "it is precisely through the total fading away and cessation of ignorance that the cessation of formations comes about," and so on. Thus, this is a statement of that principal factor, whose seizing entails bondage and whose release entails freedom — not a mere statement of a beginning. Thus, this wheel of becoming should be understood to have no discernible beginning.

And since it is by causes such as ignorance that formations and the rest occur, therefore this wheel of becoming is devoid of any maker of saṃsāra other than these — such as a Brahmā, imagined as "a Great Brahmā, the highest, the creator" — and devoid of any experiencer of pleasure and pain other than these — such as a self, imagined as "that self of mine which speaks, which feels." Thus it should be understood as "devoid of an agent and an experiencer."

And since, here, ignorance is void of permanence, on account of being subject to arising and passing away; void of beauty, on account of being defiled and conducive to defilement; void of pleasure, on account of being oppressed by arising and passing away; and void of a self in the sense of a controlling agent, on account of occurring in dependence on conditions — and likewise the other factors, the formations and the rest — or, since ignorance is not a self, does not belong to a self, is not within a self, and does not possess a self — and likewise the other factors, the formations and the rest — therefore this wheel of becoming should be understood as "void with a twelvefold voidness."

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The proof that ignorance is "established by sorrow and the rest" closes a circle that began all the way back near the chapter's opening, when Buddhaghosa first noted that the standard formula's closing terms — sorrow, lamentation, pain, displeasure, despair — exist only to show that the wheel has no gap. Here that observation is put to full philosophical use: since each of these closing terms can independently be traced back to one of the four taints (sensual desire, views, being, and ignorance itself), and since ignorance is itself defined as arising from the taints, the very last words of the standard formula loop directly back into its very first word. There is no privileged starting line to be found anywhere in the twelve factors — only the place a given telling happens to enter the circle, exactly as the vine-gatherers' simile from early in the chapter already showed for the four directions of teaching.

The snake's-head image resolves what could otherwise look like a flat contradiction — how can a "beginningless" wheel still name ignorance first? — with genuine elegance: ignorance is not a first cause in time, but the one weak point in the whole structure where cutting is actually effective, the way a snake handler seizes the head specifically because that is where the danger, and the leverage, both concentrate, not because the head came into existence before the rest of the snake.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
āsava

taint — the four deep-seated defilements (sensual desire, views, being, and ignorance) whose "arising" is shown here to underlie sorrow and the other closing terms of the standard formula, closing the circle back to ignorance itself.

aviditādi

"having no discernible beginning" — a + vidita (known, discerned) + ādi (beginning); the technical description of the wheel of becoming's temporal structure, distinguished carefully here from ignorance's rhetorical role as the formula's "principal factor."

kārakavedakarahita

devoid of an agent and an experiencer — kāraka (doer, maker) + vedaka (experiencer, feeler) + rahita (devoid of); the wheel's third defining property, ruling out both a creator-god behind saṃsāra and a self who undergoes its results.

Two Roots, Three Times: Ignorance and Craving

The wheel is now analyzed along a further axis: its twelve factors reduce to two "roots" — ignorance, which anchors the chain looking backward into the past, and craving, which anchors it looking forward into the future — and distribute across three times: two factors belonging to the past, eight to the present, and two to the future.

Pali Source

Evañca viditvā puna, "tassāvijjātaṇhā, mūlamatītādayo tayo kālā; dve aṭṭha dve eva ca, sarūpato tesu aṅgāni."

Tassa kho panetassa bhavacakkassa avijjā taṇhā cāti dve dhammā mūlanti veditabbā. Tadetaṃ pubbantāharaṇato avijjāmūlaṃ vedanāvasānaṃ, aparantasantānato taṇhāmūlaṃ jarāmaraṇāvasānanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha purimaṃ diṭṭhicaritavasena vuttaṃ, pacchimaṃ taṇhācaritavasena. Diṭṭhicaritānaṃ hi avijjā, taṇhācaritānañca taṇhā saṃsāranāyikā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisamugghātāya vā paṭhamaṃ, phaluppattiyā hetūnaṃ anupacchedappakāsanato, sassatadiṭṭhisamugghātāya dutiyaṃ, uppannānaṃ jarāmaraṇappakāsanato. Gabbhaseyyakavasena vā purimaṃ, anupubbapavattidīpanato, opapātikavasena pacchimaṃ, sahuppattidīpanato.

Atītapaccuppannānāgatā cassa tayo kālā. Tesu pāḷiyaṃ sarūpato āgatavasena "avijjā, saṅkhārā cā"ti dve aṅgāni atītakālāni. Viññāṇādīni bhavāvasānāni aṭṭha paccuppannakālāni. Jāti ceva jarāmaraṇañca dve anāgatakālānīti veditabbāni.

Ru-Yi Translation

Having understood this, further — "ignorance and craving are its root; the past and the rest are its three times; two, eight, and two again are its factors, respectively, by their own specific nature, among these times."

Of this wheel of becoming, ignorance and craving should be understood as its two root factors. This is twofold: rooted in ignorance, drawing back to the past and ending with feeling; and rooted in craving, extending forward to the future and ending with aging-and-death. Herein, the former is spoken of by way of one of views as one's habitual temperament, the latter by way of one of craving. For ignorance leads the round for those of a views-temperament, and craving leads it for those of a craving-temperament. Or: the first is for the uprooting of the annihilationist view, since it discloses the uninterrupted continuity of causes through to the arising of their result; the second is for the uprooting of the eternalist view, since it discloses the aging-and-death of what has already arisen. Or: the former is by way of one born from a womb, since it shows a successive occurrence; the latter is by way of one spontaneously born, since it shows a simultaneous arising.

And its three times are the past, present, and future. Among these, by way of what has come down in the canonical text under its own specific heading, two factors — "ignorance" and "formations" — are the past time; the eight — consciousness and the rest, ending with being — are the present time; and the two — birth and aging-and-death — are the future time. This should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The pairing of the ignorance-rooted and craving-rooted readings with, respectively, the annihilationist and eternalist views is a small but precise piece of doctrinal engineering: tracing the chain back from feeling to ignorance emphasizes that a genuine, uninterrupted causal history stands behind the present moment — countering the annihilationist's claim that nothing meaningfully connects past and present — while tracing it forward from craving to aging-and-death emphasizes that whatever has already arisen is bound to age and pass away — countering the eternalist's claim that something in the chain persists unchanged. Two halves of one circle, aimed at two different wrong views.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
diṭṭhicarita / taṇhācarita

a views-temperament / a craving-temperament — two of the classic personality types this tradition recognizes, used here to explain why the standard formula can be told with either ignorance or craving as its emphasized root, depending on which kind of listener is being addressed.

Three Connections, Four Sections, Twenty Modes, Three Rounds

A further numerological analysis, drawn directly from the Paṭisambhidāmagga, breaks the wheel into three "connections" where a cause becomes an effect or an effect becomes a new cause; four inclusive "sections" bounded by those connections; twenty distinct "modes," reckoned as five causes in the past producing a fivefold effect now, and five causes now producing a fivefold effect in the future; and finally three "rounds" — of defilement, of kamma, and of result — which keep the whole wheel spinning for as long as the round of defilement itself remains uncut.

Pali Source

Puna, "hetuphalahetupubbaka-tisandhicatubhedasaṅgahañcetaṃ; vīsati ākārāraṃ, tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamati". Itipi veditabbaṃ.

Tattha saṅkhārānañca paṭisandhiviññāṇassa ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhi nāma. Vedanāya ca taṇhāya ca antarā eko phalahetusandhi nāma. Bhavassa ca jātiyā ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhīti evamidaṃ hetuphalahetupubbakatisandhīti veditabbaṃ.

Sandhīnaṃ ādipariyosānavavatthitā panassa cattāro saṅgahā honti. Seyyathidaṃ – avijjāsaṅkhārā eko saṅgaho. Viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā dutiyo. Taṇhupādānabhavā tatiyo. Jātijarāmaraṇaṃ catutthoti. Evamidaṃ catubhedasaṅgahanti veditabbaṃ.

"Atīte hetavo pañca, idāni phalapañcakaṃ; idāni hetavo pañca, āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti."

Etehi pana vīsatiyā ākārasaṅkhātehi arehi vīsatiākārāranti veditabbaṃ. Tattha atīte hetavo pañcāti avijjā saṅkhārā cāti ime tāva dve vuttā eva. Yasmā pana avidvā paritassati, paritassito upādiyati, tassupādānapaccayā bhavo. Tasmā taṇhupādānabhavāpi gahitā honti. Tenāha "purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavoti ime pañca dhammā purimakammabhavasmiṃ idha paṭisandhiyā paccayā"ti.

Tattha purimakammabhavasminti purime kammabhave, atītajātiyaṃ kammabhave kariyamāneti attho. Moho avijjāti yo tadā dukkhādīsu moho, yena mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā. Āyūhanā saṅkhārāti taṃ kammaṃ karoto yā purimacetanāyo, yathā "dānaṃ dassāmī"ti cittaṃ uppādetvā māsampi saṃvaccharampi dānupakaraṇāni sajjentassa uppannā purimacetanāyo. Paṭiggāhakānaṃ pana hatthe dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpayato cetanā bhavoti vuccati. Ekāvajjanesu vā chasu javanesu cetanā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nāma. Sattame bhavo. Yā kāci vā pana cetanā bhavo. Sampayuttā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nāma. Nikanti taṇhāti yā kammaṃ karontassa phale upapattibhave nikāmanā patthanā, sā taṇhā nāma. Upagamanaṃ upādānanti yaṃ kammabhavassa paccayabhūtaṃ "idaṃ katvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne kāme sevissāmi ucchijjissāmī"tiādinā nayena pavattaṃ upagamanaṃ gahaṇaṃ parāmasanaṃ, idaṃ upādānaṃ nāma. Cetanā bhavoti āyūhanāvasāne vuttā cetanā bhavoti evamattho veditabbo.

Idāni phalapañcakanti viññāṇādivedanāvasānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva. Yathāha – "idha paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā, ime pañca dhammā idhūpapattibhavasmiṃ purekatassa kammassa paccayā"ti. Tattha paṭisandhi viññāṇanti yaṃ bhavantarapaṭisandhānavasena uppannattā paṭisandhīti vuccati, taṃ viññāṇaṃ. Okkanti nāmarūpanti yā gabbhe rūpārūpadhammānaṃ okkanti āgantvā pavisanaṃ viya, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Pasādo āyatananti idaṃ cakkhādipañcāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. Phuṭṭho phassoti yo ārammaṇaṃ phuṭṭho phusanto uppanno, ayaṃ phasso. Vedayitaṃ vedanāti yaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇena vā saḷāyatanapaccayena vā phassena saha uppannaṃ vipākavedayitaṃ, sā vedanāti evamattho veditabbo.

Idāni hetavo pañcāti taṇhādayo pāḷiyaṃ āgatā taṇhupādānabhavā. Bhave pana gahite tassa pubbabhāgā taṃsampayuttā vā saṅkhārā gahitāva honti. Taṇhupādānaggahaṇena ca taṃsampayuttā, yāya vā mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā gahitāva hotīti. Evaṃ pañca. Tenāha "idha paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavoti ime pañca dhammā idha kammabhavasmiṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayā"ti. Tattha idha paripakkattā āyatanānanti paripakkāyatanassa kammakaraṇakāle sammoho dassito. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.

Āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti viññāṇādīni pañca. Tāni jātiggahaṇena vuttāni. Jarāmaraṇaṃ pana tesaṃyeva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Tenāha – "āyatiṃ paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā, ime pañca dhammā āyatiṃ upapattibhavasmiṃ idha katassa kammassa paccayā"ti. Evamidaṃ vīsati ākārāraṃ hoti.

Tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamatīti ettha pana saṅkhārabhavā kammavaṭṭaṃ, avijjātaṇhupādānāni kilesavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā vipākavaṭṭanti imehi tīhi vaṭṭehi tivaṭṭamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ yāva kilesavaṭṭaṃ na upacchijjati, tāva anupacchinnapaccayattā anavaṭṭhitaṃ punappunaṃ parivattanato bhamatiyevāti veditabbaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

Further — "this wheel, with its three connections of cause-to-effect and effect-to-cause, its inclusion into four sections, its twenty modes as spokes, and its three rounds, revolves without remaining fixed" — this, too, should be understood.

Herein, the junction between formations and rebirth-linking consciousness is called one cause-to-effect connection. The junction between feeling and craving is called one effect-to-cause connection. The junction between being and birth is one more cause-to-effect connection. Thus this should be understood as having "three connections of cause-to-effect and effect-to-cause."

The determination of these connections' beginnings and endings gives its four inclusive sections. For example: ignorance and formations are one section; consciousness, name-and-form, the sixfold base, contact, and feeling are the second; craving, clinging, and being are the third; birth and aging-and-death are the fourth. This should be understood as its "inclusion into four sections."

"Five causes in the past; a fivefold effect now; five causes now; a fivefold effect in the future."

By these twenty modes, called "spokes," it should be understood as having "twenty modes as spokes." Herein, "five causes in the past": ignorance and formations, these two, first, have already been stated. But since one who does not know the truth is agitated by craving, and one who is agitated clings, and, conditioned by that clinging, being comes to be — therefore craving, clinging, and being are included as well. Hence it is said: "in a past kamma-being, the delusion is ignorance, the exertion is the formations, the longing is craving, the approach is clinging, the volition is being — these five states, in a past kamma-being, are conditions for rebirth-linking here."

Herein, "in a past kamma-being" means: in a former kamma-being — that is, while kamma-being is being performed in a past birth. "The delusion is ignorance": whatever delusion regarding suffering and the rest there was at that time, by which, being deluded, one performs kamma — that is ignorance. "The exertion is the formations": whatever preceding volitions there were for one performing that kamma — as, for instance, the preceding volitions that arose for one who, having formed the thought "I shall give a gift," spends a month or even a year preparing the materials for the gift. But the volition of one actually placing the offering in the hands of the recipients is called "being." Or: the volition occurring in the six impulsions preceding the seventh, single adverting, is called the "exertion, the formations"; in the seventh, it is "being." Or, alternatively: any volition whatsoever is "being"; its associated states are called the "exertion, the formations." "The longing is craving": whatever longing, whatever aspiration for the result — for rebirth-being — there is in one performing kamma, that is called "craving." "The approach is clinging": that approach, grasping, adherence — occurring in the manner of "having done this, I shall enjoy sensual pleasures in such-and-such a place" or "I shall be annihilated," and the like — which serves as a condition for kamma-being, is called "clinging." "The volition is being": the volition already mentioned at the conclusion of the exertion is "being." This is the meaning to be understood.

"A fivefold effect now": this is precisely what is stated in the canonical text, ending with consciousness through feeling. As it is said: "here, the rebirth-linking is consciousness, the descent is name-and-form, the sensitivity is the sense base, the touched is contact, the felt is feeling — these five states, in this rebirth-being here, are conditions for the kamma performed before." Herein, "the rebirth-linking is consciousness": that consciousness which, on account of having arisen by way of linking on to another state of being, is called "rebirth-linking" — that is consciousness. "The descent is name-and-form": that descent of material and formless states into the womb, as though having come and entered — this is name-and-form. "The sensitivity is the sense base": this is said by way of the fivefold sense base — the eye and the rest. "The touched is contact": that which arises touching, having touched an object — this is contact. "The felt is feeling": whatever resultant feeling arises together with the rebirth-linking consciousness, or together with contact conditioned by the sixfold base — that is feeling. This is the meaning to be understood.

"Five causes now": craving and the rest that have come down in the canonical text are craving, clinging, and being. But once being is taken, the formations preceding it, or associated with it, are thereby also taken. And by taking craving and clinging, their associated states are taken; and that ignorance by which, deluded, one performs kamma, is thereby also taken. Thus, five. Hence it is said: "here, on account of the maturity of the sense bases, the delusion is ignorance, the exertion is the formations, the longing is craving, the approach is clinging, the volition is being — these five states, in this present kamma-being, are conditions for rebirth-linking in the future." Herein, "here, on account of the maturity of the sense bases" shows the delusion present at the time of performing kamma for one whose sense bases have matured. The rest is plain in meaning.

"A fivefold effect in the future": consciousness and the other four states already described. These are expressed by taking "birth" as their collective name. Aging-and-death is simply the aging-and-death of those same states. Hence it is said: "in the future, the rebirth-linking is consciousness, the descent is name-and-form, the sensitivity is the sense base, the touched is contact, the felt is feeling — these five states, in a future rebirth-being, are conditions for the kamma performed here." Thus this wheel has twenty modes as spokes.

"It revolves without remaining fixed, with its three rounds": herein, formations and being are the round of kamma; ignorance, craving, and clinging are the round of defilement; consciousness, name-and-form, the sixfold base, contact, and feeling are the round of result. By these three rounds, this wheel of becoming has three rounds; and, for as long as the round of defilement is not cut off, on account of its conditions remaining uninterrupted, it does not remain fixed, but simply keeps revolving, turning again and again. This should be understood.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The three-round summary at the close of this section is, in many ways, the single most useful map this entire chapter offers for holding the whole twelve-factor teaching in mind at once: defilement (ignorance, craving, clinging) produces kamma (formations, being), kamma produces result (consciousness through feeling), and result, through the ignorance and craving still latent within it, feeds straight back into more defilement — a genuine, closed causal loop with three distinct kinds of link in it, not a simple one-directional chain. Practically speaking, this is also the map that shows exactly where intervention is possible: since only the round of defilement, once cut, actually stops the wheel from turning, the entire practice of the path can be understood as an effort directed at precisely that one round, rather than at kamma or result directly.

The twenty-mode breakdown — five past causes, five present effects, five present causes, five future effects — gives the wheel a clean, repeatable rhythm: cause, then effect; cause, then effect; endlessly. The specific technical definitions supplied here for "the exertion is the formations" and "the volition is being" (via the example of a month spent preparing a gift, versus the single volition of the moment the gift is actually placed in the recipient's hands) are a rare moment of genuinely everyday, relatable illustration amid otherwise highly abstract terminology.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kilesavaṭṭa / kammavaṭṭa / vipākavaṭṭa

the round of defilement / of kamma / of result — the three interlocking cycles that together constitute the wheel of becoming; only the first of the three, once cut, actually stops the wheel from continuing to turn.

āyūhanā

exertion — the technical name given here to the preparatory volitions leading up to a kammically decisive act, illustrated by the volitions of someone spending months preparing materials for a gift before the single, climactic volition of actually giving it.

Truths, Functions, and Warding Off Wrong Views

Three further analytical passes follow in quick succession. First, each link of the chain is mapped onto the four noble truths, showing that the wheel is, in effect, the truths of suffering and its origin playing out link by link, over and over. Second, every factor is shown to have a genuine double life: it performs its own distinctive activity, and, simultaneously, serves as the condition for whatever comes next — ignorance both bewilders and gives rise to formations, feeling both tastes its object and gives rise to craving, and so through all twelve. Third, each individual link is shown to specifically ward off one particular wrong view a careless observer might otherwise fall into — the idea of a fixed agent, of a soul migrating from body to body, of a solid, undivided self, and so on down the chain.

Pali Source

Tayidamevaṃ bhamamānaṃ, "saccappabhavato kiccā, vāraṇā upamāhi ca; gambhīranayabhedā ca, viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ."

Tattha yasmā kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ avisesena samudayasaccanti saccavibhaṅge vuttaṃ, tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti avijjāya saṅkhārā dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Saṅkhārehi viññāṇaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Viññāṇādīhi nāmarūpādīni vipākavedanāpariyosānāni paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Vedanāya taṇhā paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Taṇhāya upādānaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Upādānato bhavo dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamadutiyasaccadvayaṃ. Bhavato jāti dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccanti evaṃ tāvidaṃ saccappabhavato viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Yasmā panettha avijjā vatthūsu ca satte sammoheti, paccayo ca hoti saṅkhārānaṃ pātubhāvāya. Tathā saṅkhārā saṅkhatañca abhisaṅkharonti, paccayā ca honti viññāṇassa. Viññāṇampi vatthuñca paṭivijānāti, paccayo ca hoti nāmarūpassa. Nāmarūpampi aññamaññañca upatthambheti, paccayo ca hoti saḷāyatanassa. Saḷāyatanampi savisaye ca pavattati, paccayo ca hoti phassassa. Phassopi ārammaṇañca phusati, paccayo ca hoti vedanāya. Vedanāpi ārammaṇarasañca anubhavati, paccayo ca hoti taṇhāya. Taṇhāpi rajjanīye ca dhamme rajjati, paccayo ca hoti upādānassa. Upādānampi upādāniye ca dhamme upādiyati, paccayo ca hoti bhavassa. Bhavopi nānāgatīsu ca vikkhipati, paccayo ca hoti jātiyā. Jātipi khandhe ca janeti tesaṃ abhinibbattibhāvena pavattattā, paccayo ca hoti jarāmaraṇassa. Jarāmaraṇampi khandhānaṃ pākabhedabhāvañca adhitiṭṭhati, paccayo ca hoti bhavantarapātubhāvāya sokādīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānattā. Tasmā sabbapadesu dvedhā pavattikiccatopi idaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Yasmā cettha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti idaṃ kārakadassananivāraṇaṃ. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti attasaṅkantidassananivāraṇaṃ. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti "attā"tiparikappitavatthubhedadassanato ghanasaññānivāraṇaṃ. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanantiādi attā passati…pe… vijānāti, phusati, vedayati, taṇhiyati, upādiyati, bhavati, jāyati, jīyati, mīyatītievamādidassananivāraṇaṃ. Tasmā micchādassananivāraṇatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

This wheel, revolving in this way — "by its arising from the truths, by function, by warding off wrong views, by similes, and by the divisions of its profound method — should be understood, as appropriate."

Herein, since it is said in the Analysis of the Truths that wholesome and unwholesome kamma, without distinction, is the truth of origin — therefore, in "dependent on ignorance are formations," the formations, arising from ignorance, are the second truth arising from the second truth. Consciousness, arising from the formations, is the first truth arising from the second truth. Name-and-form and the rest, ending with resultant feeling, arising from consciousness and the rest, are the first truth arising from the first truth. Craving, arising from feeling, is the second truth arising from the first truth. Clinging, arising from craving, is the second truth arising from the second truth. Being, arising from clinging, is both the first and second truths arising from the second truth. Birth, arising from being, is the first truth arising from the second truth. Aging-and-death, arising from birth, is the first truth arising from the first truth. Thus, so far, this should be understood, as appropriate, by way of its arising from the truths.

Herein, since ignorance both bewilders beings with respect to their objects and is a condition for the appearance of the formations; and, likewise, the formations both fashion the conditioned and are a condition for consciousness; and consciousness, too, both cognizes its object and is a condition for name-and-form; and name-and-form, too, both mutually supports its own components and is a condition for the sixfold base; and the sixfold base, too, both occurs in its own respective domain and is a condition for contact; and contact, too, both touches its object and is a condition for feeling; and feeling, too, both experiences the flavor of its object and is a condition for craving; and craving, too, both delights in enticing things and is a condition for clinging; and clinging, too, both grasps at things to be grasped and is a condition for being; and being, too, both scatters beings among the various destinations and is a condition for birth; and birth, too, both generates the aggregates, on account of occurring by way of their production, and is a condition for aging-and-death; and aging-and-death, too, both presides over the breaking up and ripening of the aggregates and is a condition for the appearance of another state of being, on account of presiding over sorrow and the rest — therefore, in every one of these terms, this too should be understood, as appropriate, by way of its twofold function.

And since, herein, "dependent on ignorance are formations" wards off the view of a fixed agent; "dependent on formations, consciousness" wards off the view of a self transmigrating; "dependent on consciousness, name-and-form" wards off the perception of compactness, by showing the diversity of things imagined as "self"; and such statements as "dependent on name-and-form, the sixfold base" and the rest ward off such views as "a self sees … cognizes, touches, feels, thirsts, clings, comes to be, is born, ages, dies" — therefore this wheel of becoming, too, should be understood, as appropriate, by way of its warding off of wrong views.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The mapping onto the four truths reveals something easy to miss when reading the twelve links in isolation: the entire chain, from ignorance through aging-and-death, is nothing but the truth of suffering and the truth of its origin, endlessly alternating and feeding each other — there is no third or fourth truth anywhere within it, since cessation and the path belong to a completely different register, the register of what must be developed to stop the wheel, not to the wheel's own internal machinery.

The "warding off wrong views" pass is worth reading as a direct answer to a question a thoughtful skeptic might ask throughout this whole chapter: if there is no fixed self, why does experience feel so unified and continuous? The answer offered here is that each individual link of the twelve-factor chain is specifically doing the work of dissolving one particular piece of that felt unity — showing an agent where none exists, showing transmigration where there is only conditioned succession, showing genuine diversity where a compact "self" is falsely imagined — so that, taken together, the whole formula functions less like a neutral description and more like a therapeutic dismantling of exactly the illusions that make a self seem necessary in the first place.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
ghanasaññā

the perception of compactness — ghana (dense, solid) + saññā (perception); the illusion of a single, unified "self" or "thing," which name-and-form's demonstrated diversity of components is specifically said to dismantle.

nivāraṇa

warding off — the specific corrective function assigned to each link of the chain against one particular wrong view, the organizing theme of this section's third analytical pass.

Two Simile-Chains: The Blind Man's Boil, and the Cocoon, Prince, Magician, and River of Salt Water

The chapter's most celebrated passage now offers two complete, parallel simile-chains covering all twelve links at once. The first traces a single, grimly comic mishap: a blind man stumbles, falls, develops a boil, which bursts, gets rubbed raw, hurts, prompts a desperate search for relief, receives an unsuitable remedy, which aggravates it further, until it finally bursts open again — each stage mapped precisely onto one link of dependent origination. The second offers twelve entirely independent images — a cocoon-spinning caterpillar, a young prince installed by his minister, a magician's illusion, a thriving forest thicket, fire-sticks rubbed together, a burn, salt water that only deepens thirst, a fish taking bait, a sprouting seed, and a tree's inevitable fall — each illuminating one link from a completely different angle.

Pali Source

Yasmā panettha salakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇavasena dhammānaṃ adassanato andho viya avijjā. Andhassa upakkhalanaṃ viya avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Upakkhalitassa patanaṃ viya saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ. Patitassa gaṇḍapātubhāvo viya viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ. Gaṇḍabhedapīḷakā viya nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ. Gaṇḍapīḷakāghaṭṭanaṃ viya saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso. Ghaṭṭanadukkhaṃ viya phassapaccayā vedanā, dukkhassa paṭikārābhilāso viya vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Paṭikārābhilāsena asappāyaggahaṇaṃ viya taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ. Upādiṇṇaasappāyālepanaṃ viya upādānapaccayā bhavo. Asappāyālepanena gaṇḍavikārapātubhāvo viya bhavapaccayā jāti. Gaṇḍavikārato gaṇḍabhedo viya jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ.

Yasmā vā panettha avijjā appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattibhāvena satte abhibhavati paṭalaṃ viya akkhīni. Tadabhibhūto ca bālo punabbhavikehi saṅkhārehi attānaṃ veṭheti kosakārakimi viya kosappadesehi. Saṅkhārapariggahitaṃ viññāṇaṃ gatīsu patiṭṭhaṃ labhati pariṇāyakapariggahito viya rājakumāro rajje. Upapattinimittaparikappanato viññāṇaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ anekappakāraṃ nāmarūpaṃ abhinibbatteti māyākāro viya māyaṃ. Nāmarūpe patiṭṭhitaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti subhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhito vanappagumbo viya. Āyatanaghaṭṭanato phasso jāyati araṇisahitābhimanthanato aggi viya. Phassena phuṭṭhassa vedanā pātubhavati agginā phuṭṭhassa dāho viya. Vedayamānassa taṇhā pavaḍḍhati loṇūdakaṃ pivato pipāsā viya. Tasito bhavesu abhilāsaṃ karoti pipāsito viya pānīye. Tadassupādānaṃ, upādānena bhavaṃ upādiyati āmisalobhena maccho baḷisaṃ viya. Bhave sati jāti hoti bīje sati aṅkuro viya. Jātassa avassaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ uppannassa rukkhassa patanaṃ viya. Tasmā evaṃ upamāhipetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Ru-Yi Translation

And since, herein, ignorance, on account of not seeing states by way of their specific and general characteristics, is like a blind man. "Dependent on ignorance are formations" is like the blind man's stumbling. "Dependent on formations, consciousness" is like the falling of one who has stumbled. "Dependent on consciousness, name-and-form" is like the appearance of a boil on one who has fallen. "Dependent on name-and-form, the sixfold base" is like the bursting of the boil into a sore. "Dependent on the sixfold base, contact" is like the rubbing of the boil's sore. "Dependent on contact, feeling" is like the pain of that rubbing; "dependent on feeling, craving" is like the desire for a remedy for that pain. "Dependent on craving, clinging" is like the taking of an unsuitable remedy out of that desire for a remedy. "Dependent on clinging, being" is like the application, once taken up, of that unsuitable remedy. "Dependent on being, birth" is like the appearance of an aggravation of the sore through that unsuitable application. "Dependent on birth, aging-and-death" is like the bursting of the sore through its aggravation.

Or again, since, herein, ignorance, by way of non-application and wrong application, overpowers beings just as a film overpowers the eyes; and the fool, overpowered by it, wraps himself up with the formations that lead to renewed being, just as a cocoon-spinning caterpillar wraps itself with strands of its own cocoon; consciousness, taken hold of by the formations, gains a footing among the destinations, just as a young prince, taken in hand by a chief minister, gains a footing in the kingdom; consciousness, by imagining a sign of rebirth, produces at rebirth-linking a manifold name-and-form, just as a magician produces a magic trick; the sixfold base, established in name-and-form, attains growth, increase, and expansion, just as a thicket of forest growth, established in fertile soil, attains growth; contact is born from the impinging of the bases upon their objects, just as fire is born from the vigorous rubbing together of fire-sticks; feeling appears in one touched by contact, just as burning appears in one touched by fire; craving increases in one who feels, just as thirst increases in one who drinks salt water; one thirsting forms a longing for states of being, just as one made thirsty longs for water; that becomes clinging; by clinging, one clings to being, just as a fish, out of greed for the bait, clings to the hook; when being exists, birth comes to be, just as, when a seed exists, a sprout comes to be; for one who is born, aging-and-death is inevitable, just as the falling of a tree that has grown up is inevitable. Therefore, this wheel of becoming, too, should be understood, as appropriate, by way of these similes.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The two chains are worth reading against each other, since they work by opposite strategies. The blind man's boil is a single continuous narrative — one unlucky man's one unbroken bad day, each link simply the next scene in the same unfolding disaster — which makes vivid the chain's relentless, self-perpetuating momentum: every remedy for the last problem only creates the next one, right up to the final rupture that echoes the very fall that started everything. The second chain abandons narrative continuity entirely in favor of twelve independent, unrelated images, each chosen because it captures something specific and different about its one link's own particular character — the prince-and-minister image, for instance, captures consciousness's dependent, installed authority rather than any innate sovereignty, while the magician's illusion captures name-and-form's convincing but ultimately conjured appearance of solidity. Together, the two chains model two equally valid ways of holding the whole teaching in the mind at once: as a single continuous story, and as twelve separate, vivid points of insight.

The salt-water image for craving deserves particular attention, since it captures something the earlier feeling-conditions-craving section already established analytically: craving does not resolve the thirst that produces it, but deepens it with every attempt at satisfaction, the way drinking salt water only intensifies genuine thirst rather than quenching it — a compact restatement, in a single image, of why craving-driven pursuit of pleasure is structurally self-defeating.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
kosakārakimi

a cocoon-spinning caterpillar — kosakāra (cocoon-maker) + kimi (worm, caterpillar); the image for a fool wrapping himself in the very formations that will produce his own renewed rebirth, entirely by his own unwitting activity.

māyākāra

a magician, an illusionist — the image for consciousness at rebirth-linking, which "produces" a convincing, elaborate name-and-form the way a skilled illusionist produces a convincing trick, real enough to fool the audience yet without any solid, independent substance behind the display.

The Four Kinds of Profundity; the Four Methods

The chapter now returns, near its very close, to a claim it quoted at the very start — that dependent origination is "profound, and profound in its appearance" — and finally makes good on the promise, made many pages ago, to explain what that fourfold profundity actually consists of: profound in meaning (the cause-and-effect relation itself, hard to fathom), profound in nature (exactly how a given cause produces a given effect), profound in teaching (the sheer variety of valid ways it can be presented), and profound in penetration (the intrinsic characteristic of each individual factor, graspable only by genuine insight). A final, fourfold set of interpretive methods then shows how the very same twelve-factor formula can be read correctly, as an unbroken continuity that avoids both eternalism and annihilationism, or misread, by over-emphasizing either its unity or its diversity, into exactly those same two extremes.

Pali Source

Yasmā ca bhagavatā atthatopi dhammatopi desanatopi paṭivedhatopi gambhīrabhāvaṃ sandhāya "gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso cā"ti vuttaṃ, tasmā gambhīrabhedatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Tattha yasmā na jātito jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, na ca jātiṃ vinā aññato hoti, itthañca jātito samudāgacchatīti evaṃ jātipaccayasamudāgataṭṭhassa duravabodhanīyato jarāmaraṇassa jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro. Tathā jātiyā bhavapaccaya…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāpaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro. Tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ atthagambhīranti ayaṃ tāvettha atthagambhīratā. Hetuphalañhi atthoti vuccati. Yathāha – "hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā"ti.

Yasmā pana yenākārena yadavatthā ca avijjā tesaṃ tesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, tassa duravabodhanīyato avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho gambhīro. Tathā saṅkhārānaṃ…pe… jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayaṭṭho gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ dhammagambhīranti ayamettha dhammagambhīratā. Hetuno hi dhammoti nāmaṃ. Yathāha – "hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā"ti.

Yasmā cassa tena tena kāraṇena tathā tathā pavattetabbattā desanāpi gambhīrā, na tattha sabbaññutaññāṇato aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ labhati. Tathāhetaṃ katthaci sutte anulomato, katthaci paṭilomato, katthaci anulomapaṭilomato, katthaci vemajjhato paṭṭhāya anulomato vā paṭilomato vā, katthaci tisandhicatusaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci dvisandhitisaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci ekasandhidvisaṅkhepaṃ desitaṃ, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ desanāgambhīranti ayaṃ desanāgambhīratā.

Yasmā cettha yo so avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvo, yena paṭividdhena avijjādayo sammā salakkhaṇato paṭividdhā honti, so duppariyogāhattā gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ paṭivedhagambhīraṃ. Tathā hettha avijjāya aññāṇādassanasaccāsampaṭivedhaṭṭho gambhīro, saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇāyūhanasarāgavirāgaṭṭho, viññāṇassa suññataabyāpāraasaṅkantipaṭisandhipātubhāvaṭṭho, nāmarūpassa ekuppādavinibbhogāvinibbhoganamanaruppanaṭṭho, saḷāyatanassa adhipatilokadvārakhettavisayibhāvaṭṭho, phassassa phusanasaṅghaṭṭanasaṅgatisannipātaṭṭho, vedanāya ārammaṇarasānubhavanasukhadukkhamajjhattabhāvanijjīvavedayitaṭṭho. Taṇhāya abhinanditajjhosānasaritālatānadītaṇhāsamuddaduppūraṭṭho, upādānassa ādānaggahaṇābhinivesaparāmāsaduratikkamaṭṭho, bhavassa āyūhanābhisaṅkharaṇayonigatiṭhitinivāsesukhipanaṭṭho, jātiyā jāti sañjāti okkanti nibbatti pātubhāvaṭṭho, jarāmaraṇassa khayavayabhedavipariṇāmaṭṭho gambhīroti ayamettha paṭivedhagambhīratā.

Yasmā panettha ekattanayo, nānattanayo, abyāpāranayo, evaṃdhammatānayoti cattāro atthanayā honti, tasmā nayabhedatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.

Tattha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti evaṃ bījassa aṅkurādibhāvena rukkhabhāvappatti viya santānānupacchedo ekattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto hetuphalasambandhena santānassa anupacchedāvabodhato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānānupacchedassa ekattagahaṇato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.

Avijjādīnaṃ pana yathāsakaṃlakkhaṇavavatthānaṃ nānattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto navanavānaṃ uppādadassanato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto ekasantānapatitassa bhinnasantānasseva nānattaggahaṇato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.

Avijjāya saṅkhārā mayā uppādetabbā, saṅkhārānaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ amhehīti evamādibyāpārābhāvo abyāpāranayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto kārakassa abhāvāvabodhato attadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto yo asatipi byāpāre avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvaniyamasiddho hetubhāvo, tassa aggahaṇato akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.

Avijjādīhi pana kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃyeva sambhavo khīrādīhi dadhiādīnaṃ viya, na aññesanti ayaṃ evaṃdhammatānayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto paccayānurūpato phalāvabodhā ahetukadiṭṭhiṃ akiriyadiṭṭhiñca pajahati. Micchā passanto paccayānurūpaṃ phalappavattiṃ aggahetvā yato kutoci yassa kassaci asambhavaggahaṇato ahetukadiṭṭhiñceva niyatavādañca upādiyatīti.

Ru-Yi Translation

And since it was said by the Blessed One, with reference to its profundity by way of meaning, by way of its nature as cause, by way of teaching, and by way of penetration: "profound, Ānanda, is this dependent origination, and profound is its appearance" — therefore this wheel of becoming, too, should be understood, as appropriate, by way of the divisions of its profundity.

Herein: since it is not the case that aging-and-death does not occur in dependence on birth; nor does it occur, apart from birth, from anything else; and yet it does arise in just this way, from birth — the sense in which aging-and-death arises and comes about through the condition of birth, being difficult to understand, is profound in this way. Likewise, the sense in which birth arises through the condition of being … and so on down to the sense in which the formations arise and come about through the condition of ignorance is profound. Therefore this wheel of becoming is "profound in meaning" — this, so far, is its profundity of meaning. For "meaning" is said to be cause and effect together. As it is said: "knowledge with respect to cause and effect is the discrimination of meaning."

And since the manner in which, and the state in which, ignorance is a condition for this or that formation is difficult to understand, the sense in which ignorance is a condition for the formations is profound. Likewise, the sense in which the formations … and so on down to the sense in which birth is a condition for aging-and-death is profound. Therefore this wheel of becoming is "profound in its nature as cause" — this, herein, is its profundity of nature. For "dhamma" is a name for a cause. As it is said: "knowledge with respect to a cause is the discrimination of the underlying condition."

And since this teaching must be presented in this or that way, for this or that reason, the teaching of it, too, is profound — no knowledge other than omniscient knowledge can find a footing there. For, accordingly, it is taught, in one discourse, in forward order; in another, in reverse order; in another, both forward and reverse; in another, starting from the middle, either forward or in reverse; in one place with three connections and four sections; in another with two connections and three sections; in another with one connection and two sections. Therefore this wheel of becoming is "profound in its teaching" — this is its profundity of teaching.

And since, herein, that intrinsic nature of ignorance and the rest, by penetrating which ignorance and the rest are rightly penetrated according to their true characteristic, is profound on account of being hard to fathom — therefore this wheel of becoming is "profound in penetration." For, herein: the sense of ignorance's non-penetration of the truths through unknowing and non-seeing is profound; the sense of the formations' fashioning, exerting, taking-fire, and fading is profound; the sense of consciousness's voidness, non-involvement, non-transmigration, and appearance at rebirth-linking is profound; the sense of name-and-form's arising together, its separability-yet-inseparability, its bending toward its object, and its deformability is profound; the sense of the sixfold base's dominance, its being a world, a door, a field, and an object-possessor is profound; the sense of contact's touching, impinging, and coincidence-of-conditions is profound; the sense of feeling's experiencing the flavor of an object, its pleasure, pain, and neutrality, and its being felt yet lifeless is profound. The sense of craving's being delighted in and clung to, its being like a creeper, a river, an ocean hard to fill, is profound; the sense of clinging's taking up, grasping, adherence, and misapprehension hard to overcome is profound; the sense of being's exertion, fashioning, its being flung into a womb, a destination, a station, and an abode is profound; the sense of birth's being a birth, a coming-to-birth, a descent, a production, and an appearance is profound; the sense of aging-and-death's destruction, decay, breaking up, and alteration is profound — this, herein, is its profundity of penetration.

And since, herein, there are four methods of meaning — the method of unity, the method of diversity, the method of non-involvement, and the method of "thus is its nature" — therefore this wheel of becoming, too, should be understood, as appropriate, by way of the divisions of method.

Herein, "dependent on ignorance are formations; dependent on formations, consciousness," and so on — the uninterrupted continuity, like a seed's progression through sprout-hood and so forth to become a tree, is called "the method of unity." One who sees this rightly abandons the annihilationist view, through understanding the uninterrupted continuity by way of the connection of cause and effect. One who sees it wrongly takes up the eternalist view, by grasping as a strict unity this uninterrupted continuity that occurs by way of the connection of cause and effect.

But the determination of ignorance and the rest according to their own respective characteristics is called "the method of diversity." One who sees this rightly abandons the eternalist view, through seeing the ever-new arising of each factor. One who sees it wrongly takes up the annihilationist view, by grasping as strict diversity — as though belonging to entirely separate continuities — what has, in fact, fallen within a single continuity.

The absence of any such involvement as "I must produce the formations from ignorance" or "we must produce consciousness from the formations" is called "the method of non-involvement." One who sees this rightly abandons the view of a self, through understanding the absence of any agent. One who sees it wrongly takes up the view of non-efficacy of action, by failing to grasp that, even in the absence of any personal involvement, ignorance and the rest still have a causal role established by the fixed nature of things themselves.

But the fact that it is specifically the formations and the rest that arise from causes such as ignorance — just as it is specifically curds and the like that arise from milk and the like — and not anything else, is called "the method of 'thus is its nature.'" One who sees this rightly abandons both the view of no cause and the view of non-efficacy of action, through understanding that the effect corresponds to its condition. One who sees it wrongly, failing to grasp that the occurrence of an effect corresponds to its condition, takes up both the view of no cause and the doctrine of strict determinism, by grasping that anything whatsoever can arise from anything at all, indiscriminately.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The fourfold-profundity passage finally cashes out a promise made at the very start of the chapter, in the section refuting "mere arising" as a theory of dependent origination — Buddhaghosa there simply asserted that dependent origination possesses a "profound method" not found in mere arising, without yet explaining what that meant. Coming back to it here, at the chapter's close, after ninety paragraphs of demonstration, the four kinds of profundity read almost as a retrospective table of contents for everything the chapter has just done: profundity of meaning is what all the etymological and definitional work established: profundity of nature is what the twenty-four-conditions section established in exhaustive technical detail; profundity of teaching is what the vine-gatherers' simile and the discussion of forward, reverse, and middle-outward orderings established; and profundity of penetration is what the individual characteristic-function-manifestation-proximate-cause treatment of each factor established.

The four methods, and their paired correct and incorrect readings, function as a final safety check against every wrong view the chapter has spent itself refuting: taken too literally as strict continuity, the unity method collapses into eternalism; taken too literally as strict separateness, the diversity method collapses into annihilationism; taken to mean there is no causal structure at all, the non-involvement method collapses into denying that actions have consequences; and taken to mean anything at all could cause anything else, the "thus is its nature" method collapses into either denying causation altogether or embracing a rigid, hopeless determinism. Correctly held, each of the four methods instead cuts cleanly toward the middle way this whole chapter, and indeed the whole Visuddhimagga, has been steering toward from its very first page.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
atthapaṭisambhidā / dhammapaṭisambhidā

the discrimination of meaning / of the underlying condition — two of the four analytical knowledges (paṭisambhidā) introduced back in chapter fourteen, invoked here to explain precisely what "meaning" (attha, i.e. effect) and "dhamma" (i.e. cause) technically denote in the profundity analysis.

niyatavāda

the doctrine of strict determinism — niyata (fixed, determined) + vāda (doctrine); the wrong view that results are fixed regardless of conditions, rejected here alongside the "no cause" view as the twin failure modes of misreading the "thus is its nature" method.

Paññābhūminiddesa Complete

The chapter closes as it opened — with an admission of the sheer difficulty of what has just been attempted, and a final call to sustained, mindful practice rather than mere intellectual mastery. Buddhaghosa's own closing verses picture the wheel of becoming split apart by the sword of knowledge, sharpened on the whetstone of concentration; the Buddha's own words to Ānanda, quoted one last time, warn that failure to penetrate this very teaching is what leaves beings "tangled like a skein of thread," unable to escape the round of rebirth. With the ground of wisdom — aggregates, sense bases, elements, faculties, truths, and now, at last, dependent origination — fully covered across four consecutive chapters, the treatise is ready to move from wisdom's foundation to its actual cultivation, beginning with the first of the seven purifications proper: purification of view.

Pali Source

Idañhi atigambhīrato agādhaṃ. Nānānayagahanato duratiyānaṃ. Ñāṇāsinā samādhipavarasilāyaṃ sunisitena, "bhavacakkamapadāletvā, asanivicakkamiva niccanimmathanaṃ; saṃsārabhayamatīto, na koci supinantarepyatthi."

Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – "gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa cānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā kulāgaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī"ti. Tasmā attano vā paresaṃ vā hitāya ca sukhāya ca paṭipanno avasesakiccāni pahāya, "gambhīre paccayākārappabhede idha paṇḍito; yathā gādhaṃ labhethevamanuyuñje sadā satoti."

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge
Paññābhāvanādhikāre
Paññābhūminiddeso nāma
Sattarasamo paricchedo.

Ru-Yi Translation

For this is unfathomable, on account of being exceedingly profound; hard to cross, on account of the denseness of its manifold methods. With the sword of knowledge, thoroughly sharpened on the excellent stone of concentration — "having split apart this wheel of becoming, ever grinding on like a thunderbolt's own wheel — no one at all, even in a dream, has gone beyond the fear of saṃsāra without doing so."

For this was said by the Blessed One: "profound, Ānanda, is this dependent origination, and profound is its appearance. And it is through not awakening to, and not penetrating, this Dhamma, Ānanda, that this generation has become like a tangled skein, like a knotted ball of thread, like matted rushes and reeds, unable to pass beyond states of misery, bad destinations, ruin, and the round of rebirth." Therefore, one practicing for one's own welfare and happiness, or for that of others, having set aside all other tasks — "let the wise person here, ever mindful, constantly apply himself to this profound array of the mode of conditions, that he may find a footing therein."

Thus, in the Path of Purification, composed for the joy of good people,
in the section on the development of wisdom,
the discussion called "The Description of the Ground of Wisdom"
constitutes the seventeenth chapter.

Reading note — Ru-Yi

The chapter's closing image — knowledge as a sword, concentration as the whetstone on which it must first be sharpened before it can split the wheel apart — makes a point about method that the whole treatise has been building toward since its very first chapter's discussion of virtue and concentration as necessary preludes to wisdom: dependent origination cannot be dismantled by mere intellectual analysis alone, however thorough (and this chapter's analysis has certainly been thorough); it yields only to insight sharpened by genuine meditative stability. The thunderbolt-wheel image for the wheel of becoming's own relentless grinding motion is a striking, almost violent counterpart to the gentler wheel-of-becoming metaphors used earlier in the chapter, underscoring just how much force, both destructive and liberating, this final chapter attributes to the teaching it has spent itself explaining.

With this seventeenth chapter's completion, the entire "ground" of wisdom — the six categories named back in chapter fourteen's own architecture (aggregates, sense bases, elements, faculties, truths, and now dependent origination) — stands fully accounted for, four chapters and many hundreds of pages after that architecture was first announced. The treatise's own logic now turns from foundation to construction proper: with sīla-visuddhi and citta-visuddhi (virtue and concentration) already complete from Part One, and the "ground" of wisdom now complete as well, only the five remaining purifications — the actual "body" of wisdom's development — remain, beginning with diṭṭhivisuddhi, purification of view.

Key vocabulary — for Pāli learners
tantākulakajāta

"become like a tangled skein of thread" — tanta (a woven thread, a warp) + ākulaka (tangled, confused); the Buddha's own image, quoted here, for what befalls a generation that fails to penetrate dependent origination — hopelessly knotted, unable to find a way out of saṃsāra.

Paññābhūminiddeso

"The Description of the Ground of Wisdom" — the formal title of this seventeenth chapter, fixed in its own closing colophon, confirming its place as the completion of wisdom's six-part "ground" first announced in chapter fourteen.